10 Book PDF
10 Book PDF
2016 1437
www.macmillanmh.com www.obeikaneducation.com
6
ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ،ﻳﻄﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﳏﺘﻮﺍﻫﺎ ،ﻛﲈ ﻳ ﹼﻄﻠﻊ ﻋﲆ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﻤﺤﺘﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ،ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ )ﻓﻜﱢﺮ( ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﻔﺰ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻋﲆ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ،ﺛﻢ ﻳﻨ ﱢﻔﺬ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺼﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺒﻨﻲ ﲢﺖ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ »ﲡﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻟﻴﺔ« ،ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ
ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﳏﺘﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ .ﻭﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﳖﺎﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﹰ
ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺼﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺼﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻄﺮﻭﺡ .ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺃﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻃﺎﺕ
ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺼﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺤﺘﻮ ،ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ :ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ،ﻭﳐﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﺩ
ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎ ﰲ ﳖﺎﻳﺘﻪ .ﻛﲈ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻳﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﹰ ﰲ ﳖﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ،ﻭﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺼﺎ ﹰﺀ
ﺑﻤﺤﺘﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ،ﳞﺪﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻄﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﲥﺎ ﻭﺃﳘﻴﺘﻬﺎ ،ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ
ﺇﱃ ﺇﻛﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ.
ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﳏﺘﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺘﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ .ﻭﺳﺘﺠﺪ
ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺮ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻋﲆ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﺤﺘﻮ ،ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﳌﺤﺘﻮ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ
ﻭﺗﻔﺴﲑﺍ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻣﻖ ،ﻭﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﹰ ﴍﺣﺎ
ﹰ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ .ﻭﺳﺘﺠﺪ
ﳏﻠﻮﻟﺔ ﻳﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻖ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﻤﺤﺘﻮ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺭ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ
ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﲢﻔﻴﺰ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﺘﻪ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ .ﻭﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻗﺴﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ .ﻛﲈ ﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﹰ
ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﺗﻌﺰﺯ ﻓﻬﻤﻚ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺘﻮ.
ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﻇﻔﺖ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﺑﻤﺮﺍﺣﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﻏﺮﺍﺿﻪ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ :ﺍﻟﻘﺒﲇ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺨﻴﴢ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻨﻲ
)ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺋﻲ( ،ﻭﺍﳋﺘﺎﻣﻲ )ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻌﻲ(؛ ﺇﺫ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﻇﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺘﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﰲ
ﺗﻘﻮﻳﲈ ﻗﺒﻠ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺼ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻻﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ .ﻭﻣﻊ ﹰ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﻮﺻﻔﻬﺎ
ﺧﺎﺻﺎ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻗﺴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺤﺘﻮ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﲈ ﹼﹰ
ﹰ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺤﺘﻮ ﲡﺪ
ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰﻩ ،ﻭﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺮﻏﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﺔ .ﻭﰲ ﻭﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﲆ ﹼ
ﺗﺬﻛﲑﺍ ﺑﺎﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻗﺴﻢ .ﻳﲇ
ﹰ ﳖﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﺘﻀﻤﻨﹰﺎ
ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻭﻓﻘﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﲥﺪﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﺪﺓ ،ﻫﻲ:
ﺇﺗﻘﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ،ﻭﺣﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺪ ،ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ،ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﱰﺍﻛﻤﻴﺔ ،ﻭﻣﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍ ﻣﻘﻨﻨﹰﺎ ﳞﺪﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺒﻪ ﻋﲆ ﺣﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ،ﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﺪﻡ
ﹰ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ .ﻭﰲ ﳖﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﳚﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ
ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ،ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﻓﻬﻤﻪ ﳌﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺩﺭﺳﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ.
ﻭﺍﷲ ﻧﺴﺄﻝ ﺃﻥ ﳛﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻮﺓ ﻣﻨﻪ ،ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﻓﻖ ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﳌﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻦ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻣﻪ ﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﺎﺭﻩ.
7
8
11 * * 5-1ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ
• ﻭﺻـﻒ ﺍﻟﺼـﻮﺕ ﺑﺪﻻﻟـﺔ ﺧﺼﺎﺋـﺺ
ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻭﺳﻠﻮﻛﻬﺎ.
• ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ.
ﺇﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺳـﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﺎﺕ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺼﻬﺎ
ﴐﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﻔﻬـﻢ ﻇﺎﻫـﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻧـﲔ ﻭﻛﻴﻔﻴـﺔ
22
ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻭﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ .ﻭﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ
* * 5-2ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ
ﺍﻟﺼـﻮﺕ ﺃﳘﻴـﺔ ﻛﺒـﲑﺓ؛ ﻷﳖﺎ ﺗﹸﻌﺪﹼ ﻭﺳـﻴﻠﺔ
ﻣﻬﻤـﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ ،ﻭﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻮﺳـﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ
ﺗﹸﻌـﱪ ﻋـﻦ ﺛﻘﺎﻓـﺔ ﺍﻟﺸـﻌﻮﺏ .ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺜﹰﺎ ﺗﻌﺪ
ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺗﻪ ﺇﺣﺪ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ.
ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴـﺔ ﺗﹶﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺜـﲑ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺑﺄﻧﻮﺍﻋﻬﺎ
28
ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔـﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻓﻴﲈ ﺑﻴﻨﻬـﺎ ،ﺃﻭ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ
ﱢ
ﻓﻜﺮ ◀
ﻣﺎ ﻧـﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻓﲔ
ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳـﺪ ﻣﺴـﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻣ ﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻓ ﺮﺍﺋﺴـﻬﺎ؟ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ
6
ﻳﺘﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ؟
www.obeikaneducation.com
10
80
• ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧـﺔ ﺧﺼﺎﺋـﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺼـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ
7
ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﺮ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﲑﺓ ﺗﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ
ﻟﻚ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﺔ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﲑﺓ
ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ،
ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﳑﺎﺛﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﱠ
ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﺷـﺠﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﳉﺒـﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﲑﺓ
ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﺭﺃﺳﻴﹼﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ.
ﱢ
ﻓﻜﺮ ◀
106
ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﺒـﺪﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻚ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﲑﺓ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟـﺔ ،ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ
ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳉﺒﻞ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﺭﺃﺳ ﻴﹼﹰﺎ؟
www.obeikaneducation.com
52
124
ﺗﻌـﺮﱡ ﻑ ﻛﻴﻔﻴـﺔ ﺗﺄﺛـﲑ ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ •
ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ.
ﺗﻮﺿﻴـﺢ ﺍﳌﻘﺼـﻮﺩ ﺑـﻜﻞ ﻣـﻦ :ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻝ •
ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋـﻲ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋـﻲ ،ﻭﻓـﺮﻕ
ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
ﺣﺴـﺎﺏ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻞ ﻣـﻦ :ﺷـﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴـﺎﺭ •
ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋـﻲ ،ﻭﻓـﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬـﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﲔ
ﻧﻘﻄﺘﲔ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
8
ﺗﺘﺤﻜـﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻤـﻞ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻷﺟﻬـﺰﺓ ،ﻭﻣﻨﻬـﺎ ﺁﻟـﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋـﺔ ﻭﺁﻟـﺔ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ
ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ،ﻭﻣـﻊ ﺫﻟـﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﳍﺎ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﹰ ﺍ ﺳـﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻋﲆ
ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﱰﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮ.
ﻣﺜﺎﻻ ﻋﲆ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ،ﻭﻳﹸﻌﺪﹼ ﹰ
ﻭﻫـﻮ ﻣﺸـﺎﺑﻪ ﻟﺘﻜـﻮﻥ ﺍﻟـﴩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴـﺔ
ﺍﻟﺼﻐـﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲢﺲ ﲠـﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﻣﻘﺒﺾ
152
ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺰﻱ ﰲ ﻳﻮ ﹴﻡ ﺟﺎﻑ.
ﱢ
ﻓﻜﺮ ◀
ﻣﺎ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺗ ﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺪﻳﺔ؟
ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻐﻬﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺮﻕ؟
153 8-1ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ
www.obeikaneducation.com
106
166
ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌـﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﲑﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ
8-3ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ
•
ﺍﻷﺧﺮ.
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﻭﲣﻄﻴﻄﻪ. •
ﺍﺳـﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻥ ﻣـﺮﻭﺭ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋـﻲ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ •
ﻳﻮﻟﱢﺪ ﳎﺎﻻﹰ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﹼﹰﺎ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ.
ﺍﺳـﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺮﻛـﺔ ﻣﻮﺻـﻞ ﻳﴪﻱ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ •
ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﹼﹰﺎ ﻋـﲆ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺗﻮﻟﺪ
ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﲆ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﲈ.
184
ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ. •
ﺗﺸـﻜﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗـﺔ ﺑـﲔ ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـﻴﺔ
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑــﺎﺋﻲ ﺣﺠـــﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻟﻸﺭﻛﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬـﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴــﺔ:
185
ﺍﳌﻮﻟـــﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ،ﻭﺍﳌﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ،
ﻭﺍﳌﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
ﺍﳌﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺗﹸﺆﺩﱢﻱ ﺍﳌﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ
ﻣﻬﲈ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ،ﻭﺃﺳـﻬﻤﺖ ﰲ ﺩﻭﺭﹰ ﺍ ﹼﹰ
ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻻﺕ ،ﻭﺗﻌﻤﻞ
ﻋﲆ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﰲ
215
ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ.
ﱢ
ﻓﻜﺮ ◀
ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﺤـﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﲆ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﻴﺔ؟
217
www.obeikaneducation.com
152
9
* *
اﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎت واﻟﺼﻮت
5
10AP.4
ﹶﻌﺮﻑ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺟ ﹸﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗ ﹶﺔ. ﺗ ﱡ •
ﻭﺻـﻒ ﺳـﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓـﺔ •
ﺃﳘﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ.
ﻭﺻـﻒ ﺍﻟﺼـﻮﺕ ﺑﺪﻻﻟـﺔ ﺧﺼﺎﺋـﺺ •
ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻭﺳﻠﻮﻛﻬﺎ.
ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ. •
ﺇﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺳـﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﺎﺕ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺼﻬﺎ
ﴐﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﻔﻬـﻢ ﻇﺎﻫـﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻧـﲔ ﻭﻛﻴﻔﻴـﺔ
ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻭﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ .ﻭﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺼـﻮﺕ ﺃﳘﻴـﺔ ﻛﺒـﲑﺓ؛ ﻷﳖﺎ ﺗﹸﻌﺪﹼ ﻭﺳـﻴﻠﺔ
ﻣﻬﻤـﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ ،ﻭﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻮﺳـﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ
ﺗﹸﻌـﱪ ﻋـﻦ ﺛﻘﺎﻓـﺔ ﺍﻟﺸـﻌﻮﺏ .ﻭﺣﺪﻳ ﹰﺜﺎ ﺗﻌﺪ
ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺗﻪ ﺇﺣﺪ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ.
ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴـﺔ ﺗﹶﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺜـﲑ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺑﺄﻧﻮﺍﻋﻬﺎ
ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔـﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻓﻴﲈ ﺑﻴﻨﻬـﺎ ،ﺃﻭ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ
ﻣﺴـﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻓﺮﺍﺋﺴﻬﺎ .ﻭﻗﺪ
ﺗﻢ ﺍﻻﺳـﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣـﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻛﺜﲑ
ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ.
ﱢ
ﻓﻜﺮ ◀
ﻣﺎ ﻧـﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻓﲔ
ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳـﺪ ﻣﺴـﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻣ ﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻓ ﺮﺍﺋﺴـﻬﺎ؟ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ
ﻳﺘﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ؟
www.obeikaneducation.com
10
Waves 5-1**
Hand protection Eye safety Thermal safety Explosive
28.1- 28.2- 28.3
Hand protection Electrical hazard Eye safety
Harmful / IrritantThermal safety Biological hazards Explosive Flammable
1.1- 1.3-3.1- 3.3-4.1- 4.2 ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﻛﺆﻭﺱ ﺯﺟﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ
• Wave
First aid Eye wash station Fire extinguisher Radioactive safety
• Crest ﻗﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ • ﺛـﻢ ﺑ ﹼﻠﻞ ﺇﺻﺒﻌـﻚ ﻭﺣﻜﹼﻪ ﺑﺒـﻂﺀ ﺑﺎﳊﺎﻓﺔ،ﺑﺈﺣـﺪ ﻳﺪﻳـﻚ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ
• Trough ﻗﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ • ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ ﺑﺤﺬﺭ؛: ﲢﺬﻳﺮ.ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳـﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺄﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ
Laser beam
Lab. coat
Ecological hazards
Carcinogenic
Wave concept
Sharp objects safety Poison safety Oxidizer Corrosive
ﺗﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳍﺰﺓ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻠﺖ ﻋﲆ ﺷـﻜﻞ،ﻋﻨﺪﻣـﺎ ﺗﺜ ﱢﺒـﺖ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻃﺮﰲ ﺣﺒﻞ ﻭﲥﺰ ﻃﺮﻓـﻪ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ
؛ ﻭﻫﻲ ﴐﺑﺔ ﻣﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏWave pulse ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺒﻞ ﻭﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻧﺒﻀﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻴﺔ
Laser beam
.1
Hand protection
Lab. coat
Eye Ecological
safety hazards
Thermal Carcinogenic
safety
Explosive
ﻭﻣـﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﲆ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻀـﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻴﺔ.5-1a ﺍﻧﻈـﺮ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ.ﻳﻨﺘﻘـﻞ ﺧـﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺳـﻂ
ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮ ﹼﻟﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻀﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ.ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻟﺰﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ
Electrical hazard
Harmful / Irritant
Biological hazards
Flammable
ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳـﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻮ ﹼﻟﺪ ﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﺴـﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻀﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻼﺣﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ
ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ.5-1b ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ.ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ
ﹰ ﺗﺴـﻤﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴـﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ .2
First aid
Eye wash station
Fire extinguisher
Radioactive safety
.3
ﻓﺎﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻣﺜ ﹰ. ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﲈ ﰲ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﲪﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﺍﳌﺎﺩﻳـﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺟـﺎﺕ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ
ﻼ
. ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺬﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺯﻣﻴﻠﻚ ﻓﺴـﻮﻑ ﺗﻨﺘﻘـﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﻙ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺪﻩ ﺣﺎﻣﻠـﺔ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ،ﺟﺴـﻴﻢ ﻣـﺎﺩﻱ
Laser beam
Lab. coat Ecological hazards Carcinogenic
ﻓﺴﻴﺒﻘﻰ،ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻣﺴـﻜﺖ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻭﺯﻣﻴﻠﻚ ﺑﻄﺮﰲ ﺣﺒﻞ ﻭﻫﺰﺯﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲤﺴـﻜﻪ ﺑﴪﻋﺔ 32 .4
ﰲ ﺣـﲔ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺒﻞ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ،ﺍﳊﺒـﻞ ﺑﻴﺪﻙ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻣﻴﻠﻚ
ﺣﺠﺮﺍ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺎﺀ ﺳـﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﺗﺸـﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍ ﹰﺑﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺮ
ﹰ ﻛﲈ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻣﻲ.ﺃﺣﺪﺛﺘﻬﺎ
، ﻭﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺗﺴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﳚﻲ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ،ﻳﺘﻮﻟﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﻄﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺠﺮ ﺑﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ
ﻭﺳﺘﻼﺣﻆ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻙ ﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻻ.ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ
ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ؛ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻠﲔ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺎﺀ ﻓﺴـﺘﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﳖﺎ ﲥﺘﺰ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻋﲆ
.5
ﻭﺇﱃ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻐﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻣﻜﺎﳖﺎ ﻣﻊ 43
ﳑـﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﲆ ﺃﻥ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳـﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﲥﺘـﺰ ﻣﻜﺎﳖﺎ ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ،ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ .6
.ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺣﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ 43
ﻫﻞ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ؟ .7
43
a
12
a b
5-2
(a)
b
C14-09A-845813
Types of waves
C14-08A-845813 ﺗﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ:
Mechanical waves.1ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺳﻂ
ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﳍﺎ ،ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺻﻠ ﹰﺒﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺎﺋ ﹰ
ﻼ ﺃﻭ ﻏﺎﺯ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ .ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ
ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻃﻮﻟﻴﺔ .ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ،ﻭﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ،ﻭﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﺎﺭ
ﺍﳌﻬﺘﺰﺓ ،ﻭﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻻﺯﻝ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ.
Electromagnetic waves .2ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ
ﻻ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﳍﺎ ،ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﱪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﻳﺔ .ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ
ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺮﺿﺔ .ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ.
ﻛﲈ ﺗﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﳍﺎ ﺇﱃ:
Transverse waves .1ﺗﺴـﻤﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲥﺘﺰ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺟﺴـﻴﲈﺕ
ﺍﻟﻮﺳـﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳـﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺸـﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴـﺘﻌﺮﺿﺔ Transverse
.wavesﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺸـﺎﲠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻼﺣﻈﻬﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺳـﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﲥﺰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ
ﺍﳊﺮ ﳊﺒﻞ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﳊﺒﻞ ﺭﺃﺳ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ،ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺃﻓﻘ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ،ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ .5-2a
ﻭﺗﺴـﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄـﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﻋـﲆ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﻗﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﺔ Crest؛ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻋﲆ ﻧﻘﻄـﺔ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ
ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ،ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺗﹸﺴـﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺴـﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﻗﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ Trough؛ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺩﻧﻰ
ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ .ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ .5-3a
Longitudinal waves .2ﺗﹸﺴـﻤﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲥﺘﺰ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺟﺴـﻴﲈﺕ
ﻣﻮﺍﺯ ﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻟﻴﺔ Longitudinal ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﹴ
ﹴ ﺍﻟﻮﺳـﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞ
.wavesﻓـﺈﺫﺍ ﺿﻤﻤـﺖ ﻋـﺪﺓ ﻟﻔـﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺑـﺾ ﺑﻌﻀﻬـﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺑﺸـﻜﻞ ﻣﱰﺍﺹ ﺛﻢ
ﺗﺮﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﺠﺄﺓ ﻓﺴـﺘﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻧﺒﻀﺘﺎﻥ – ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﲈ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﻣ ﹰﻌﺎ – ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻫﲔ
ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻛﺴـﲔ ،ﻛﲈ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ ،5-2bﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺣﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺑﺾ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ
13
a b
ﺍﻧﺘﺸـﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ .ﻭﺗﹸﺴـﻤﻰ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺣﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺑﺾ ﺗﻀﺎﻏ ﹰﻄـﺎ Compression؛ 5-3
ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﱰﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ،ﻭﺗﹸﺴﻤﻰ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ (a)
ﺗﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﳊﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﲣﻠﺨ ﹰ
ﻼ ،Rarefactionﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ b
ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ .ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ .5-3b
ﻗـﺎﺭﻥ ﺑـﲔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻟﻴـﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺟـﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴـﺘﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻣـﻦ ﺣﻴـﺚ:
ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺘﻬﺎ ،ﻭﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞ ،ﻭﻃﺒﻴﻌﺘﻪ.
Properties of waves
ﺗﻌﺘﻤـﺪ ﺑﻌـﺾ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻋﲆ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻫﺎ ،ﰲ ﺣـﲔ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺼﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ
ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ .ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻒ ﲠﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻋﲆ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ
ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻋﻬﺎ ،ﻣﻨﻬﺎ:
Speedﻣـﺎ ﺍﻟﴪﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﲠﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﺔ؟ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﴎﻋـﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻀﺔ
ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺤـﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ ،5-4ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻧﻔﺴـﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺤـﺪﹼ ﺩ ﲠﺎ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺳـﻴﺎﺭﺓ .ﺗ ﱠ
ﹸﻌﺮﻑ
ﺇﺯﺍﺣـﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﺔ Wave displacementﺑﺄﳖـﺎ ﹸﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺟـﺰﺀ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ
ﺃﻭﻻ ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﻗﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ،∆dﺛﻢ ﺍﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻔﱰﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ∆tﻟﺘﺠﺪﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭ ﹼﻟﺪﻫﺎ .ﻗﺲ ﹰ
ﺍﻟﴪﻋـﺔ Speed؛ .v = ∆d/∆tﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﺴـﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻧﻔﺴـﻬﺎ.
ﻭﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ.
Amplitudeﻛﻴـﻒ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻀﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮ ﱢﻟﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﱢ
ﻫﺰ ﺍﳊﺒـﻞ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻀﺔ
ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡـﺔ ﻋـﻦ ﺍﳍﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻴﻒ ﻟﻪ؟ ﻳﺸـﺒﻪ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻨﻬـﲈ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﺽ ﺍﻟﺴـﺒﺎﺣﺔ
ﺍﳋﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ ،ﺣﻴﺚ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﺳـﻌﺎﺕ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﲈ .ﻭﺍﻟﺴـﻌﺔ Amplitude 5-4
0.20s
0.80m
4.0ms
14
A
A 5-5
B
B
λ
ﻫـﻲ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣـﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼـﻮ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﻋـﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺳـﻜﻮﳖﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﺰﺍﳖـﺎ ،ﻭ ﹸﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﳍـﺎ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﻑ .A
ﻭﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 5-5ﻣﻮﺟﺘﲔ ﳍﲈ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ،ﻟﻜﻨﻬﲈ ﲣﺘﻠﻔﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ. ﱢ
ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺳـﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﻋﲆ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻫﺎ ،ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﲆ ﴎﻋﺘﻬﺎ .ﻭﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﹸﻳﺒﺬﻝ ﺷﻐﻞ ﺃﻛﱪ
ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺳـﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ .ﻓﻤﺜﻼﹰ ،ﺗﻮ ﹼﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺀ ﺳـﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺳـﻌﺔ
ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻄﻴﻔﺔ .ﻭﺗﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ؛ ﻓﺎﳌﻮﺟﺔ
ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﲢﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻞ ﺳﻨﺘﻤﱰﺍﺕ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﺊ ،ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ
ﲢﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﴪﻋﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻗﺘﻼﻉ ﺍﻷﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﻭﲢﺮﻳﻜﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺁﺧﺮ .ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﱠ
ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺳﻌﺘﻬﺎ .ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﻤﻀﺎﻋﻔﺔ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺇﺣﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ
ﻳﻀﺎﻋﻒ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ.
Wavelengthﲣﻴﻞ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻄﺖ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﺪﻻﹰ
ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱰﻛﻴﺰ ﻋﲆ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﰲ ﳊﻈﺔ ﻣﺎ .ﻭﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 5-5
ﻳﺘﻜـﺮﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﻤﻂ
ﹼ ﻗﻤـﻢ ﻭﻗﻴﻌـﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺘـﲔ Aﻭ .Bﻭﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﲆ ﺃﻗﴫ ﻣﺴـﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﲔ
ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﻧﻔﺴـﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ .Wavelengthﻓﺎﳌﺴـﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻗﻤﺘﲔ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻋﲔ
ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﲔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ،ﻭ ﹸﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻠﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻼﺗﻴﻨﻲ ) λﳌﺪﺍ(.
Phaseﺃﻱ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﲔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﻧﻔﺴـﻪ )ﻣﺘﻔﻘﺘﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ( ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﲈ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﹰ
ﻃﻮﻻ ﻣﻮﺟ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﹰ ﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻔﺎﺗﻪ .ﻭ ﹸﻳﻌﺪ ﺟﺴﻴﲈﻥ ﰲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ
ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳍﲈ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺰﺍﻥ ،ﻭﳍﲈ ﺍﻟﴪﻋﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ )ﻣﺘﻔﻘﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ( ﹰ
ﺍﳌﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﻧﻔﺴـﻬﺎ .ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﺴـﻴﲈﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻛﺴﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﴪﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﻬﺔ
ﻓﺈﳖـﲈ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄـﻮﺭ ،ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﺑﻴﻨﻬـﲈ .180°ﻭﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ Phase
differenceﻫـﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﺑﲔ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺴـﻴﻤﲔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﺘﲔ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺱ
ﻼ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴـﺒﻖ /ﺃﻭ ﻳﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﲠﺎ ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ .ﻓﻤﺜ ﹰ
ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﻉ ﺑـ .180°
15
a A E
5-6
B D F
(a)
b
C G
b
A B 90 ﹾ
0 ﹾ
AB
ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ. ﻧﻘﺎ ﹰﻃـﺎ ﳐﺘﻠﻔـﺔ ﻋﲆ ﻣﻮﺟـﺔ ﻣﺴـﺘﻌﺮﺿﺔ5-6a ﻭﻳﻮﺿـﺢ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ
ﻭﳍﲈ ﺍﻟﴪﻋﺔ، ﻣﺘﻔﻘﺘﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﲈ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪE ﻭA ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﺎﻥ
ﻫﻞ ﹸﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺃﺧﺮ. ﻓﻬﻲ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭD ﻭC ﻭB ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ.ﺍﳌﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ
ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻔﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﻭﺃﺧﺮ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ؟ ﻛﲈ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﳌﻮﺟﺘﲔ
.5-6b ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﲈ ﻫﻮ ﱠ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﻭﺳﻌﺘﻬﺎPeriod and frequency
. ﻓﻴﻄ ﹼﺒﻘﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴـﺘﻤﺮﺓf ﻭﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩT ﺃﻣـﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻱ.ﻟﻮﺻـﻒ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ
ﻫـﻮ ﺍﻟﺰﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﳉﺴـﻢ ﺍﳌﻬﺘـﺰ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻜﻤـﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﺓPeriod ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟـﺪﻭﺭﻱ
ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺴـﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﺴـﺘﻤﺮﺓ.(s) ﻭ ﹸﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ،ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ
a b P
5-7
25
P
P
P
c d
P
16
)ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻳﺔ( ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺴـ ﱢﺒﺐ ﳍﺎ .ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻭ ﹰﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺪﺭ.
ﻭﺗﻮﺿـﺢ ﺍﻷﺷـﻜﺎﻝ ﻣـﻦ 5-7aﺇﱃ 5-7dﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻱ Tﻳﺴـﺎﻭﻱ 0.04 s؛ ﻭﻫﻮ ﱢ
ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺒﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ Pﻋﲆ ﺍﳊﺒﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﱃ ﻃﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻲ.ﹰ
ﺘﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﺴـﻢ ﺍﳌﻬﺘﺰ ﰲﺃ ﹼﻣـﺎ ﺍﻟـﱰ ﹼﺩﺩ ) Frequency (fﻓﻬﻮ ﻋـﺪﺩ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﹸﻳ ﹼ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ،ﻭ ﹸﻳﻘـﺎﺱ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ،Hzﻭﺍﳍﺮﺗﺰ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻫﺘـﺰﺍﺯﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ.
ﻭﺑﻨﺎ ﹰﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﻭﺗﺮﺩﺩﻫﺎ ﻫﻲ:
__ = f
1
T
ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ
ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻪ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﺯﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻱ.
ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻤـﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﻭﺗﺮﺩﺩﻫـﺎ ﻋﲆ ﻣﺼﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ،ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪﺍﻥ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻮﺳـﻂ
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻋﲆ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ.
ﻭﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﱰﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﺴـﺎﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻨﹰﺎ ﺩﻭﺭ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﹰ ﺍ ﻣﺴـﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺴـﺎﻭﻱ ﻃﻮﻻﹰ ﻣﻮﺟ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ
ﻭﺍﺣـﺪﹰ ﺍ ،ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺎﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ﻳﺴـﺎﻭﻱ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﻣﴬﻭ ﹰﺑـﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻱ.λ = vT ،
ﻭﻷﻥ ﺍﳊﺼـﻮﻝ ﻋـﲆ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﺳـﻬﻞ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟـﺪﻭﺭﻱ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ
ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﹸﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻵﰐ:
__ = λ
v
ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ
f
ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﴎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻣﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﻫﺎ.
Modeling waves
ﻭﺣﺮﻛﺘﻪ ﺑـﱰﺩﺩ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ،ﻓﺴـﻮﻑ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﺩﻭﺍﺋـﺮ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﺤﺪﺓ
ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺿﻌـﺖ ﺇﺻﺒﻌـﻚ ﰲ ﺍﳌـﺎﺀ ﱠ
ﰲ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰﻫـﺎ ،ﻭﻳﻜـﻮﻥ ﺇﺻﺒﻌـﻚ ﻣﺮﻛـﺰ ﺗﻠـﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋـﺮ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺗﺴـﻤﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺟﺒﻬـﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ
Wavefront؛ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﲣﻴﲇ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺑﲔ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ،ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﹸﻳﺮﺳﻢ
ﻋﲆ ﺷـﻜﻞ ﺧﻂ ﻳﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﻗﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ .ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﺒﻬﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﻱ
ﻭﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 5-8a ﱢ ﺷـﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ،ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴـﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ.
17
ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ 5-8bﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﺒﻬﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ،ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﱢ
ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ﳍﺬﻩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ .ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺟﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺑﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﹼ
ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﺎﺕ .ﻭﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ ﻣﻊ ﺟﺒﻬﺎﲥﺎ ،ﻭ ﹸﻳﻤ ﱠﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺑﺸـﻌﺎﻉ ﻋﲆ
ﺷـﻜﻞ ﺧﻂ ﻳﺼﻨﻊ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺟﺒﻬﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﻳﺴـﻤﻰ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ .ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ
ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﺳﻢ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺑﺪﻻﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺒﻬﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ.
ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻘ ﹾﻄﺖ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﻣﺴـﺘﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺒﻞ ،ﻓﺴـﺘﺠﺪﻫﺎ
ﻣﺸﺎﲠﺔ ﻹﺣﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺘﲔ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺤﺘﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ .5-5ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﲆ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ
ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ .5-9a ﺭﺳﻢ ﺑﻴﺎﲏ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﲆ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ،ﻛﲈ ﻫﻮ ﱠ
ﻭﺑﺎﳌﺜـﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺻﺪﺕ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺟﺴـﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﺣـﺪ ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ Pﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ ،5-7ﺃﻣﻜﻨﻚ
ﻣﺘﻐﲑﺍ ﻣﻊ
ﹰ ﲤﺜﻴـﻞ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻋﲆ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺭﺳـﻢ ﺑﻴﺎﲏ ،ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺮﺳـﻢ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺑﻮﺻﻔﻬـﺎ
ﺍﻟﺰﻣـﻦ ،ﻛﲈ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ ،5-9bﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺰﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻱ ،ﻛﲈ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ
ﲤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻋﲆ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺭﺳـﻢ ﺑﻴـﺎﲏ ،ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳌﺤﻮﺭ y
5-9
(a) 4.0 m
(b) 2.0 s
)y (m
a
0.3 0.2 m
0.2
0.1
)x (m
0.0
2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0
-0.1
-0.2
-0.3
C14-13A-845813
b )y (m
0.3 Final
0.2
0.1
)t (s
0.0
1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0
-0.1
-0.2
-0.3
18
C14-14A-845813
5-10
y
x
ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﺍﳉﻴﺐ ﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺗﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺜﻼﹰ ،ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ ،5-10ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﹼ
ﻭﲤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﻢ ﺗﻀﺎﻏﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻟﻴﺔ،
ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﻃﻮﻟﻴﺔ ،ﲢﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﳍﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ .ﹸ
ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﹸﲤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻌﺎﻥ ﲣﻠﺨﻼﲥﺎ.
ﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﺠﺒﻬﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ؟ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ
ﺭﺳ ﹴﻢ ﳉﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ؟
1
ﻗﻄﻌﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﻫﺎ 192 Hzﻣﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ 91.4 mﺧﻼﻝ ،0.271 sﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ:
.cﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﺔ. .aﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ.
ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻱ ،ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ 442 Hz .d .bﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﺔ.
1
ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺟﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﺔ.
ﹰ ﺍﺭﺳﻢ
ﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ ﻣﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﴪﻋﺔ.
?=v f= 192 Hz
λ ?=λ d= 91.4 m
?=T t= 0.271 s
v
2
d
__ = v .aﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﴪﻋﺔ .v
t
91.4 m
______ = d = 91.4 m ،t = 0.271 s
0.271s
= 337 m/s
v
__ = λ .bﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ .λ
f
337 m/s v = 337 m/s ،f =192 Hz
_______ =
192 Hz
= 1.76 m
19
1
__ = T .cﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻱ .T
f
= 1
______ f = 192 Hz
192 Hz
= 0.00521 s
v
__ = λ .dﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ.
f
337 m/s v =337 m/s ،f = 442 Hz
= _______ = 0.762 m
442 Hz
1
__ = T ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ.
f
1
______ = = 0.00226 s f =442Hz
442 Hz
3
m/s
____ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ.
Hz
ﺍﳍﺮﺗﺰ Hzﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ،s-1ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ m .s = m
__ =
s
ﺍﻟﴪﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ 343 m/sﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ ،ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺎﳉﻮﺍﺏ 337 m/s
ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ ،ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ،ﻓﺎﻟﱰﺩﺩ 442 Hzﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩ
440 Hzﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﳼ ﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ.
ﺃﻃﻠـﻖ ﻓﺎﺩﻱ ﺻﻮﺗﹰـﺎ ﻋﺎﻟ ﹰﻴﺎ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺟﺮﻑ ﺭﺃﳼ ﻳﺒﻌﺪ 465 mﻋﻨﻪ ،ﻭﺳـﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺪ .1
ﺑﻌﺪ .2.75 sﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ:
.aﴎﻋﺔ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻓﺎﺩﻱ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ.
.bﺗﺮ ﹼﺩﺩ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﳍﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ .0.750 m
.cﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﺔ.
ﲥﺰ ﺍﳊﺒﻞ ﺑﱰﺩﺩ ﻛﺒﲑ ﺃﻡ ﺑﱰﺩﺩ
ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺣﺒﻞ ،ﻓﻬﻞ ﹼ .2
ﺻﻐﲑ؟
ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﰲ ﺣﺒﻞ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺗﺮ ﹼﺩﺩﻩ ،6.00 Hzﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﺮﺿﺔ
ﹲ ﻭ ﱠﻟﺪ .3
ﰲ ﺍﳊﺒﻞ ،15.0 m/sﻓﲈ ﻃﻮﳍﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ؟
ﺗﺘﻮ ﹼﻟﺪ ﲬﺲ ﻧﺒﻀﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﺎﺀ ﻛﻞ ،0.100 sﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ .4
ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ ،1.20 cmﻓﲈ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ؟
20
ﺗﻮﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﲢﻤﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﳑﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﹼﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻧﺠﺎﺯ ﺷـﻐﻞ ،ﻭﺭﺑﲈ ﺷـﺎﻫﺪﺕ ﺍﻷﴐﺍﺭ
ﺍﳍﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺸـﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﺎﺻـﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ ،ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﻲﺀ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺤﺪﺭﺍﺕ
ﻭﺍﻟﺸـﻮﺍﻃﺊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺟـﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻣﻴﺔ .ﻭﻣـﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺬﻛﹼﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺳـﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ
ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲢﺪﹼ ﺩ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲢﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ،ﺑﻴﻨﲈ ﳛﺪﹼ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﴎﻋﺔ
ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ.
5-1
ﺍﻓﱰﺽ ﺃﻧـﻪ ﹸﻃﻠﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺃﻧﺖ .7 ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳـﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻄـﺮﻑ .5
ﻭﺯﻣﻴﻠـﻚ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺨﺘـﱪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﺴـﺘﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﺍﳊـﺮ ﻟﻨﺎﺑﺾ ،ﻓﻬﻞ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻀـﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﰲ
ﹼ
ﺗﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ،ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﻧﻔﺴـﻬﺎ؟ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻟـﻮ ﺃﺣﺪﺛﺖ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺓ ﰲ
ﺫﻟﻚ؟ ﺍﳊﺮ ﳊﺒـﻞ؟ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻋﻨـﺪ ﴐﺏ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻄـﺮﻑ ﹼ
ﺻ ﹺ
ﻒ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻟﻴﺔ .ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﹺ .8 ﻗﻀﻴـﺐ ﺣﺪﻳﺪﻱ؟ ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﲔ ﴎﻋـﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻀﺎﺕ
ﺍﻷﻭﺳﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻟﻴﺔ؟ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ.
ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳـﻘﻄﺖ ﻗﻄـﺮﺓ ﻣﻄـﺮ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻛـﺔ .9 ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭ ﹼﻟـﺪﹾ ﺕ ﻣﻮﺟـﺔ ﻣﺴـﺘﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﰲ .6
ﻓﺴـﺘﻮ ﹼﻟﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺳـﻌﺎﺕ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ .ﺃﻣـﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻔﺰ ﻫﺰ ﻳـﺪﻙ ﻭﲢﺮﻳﻜﻬﺎ ﻣـﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺒـﻞ ﻋـﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﹼ
ﺳ ﹼﺒﺎﺡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻛﺔ ﻓﺴﻴﻮ ﹼﻟﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺳﻌﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ. ﲥـﺰ ﺍﳊﺒـﻞ ﺃﴎﻉ ﻣـﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻐﻴـﲑﺁﺧـﺮ ،ﺛـﻢ ﺑـﺪﺃﺕ ﹼ
ﻓﻠـﲈﺫﺍ ﻻ ﺗﻮ ﹼﻟﺪ ﺍﻷﻣﻄـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﻳﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺃﺛﻨـﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺻﻒ ﺍﳌﺴـﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻛﻬـﺎ ﻳﺪﻙ ،ﻓﲈﺫﺍ ﳛـﺪﺙ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ:
ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺪﻳﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺳﻌﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ؟ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ،ﻭﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻱ،
ﻭﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ؟
ﺃﺧـﺮ -ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻼﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ – ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺪﺋـﺔ ﻭﺇﺭﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ .ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﻣﺄﻟﻮ ﹰﻓﺎ
ﻋﻠﻮﻩ 1.1- 1.2-1.3-1.5
ﻟﺪﻳـﻚ – ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺧﱪﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻣﻴﺔ – ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ،ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﹼ
ﻭﻧﻐﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺘﻪ .ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ
ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼـﻮﺕ ﻣﻮﺟـﺎﺕ ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ •
ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺴﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﻭﺻﻔﻬﺎ .ﻓﻌﲆ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ،ﺗﻌﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻧﲈﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ
ﻃﻮﻟﻴﺔ.
ﳑﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ،ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻳﻌﺪ ﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﳑﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ .ﻭﺳﺘﺪﺭﺱ
• ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺘﻮ ﹼﻟﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ.
ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻭﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ. • ﺑـﲔ ﴎﻋـﺔ ﺍﻟﺼـﻮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌـﻮﺍﺩ
ﺩﺭﺳـﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺴـﻢ ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﺑﻖ ﻭﺻـﻒ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﺎﺕ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﴪﻋـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟـﱰﺩﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ.
ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ .ﻭﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ.
•
• ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼـﻮﺕ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ
ﺑﻌـﺾ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺼﻪ ﻭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻼﺗﻪ .ﻭﺍﻟﺴـﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘـﻪ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ ﻫﻮ :ﻣﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ
ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺳـﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﺟـﺎﺕ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ
ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ؟
ﺳﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﲢﺖ ﺳﻤﻌﻴﺔ.
Soundwaves
ﺿـﻊ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌـﻚ ﻋﲆ ﺣﻨﺠﺮﺗﻚ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺗﹸﺪﻧﺪﻥ .ﻫﻞ ﺗﺸـﻌﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ؟ • ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ
• Sound wave
ﻣﺴـﺠﻞ؟ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 5-11ﹰ
ﺟﺮﺳﺎ ﹼ ﺳـﲈﻋﺔ
ﻫﻞ ﺣﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻳﺪﻙ ﻋﲆ ﹼ • ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺔ
ﺳﲈﻋﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺕ .ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﳞﺘﺰ ﳞﺘﺰ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺃﻭﺗﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﹼ • Ultrasound
ﺍﳉﺮﺱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻠﻒ ﻭﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﺱ ﺗﺼﺪﻡ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ .ﻭﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ • ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺔ
ﺟﺰﻳﺌـﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﺤـﺮﻙ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ؛ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ • Infrasound
ﺗﺮﺗـﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳉﺮﺱ ﺑﴪﻋﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ .ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﳊﺎﻓـﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻠﻒ ﺗﺮﺗﺪ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ
ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳉﺮﺱ ﺑﴪﻋﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ. 5-11
a
a
b
b
ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﺱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺸـﻜﱡﻞ:ﻭﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺍﳉﺮﺱ ﻣﺎ ﻳﲇ
Sharp objects safety
Poison safety
Oxidizer
Corrosive
ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺗـﺆﺩﻱ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻠﻒ،ﻣﻨﻄﻘـﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﺮﺗﻔ ﹰﻌﺎ ﺗﺴـﻤﻰ ﺗﻀﺎﻏ ﹰﻄﺎ
ﹰ
ﻭﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﲔ.ﲣﻠﺨﻼ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺎ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ
ﹰ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺸﻜﱡﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ
.1 ﺟﺰﻳﺌـﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﻏﻄﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺨﻼﺕ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﹰ ﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳉﺮﺱ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ
Laser beam Hand protection
Lab. coat Eye Ecological
safety hazards Thermal Carcinogenic
safety Explosive
. ﻭﲠﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺗﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ )ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﻏﻄﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺨﻼﺕ( ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ.ﲨﻴﻌﻬﺎ
.2
First aid
Eye wash station
Fire extinguisher
Radioactive safety
ﻭﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ،ﺇﻥ ﴎﻋـﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻘـﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﺋﻠﺔ
ﳌﺎﺫﺍ؟ ﺑﺎﻻﺳـﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺴـﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨﻴﺔ.ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ
Laser beam Hand protection
Lab. coat Eye Ecological
safety hazards Thermal Carcinogenic
safety Explosive
.1
ﻟﺬﺍ،ﺑـﲔ ﺟﺰﻳﺌـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺗﻜـﻮﻥ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻭﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌـﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ
.2
ﺑﻴﻨﲈ،ﻓـﺈﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﻘـﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﻱﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺁﺧﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺗﺴـﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻭﻗﺘﹰﺎ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ
ﻧﻈﺮﺍ
ﹰ،ﰲ ﺍﳌـﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒـﺔ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗـﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﻱﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺰﻱﺀ ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﴪﻋﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ .3
ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ. ﻟﺬﺍ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ،ﻟﺼﻐﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﲈ
1-2m
First aid
Eye wash station
Fire extinguisher
Radioactive safe
ﺛﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﺫﻧﻚ،ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﲆ ﺳـﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﲈﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ
ﻭﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴـﻤﻌﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺑﲈ ﺳـﻤﻌﺘﻪ ﰲ،ﻣﻼﺻﻘﺔ ﻟﺴـﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ
Sharp objects safety
Poison safety
Oxidizer
Corrosive
ﻭﻳﻤﻜـﻦ ﻗﻴـﺎﺱ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳍـﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﲈﺩ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺼـﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ – ﻛﲈ.ﺍﳊﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ
. ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺳﲈﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻋﺎﻛﺲ- ﺗﻌﻠﻢ
Laser beam
.4
Lab. coat
Ecological hazards
Carcinogenic
First aid
Eye wash station
Fire extinguisher
ﺗـﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻨﺪSpeed and direction of wind
Radioactive safety
ﺑﻴﻨﲈ ﺗﻘﻞ ﴎﻋﺘﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟـﻪ ﰲ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟـﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳍـﻮﺍﺀ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺣﺮﻛـﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ
Sharp objects safety
Poison safety
Oxidizer
Corrosive
.ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ
ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺴـﺎ )ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺸـﺎﲠﺖ
ﹰ ﻭﺗﻜـﻮﻥ ﴎﻋـﺔ ﺍﻟﺼـﻮﺕ ﺛﺎﺑﺘـﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺳـﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣـﺪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ
ﺑﻴﻨـﲈ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﻋﻨـﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺳـﻂ ﺇﱃ ﺁﺧﺮ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ،(ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺼـﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴـﺔ ﰲ ﲨﻴـﻊ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺋﻪ
.1
ﻭﺗﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﻃﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ.ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺳـﻂ ﻧﻔﺴـﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ
.v = fλ ﻭﺗﺮﺩﺩﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ
.2
Harmful / Irritant Biological hazards Flammable
CRO
،ﻭﻳﻤﻜـﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼـﻮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒـﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺤـﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ
First aid
.3
Eye wash station Fire extinguisher Radioactive safety
3V ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ،ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﲈﺩ ﻋﲆ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﺲ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻄﺮﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺰﻳﺔ
Sharp objects safety
Poison safety
ﺍﳌﺴـﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺴـﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺴـﺎﻭﻱ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺰﻳﺔ؛ ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﴐﺏ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﻕ
Oxidizer
Corrosive
ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻋﲆ ﺷـﻜﻞ ﻧﺒﻀﺔ،ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺰﻳـﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻄﺮﻗـﺔ ﺗﻨﺘﻘـﻞ ﻧﺒﻀﺔ ﺗﻀﺎﻏﻂ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺮﻓﻬـﺎ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ
Laser beam
Lab. coat
ﻭﺑﻘﺴـﻤﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ.ﲣﻠﺨﻞ ﻭﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﻕ ﺍﳌﻼﻣﺲ ﻟﻠﻤﻄﺮﻗﺔ ﻭﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻔﺼﺎﻟﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ
Ecological hazards
Carcinogenic
.ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻋﲆ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻕ ﻧﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﲆ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﰲ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻕ
ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﺎﻁ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ؟ ﻭﳌﺎﺫﺍ؟
.4
Detection of sound waves
ﲢـﻮﻝ ﻛﺎﺷـﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗـﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ – ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗـﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﳍـﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﻬﺘﺰﺓ – ﺇﱃﹼ
ﻭﻳﻌﺪ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺷـﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸـﺎﺋﻌﺔ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﳛﻮﻝ.ﺷـﻜﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷـﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
.5 .ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ
.6
ﺗﻌـﺪ ﺍﻷﺫﻥThe human ear voice response
ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬـﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺿﻤﻦ،ﺍﻟﺒﴩﻳـﺔ ﻛﺎﺷـﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻧﻌـﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ
: ﻭﺗﻘﺴـﻢ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ.ﳎـﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺳـﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﲢﻮﳍـﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻧﺒﻀﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴـﺔ
.7 . ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ5-13 ﻭﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ.ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻰ ﻭﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ
ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ
.8 ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ
ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻰ
(ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﻼﻟﻴﺔ )ﺍﻻﺗﺰﺍﻥ
.9
.10
(ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻗﻌﺔ )ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ
5-13
ﺍﻟﺮﻛﺎﺏ ﻏﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻠﺔ
25 ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﻄﺮﻗﺔ
ﺗﺴـﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴـﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺘﻜـﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﳌﺮﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴـﻤﻰ
ﺻﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ،ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺷﻜﻠﻪ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﻋﲆ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ
ﺍﻟﺴـﻤﻌﻴﺔ ،ﻭﻫـﻲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﲏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ،ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻨﺘﻘـﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻋﱪ
ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻰ ،ﻣﺴ ﱢﺒﺒﺔ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﻏﺸﺎﺀ ﻃﺒﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ،ﻓﺘﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ
ﺇﱃ ﻋﻈﻴـﲈﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ،ﻫـﻲ ﺍﳌﻄﺮﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴـﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻛﺎﺏ ،ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻀﺨﻴـﻢ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ.
ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﺎﺏ ﺇﱃ ﻏﺸﺎﺀ ﰲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ.
ﹲ
ﺳـﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻗﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸـﺒﻪ ﺗﱰﻛﹼـﺐ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻗﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﻼﻟﻴﺔ ،ﻭﻳﻤﻸ
ﺻﺪﻓـﺔ ﺣﻠـﺰﻭﻥ .ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﳞﺘﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﺎﺏ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﺋﻞ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻗﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ،ﳑﺎ ﻳﺴـﺒﺐ
ﲢﺮﻳـﻚ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺸـﻌﺮﻳﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻬـﺎ ،ﻓﻴﺘﻮ ﹼﻟﺪ ﺳـﻴﺎﻝ ﻋﺼﺒﻲ ﻳﻨﺘﻘـﻞ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺐ ﺍﻟﺴـﻤﻌﻲ ﺇﱃ
ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﻍ .ﻭﺍﻋﺘﲈ ﹰﺩﺍ ﻋﲆ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﻬﺎ ﻓﺈﻧﻚ ﺗﺴـﻤﻊ ﺃﻧﻮﺍ ﹰﻋﺎ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ.
ﻣﺎ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ؟ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﲢﺪﺙ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ؟
ﻭﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﲆ ﺳـﲈﻉ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺷـﺨﺺ ﺇﱃ ﺁﺧﺮ ،ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﺘﻮﺳـﻄﺔ
ﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﴩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺳﲈﻉ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ .ﻓﻤﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮﻥ ﺳﲈﻉ
ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﻫﺎ ﻋﻦ ،20000 Hzﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ
ﺍﻟﺴـﻤﻌﻴﺔ ،Ultrasoundﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻓـﲔ ﻭﺍﳋﻔﺎﻓﻴﺶ .ﹰ
ﻭﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻻ
ﻳﺴـﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻷﺷـﺨﺎﺹ ﺳـﲈﻉ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﻞ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﻫﺎ ﻋﻦ ،20 Hzﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ
ﺗﹸﺴـﻤﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻟﺴـﻤﻌﻴﺔ ،Infrasoundﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ
ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﲈﺳﻴﺢ ،ﻛﲈ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻮ ﹼﻟﺪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺸـﺄ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻻﺯﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﱪﺍﻛﲔ ﻭﺍﻻﳖﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺠﻴﺔ .ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﱰﺍﻭﺡ
ﺗﺮﺩﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﲔ 20 Hzﻭ 20000 Hzﻓﺘﹸﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺔ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ
ﺗﺴـﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﺫﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴـﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴـﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﺳـﲈﻋﻬﺎ .ﻭﻳﻘﻞ ﻣﺪ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴـﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻛﺒﺎﺭ
ﺍﻟﺴﻦ ﺳﲈﻋﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺣﻮﺍﱄ .12000 Hz
ﻣﺎ ﻣﺪ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﺳﲈﻋﻬﺎ؟
ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﳋﻔﺎﺵ ﺳﲈﻉ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺳﲈﻉ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ،ﹰ
ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ 100000 Hzﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ ،ﺑﻴﻨﲈ ﻳﺴـﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﺐ ﺳـﲈﻉ ﺍﻟـﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ
50000 Hzﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒـﺎ .ﻭﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴـﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘـﺎﺕ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ،ﻣﻨﻬﺎ:
ﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄـﺐ ﰲ ﲢﺪﻳـﺪ ﺃﻣﺎﻛـﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻡ ﰲ ﺟﺴـﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺴـﺎﻥ ،ﻭﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﺤﺺ
ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻢ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻨﹼﺔ ﰲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﹶﻤﻞ ،ﻛﲈ ﺗﹸﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ،ﻭﺩﺭﺍﺳـﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ
ﻭﻓﺤﺼﻬﺎ ،ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻘﻮﻕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻥ ،ﻭﻏﲑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ.
ﻣﺎ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺔ؟
26
5-2
ﺗﻨﺘـﴩ ﻣﻮﺟـﺔ ﺻﻮﺗﻴـﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳍـﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﴪﻋـﺔ .14 ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ؟ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ؟ .10
،340 m/sﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﳍـﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﻲ 0.80 mﻓـﲈ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ .11
ﺗﺮﺩﺩﻫﺎ؟ ﻓﴪ ﺫﻟﻚ.ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻭﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ .ﱢ
ﺍﴍﺡ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺳﲈﻉ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﺼﻔﻮﺭ. .15 ﻛﻴـﻒ ﺗﺆﺛـﺮ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻭﺳـﻂ ﻣﺎ ﰲ .12
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺩﺭﺟـﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﰲ ﴎﻋﺔ .16 ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ؟
ﻛﺒﲑﺍ ﺟﺪﹼﹰ ﺍ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺘﺄﺛﲑﻩ ﰲ ﴎﻋﺔ
ﺍﻟﺼـﻮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﹰ ﺑـﲔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴـﺔ ﲢـﺖ ﺍﻟﺴـﻤﻌﻴﺔ .13
ﻓﴪ ﺫﻟﻚ.
ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ .ﱢ ﻭﺍﻟﺴـﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴـﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ :ﻣﺪ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩ،
ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ.
Resonanceinstrings
First aid Eye wash station Fire extinguisher Radioactive safety
ﻭﺛ ﹼﺒﺖ ﻃﺮﻓـﻪ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻣﻬﺘﺰ؟ ﻋﻨﺪ،ﻣـﺎﺫﺍ ﳛـﺪﺙ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺛ ﹼﺒﺖ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻃﺮﰲ ﻭﺗﺮ ﰲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ
Sharp objects
Hand safety
protection Poison safety
Eye safety Oxidizer
Thermal safety Corrosive
Explosive
Laser
beam hazard Hand protection
Electrical Lab. coat / Irritant
Harmful
Eye Ecological
safetyBiological
hazards
hazards Thermal Carcinogenic
safety Flammable Explosive
ﺗﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ،ﺍﻫﺘـﺰﺍﺯ ﺍﳌﺼـﺪﺭ ﺗﺘﻮﻟـﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﻫﺎ ﻳﺴـﺎﻭﻱ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﳌﺼـﺪﺭ
.1 ، ﺛﻢ ﺗﺮﺗﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻛﺲ،ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛـﺔ ﰲ ﺍﲡـﺎﻩ ﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ
ﻭﺑﺘﻐﻴـﲑ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ.ﻭﺗﻠﺘﻘـﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﻓﺘﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ
First aid Electrical hazard
Eye wash station Harmful / Irritant
Fire extinguisher Biological hazards
Radioactive safety Flammable
؛ ﻭﻫـﻲ ﻣﻮﺟـﺔ ﻧﺎﲡـﺔ ﻋـﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘـﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺟﺘﲔ ﳍـﲈ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟـﱰﺩﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝStanding wave
Laser beam Sharp objects safetyLab. coat Ecological hazards
Poison safety Oxidizer Carcinogenic Corrosive
29
Electrical hazard Harmful / Irritant Biological hazards Flammable
ﻭﺗﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﻣﻮﻗﻮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺪﺭ؛ ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ
ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﺳﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﴎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﳑﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺴﺔ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ
Sharp objects safety
Poison safety
Oxidizer
Corrosive
ﻭ ﹸﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﲔ ﰲ. ﻭﺗﹸﺴـﻤﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﲔ،ﺫﺍﺕ ﺳـﻌﺔ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻼﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺘﲔ
ﺍﻷﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺑﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻬﺘﺰ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
Laser beam
Hand protection
Lab. coat
Eye Ecological
safety hazards
Thermal Carcinogenic
safety
Explosive
.1
ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﺇﺫﺍ ﴐﺑﺖ ﺷﻮﻛﺔ ﺭﻧﺎﻧﺔ ﹰ. ﳑﺎ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﲆ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺳـﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ،ﻳﺘﺴـﺎﻭ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﳉﺴﻤﲔ
ﻓﺴـﺘﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺗـﺮ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺇﺫﺍ،ﻭﻗﺮﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺗﺮ ﻣﺸـﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﺜ ﹼﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﲔ ﺑﻤﻄﺮﻗﺔ ﱠ
، ﻭﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ،ﻭﺍﻓﻖ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺸـﻮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﺎﻧﺔ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ
. ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺭﻧﲔ:ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻝ
.2 First aid Eye wash station Fire extinguisher Radioactive safety
ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻤـﻂ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻼﻫﺘـﺰﺍﺯ ﻟـﻪ ﺑﻄﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ5-15 ﻭﺗﺴـﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺗـﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ.ﻃﺮﻓﻴـﻪ
Sharp objects safety Poison safety Oxidizer Corrosive
ﻭﳛﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ.L = ½ λ ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻫـﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ،ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴـﲔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻘﺪﺗﲔ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ
ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ.L = λ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﺑ ﹰﻘﺎ ﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ
، ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﲔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺑﻄﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ.ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻮﻓـﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﻨـﲔ ﻭﺛﻼﺙ ﻋﻘﺪ
ﻭﺗﻈﻬـﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺴـﺘﻘﺮﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜـﻮﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ.L = 3 λ/2 ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻫـﺎ ﻳﻜـﻮﻥ
ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧـﻪ ﻟﻜـﻲ ﺗﺘﻜـﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﻗﻮﻓـﺔ ﰲ ﻭﺗﺮ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ. ﻭﻫﻜـﺬﺍ،6λ/2 ،5λ/2، 4λ/2
:ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳋﻴﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ﻛﲈ ﻳﲇ .4
L = ½ λ, 2λ /2 = λ, 3λ/2, 4λ/2 = 2 λ, 5λ/2, …
، L = nλ/2 ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻃـﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗـﺮ ﻳﺴـﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻔﺎﺕ ﺻﺤﻴﺤـﺔ ﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﻲ؛ .5
. ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﻮﻥ، n = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, … ﺣﻴﺚ 3
.6
ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳـﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ،v = fλ ،ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﺴـﺎﺏ ﺗـﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻧـﲔ ﺑﺎﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﺔ
: ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﲔ.(λ = 2L/n ) ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺭﻧﲔ
fn = nv/2L, n = 1, 2, 3, …
λ1 = 2L
v
f1 = =
λ1
v
2L 5-15
λ2 = L
v
f2 = = 2f1
L
2L
λ 3= 3
3v
f3 = = 3f1
2L
30
ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳـﺾ ﻗﻴﻤـﺔ n = 1ﻧﺤﺼـﻞ ﻋﲆ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺗـﺮﺩﺩ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﺗﻜﻮﻳـﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﻗﻮﻓـﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ،
،f1 = v/2Lﻭ ﹸﻳﺴـﻤﻰ ﺍﻟـﱰﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺳـﺎﳼ .Fundamental frequencyﻭﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳـﺾ
ﻗﻴـﻢ ﺃﺧﺮ ﻟــ nﻧﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﲆ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﲔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ .ﻭﺗﹸﺴـﻤﻰ ﺗـﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﲔ ﻫﺬﻩ
ﺍﻟﻨﻐـﲈﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴـﺔ ،Harmonicsﻭﻫـﻲ ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻔـﺎﺕ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﱰﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺳـﺎﳼ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ
ﺗﺴـﻤﻰ f1ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴـﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ،ﻭ f2ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴـﺔ ﻭﻫﻜـﺬﺍ .ﻭﺗﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﳖﺎ
ﺗﺴـﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻔﺎﺕ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ .fn = nf1 ،ﻭ ﹸﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺍﳉﺴـﻢ ﺑﻤﺜﻞ
ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻟـﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﲔ .ﻭﺗﻼﺣـﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺳـﺎﳼ
ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀـﺔ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟـﱰﺩﺩ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ،ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼـﻮﺕ ﻏﻠﻴ ﹰﻈﺎ .ﻭﺑﺎﻻﻧﺘﻘـﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﲈﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ
ﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩ ﺗﺪﺭﳚ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ،ﻟﺬﺍ ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺣﺎ ﹼﹰﺩﺍ.
ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻔـﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺳـﺎﳼ )ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴـﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ( ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻐﲈﺕ
ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ؟
ﻭﺗﻌﺘﻤـﺪ ﴎﻋـﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﲆ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸـﺪ ﻓﻴـﻪ ،ﻭﻋﲆ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻃﻮﻟـﻪ .ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ
ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﹸﻀﺒﻂ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺷﺪ ﺃﻭﺗﺎﺭﻫﺎ .ﻓﻜﻠﲈ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺸﺪﻭ ﹰﺩﺍ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ
ﺃﻛﱪ ،ﻟﺬﺍ ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻮﻓﺔ.
ﻭﺗﻮ ﱢﻟـﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻮﻓـﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺟـﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛـﺔ Travelling wavesﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ
ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺁﺫﺍﻧﻨﺎ ،ﻓﻨﺴﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﻐﲈﺕ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ .ﻭﻷﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﴈ ﻟﻸﻭﺗﺎﺭ
ﲢﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺣﲔ ﲥﺘﺰ؛ ﳑـﺎ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﴐﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺑﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻗﻠﻴﻠـﺔ ،ﻓﺈﳖـﺎ ﱢ
ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ )ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ(؛ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﲥﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﻮ ﱢﻟﺪﺓ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺃﻗﻮ.
2
ﱠ
ﺗﻜﻮﻧﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﻗﻮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﻭﺗﺮ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ،8 mﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ،30 m/sﻓﺎﺣﺴﺐ:
.bﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ. .aﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ.
.cﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻖ ﻟﻠﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ.
1
? = f1 L =8 m
? = f2 v = 30 m/s
? = λ2
31
2
a. f1 = v/2L
)= (30 m/s)/(2 × 8.0 m v = 30 m/s ، L = 8.0 m
= 1.875 Hz
b. f2 = 2v/2L
)= (2 × 30 m/s)/(2 × 8.0 m v = 30 m/s ، L = 8.0 m
= 3.75 Hz
c. v = fλ
λ2 = v/f2
)= (30 m/s)/(3.75 Hz v = 30 m/s ،f2= 3.75 Hz
=8m
3
ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩ ﻫﻲ ،Hzﻭﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ﻫﻲ .m
ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ.
3
ﹺ
ﻭﺗﺮ ﻣﺸﺪﻭﺩ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ،80.0 cmﹸﻭﺻﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻣﻬﺘﺰ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﻩ ،125 Hzﱠ
ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻧﺖ
ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﻣﻮﻗﻮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﻄﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ .ﺍﺣﺴﺐ:
.bﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﳼ ﻟﻠﻮﺗﺮ. .aﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ.
.dﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ. .cﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ.
1
?=v L =0.80 m
? = f1 f = 125 Hz
? = f2
? = f3
32
2
c. f2 = 2v/2L
)= (2 × 50 m/s)/(2 × 0.80 m v = 50 m/s ، L = 0.80 m ،n =2
= 62.5 Hz
d. f3 = 3v/2L
)= (3 × 50 m/s)/(2 × 0.80 m v = 50 m/s ، L = 0.80 m ،n =3
= 93.75 Hz
3
ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩ ﻫﻲ ،Hzﻭﺍﻟﴪﻋﺔ ﻫﻲ .m/s
ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ،ﻭﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺿﻌﺎﻑ
ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ.
ﺗﻜﻮﻧـﺖ ﻣﻮﺟـﺔ ﻣﻮﻗﻮﻓـﺔ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﻫـﺎ 40 Hzﰲ ﻭﺗﺮ ﻃﻮﻟـﻪ ،5.0 mﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻥ ﴎﻋـﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺗـﺮ ،50 m/s
ﱠ .17
ﻓﺎﺣﺴﺐ:
.aﺭﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻮﻧﺔ.
.bﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻮﻧﺔ.
.cﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﲔ ﻟﻠﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ.
ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻧﻐﲈﺕ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ:
ﻭﺿﺢ ﹼ
ﻭﺗﺮ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ،3 mﻭﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ،60 m/sﱢ .18
15 Hz .a
20 Hz .b
40 Hz .c
33
Hand protection Eye safety Thermal safety Explosive
First aid
Eye wash station
Fire extinguisher
Radioactive safety
Resonanceinaircolumns
( ﻓﺴﺘﺠﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺷﻔﺘﻴﻚ )ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ،ﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﻔﺨﺖ ﰲ ﺁﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻧﺤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺼﺒﻴﺔ
Sharp objects safety Poison safety Oxidizer Corrosive
ﺑﻞ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ.ﺃﻭ ﺟـﺰﺀ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﺩﺍﺧـﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻮ ﹼﻟﺪ ﺻﻮﺗﹰﺎ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ
Laser beam
Hand protection
Lab. coat
Eye Ecological
safety hazards
Thermal Carcinogenic
safety
Explosive
.ﻼ ﲠﺎ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻣﺘﺼ ﹰ، ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ،ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ
ﺃﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﲔ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ،ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺳﻴﻬﺘﺰ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﱰﺩﺩ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ
Electrical hazard
Harmful / Irritant
Biological hazards
Flammable
، ﻭﳛﺪﱢ ﺩ ﻃـﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﻬﺘﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳـﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺭﻧﲔ.ﻣﻌﲔ ﻟﻠﺸـﻔﺎﻩ
ﰲ ﺣـﲔ ﻳـﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻃـﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳍـﻮﺍﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺳـﻴﻘﻴﺔ ـ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺰﻣﺎﺭ .1 First aid Eye wash station Fire extinguisher Radioactive safety
ﹸﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺰﻣﺎﺭ ﻟﻶﻟﺔ )ﺍﳉﺰﺀ.ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﺴﻔﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﱰﻭﻣﺒﻮﻥ ـ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ
Sharp objects safety
Poison safety
Oxidizer
Corrosive
5-16
34
a b
5-17
a
b
35
a b
L L
A
— =L 1 λ
1
4
v
— = f1
4L
B
A
— =L 3 λ
3
4
f3 = 3v
— = 3f1
4L
B
A
— =L 5 λ
5
4
f5 = 5v
— = 5f1
4L
B
ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻮﻓﺔ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ،ﻓـﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﻮﻥ ﲤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ
5-19
ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻄﻦ ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻟﻸﻧﺒﻮﺏ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﻭﺩﺍﺋﲈ ﻣﺎ ﱠ
ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣـﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ،ﹰ
ﺍﳍـﻮﺍﺀ ﺗﻜـﻮﻥ ﹸﺣ ﱠﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﺮﻛـﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒـﻮﺏ ﻭﺧﺎﺭﺟﻪ ،ﺃﻣـﺎ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻌﻘﺪ ﻓﻬـﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ
ﻭﺩﺍﺋـﲈ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺇﺯﺍﺣـﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﻐﻠﻖ ﻟﻸﻧﺒـﻮﺏ؛ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﹰ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻠـﺔ،
ﺍﳍـﻮﺍﺀ ﻻ ﺗﻜـﻮﻥ ﹸﺣ ﱠـﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﻫﻨـﺎﻙ ،ﻭﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﳍـﻮﺍﺀ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﲆ ﺷـﻜﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ a
ﻣﻮﻗﻮﻓـﺔ ﻣﺸـﻜ ﹰﱢﻼ ﻋﻘﺪﹰ ﺍ ﻭﺑﻄﻮﻧﹰﺎ ،ﺍﻧﻈـﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻠﲔ 5-19aﻭ .5-21aﻭﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ b
ﺻﻐﲑﺍ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ
ﹰ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﲆ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ،ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ
ﺑﻄﻮﻟﻪ ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﻦ ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ ﺟﺪﹼﹰ ﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ،ﻭﺳﻨﻔﱰﺽ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ.
ﻟﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ،ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﻫـﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱﻭﰲ ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴـﺎﲏ ﱡ
ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳـﻂ ،ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﻮﻥ ،ﻓﻴﺘﺬﺑﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺑـﲔ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﹶﻴﻪ )ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮ(،
ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻠﲔ 5-19bﻭ.5-21b
ﺴـﺘﻌﻤﻞ
ﹶ 5-20 ﹸﻳ
ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻟﻸﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ ،ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻗﻴـﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﺴـﺎﻓﺔ ﺑـﲔ ﺭﻧﻴﻨﹶـﲔ
ﹸﻳﻤ ﱠﺜﻞ ﺑﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻭ ﹰﻳﺎ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ .ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻸﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴـﲔ ﰲ ﺇﳚـﺎﺩ ﴎﻋـﺔ
ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﻳﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻋﲆ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻞ؛ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ
ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﹸﻳﻤ ﱠﺜﻞ ﺑﺒﻄﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ.
ﺗﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ( ،ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴـﺎﻓﺔ
ﻭﰲ ﻛﻠﺘـﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺘﲔ )ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﺎﺕ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ ،ﺃﻭ ﱡ
LA
LB
ﺑﲔ ﺑﻄﻨﹶﲔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻘﺪﺗﹶﲔ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﹶﲔ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳ ﹰﺔ ﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ.
Resonance frequencies in closed
air columnsﻳﻜـﻮﻥ ﻃـﻮﻝ ﺃﻗﴫ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﻟـﻪ ﺑﻄﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﻐﻠـﻖ ﻭﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ .5-19ﻭﻣـﻊ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩ
ﺍﻟﻄـﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻣﺴـﺎﻭ ﹰﻳﺎ ﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻄـﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ﻛﲈ ﱢ
36
a b
L L
1 λ
L= — 1
2
v
f1 = —
2L
L = λ2
v = 2f
f2 = — 1
L
L= — 3 λ
3
2
f3 = 3v
— = 3f1
2L
ﻟﺬﺍ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ.ﻳﻜـﻮﻥ ﻫﻨـﺎﻙ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺭﻧﲔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴـﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﱰﺍﺕ ﻣﺴـﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﻲ
5-21
ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺭﻧﲔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸـﻮﻛﺔ، ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ،7λ/4 ،5λ/4 ،3λ/4 ،λ/4 ﺍﻷﻋﻤـﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﳍـﺎ
: ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﲔ ﻫﻲ.ﺍﻟﺮﻧﺎﻧﺔ
fn =nv/4L, n=1,3,5, ....
a ﺴـﺘﻌﻤﻞ
ﹶ ﻭ ﹸﻳ،ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴـﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﲔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﺴـﺎﻭﻳ ﹰﺔ ﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ
b ﻳﺒﲔ
ﻛﲈ ﱢ،ﻗﻴـﺎﺱ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺴـﺎﻓﺔ ﺑـﲔ ﻛﻞ ﺭﻧﻴﻨﹶـﲔ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﲔ ﰲ ﺇﳚـﺎﺩ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼـﻮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳍـﻮﺍﺀ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍ ﹸﳌﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﳊﺴـﺎﺏ،5-20 ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ،4 ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ
:ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ
LB – LA = (_1) λ
2
λ = 2(LB – LA)
v = fλ = 2f (LB – LA)
Resonance frequencies in open
ﻳﻜـﻮﻥ ﻃـﻮﻝ ﺃﻗـﴫ ﻋﻤـﻮﺩ ﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﳛﺘـﻮﻱ ﻋﲆ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﻋﻨـﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻪair columns
ﻭﻣﻊ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟـﱰﺩﺩ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ.5-21 ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ ﻛـﲈ ﱢ،ﻣﺴـﺎﻭ ﹰﻳﺎ ﻧﺼـﻒ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ
5000Hz2000 ﻟﺬﺍ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ.ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺭﻧﲔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﱰﺍﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ
ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ. ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺭﻧﲔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸـﻮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﺎﻧﺔ،3λ/2 ،λ ،λ/2 ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﳍـﺎ
2000020 :ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻫﻲ
Hz fn =nv/2L, n=1,2,3, ....
45000Hz
ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ، ﻭﳍﲈ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻧﻔﺴـﻪ،ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻣﻐﻠ ﹰﻘﺎ
ﹰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳـﺘﻌﻤﻠﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ
100000Hz ﺭﻧـﲔ ﻓـﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ﻟﺼـﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺼـﻒ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ
. ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟـﱰﺩﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﺿﻌﻔﻲ ﺍﻟـﱰﺩﺩ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻐﻠﻖ.ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ ﻟﻠﻌﻤـﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻐﻠﻖ
37
ﻭﺗﻜـﻮﻥ ﺃﻃـﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﲔ ﻟﻜﻼ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳـﻦ ﻣﻔﺼﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﻔﱰﺍﺕ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻧﺼـﻒ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ.
ﳐﺼﺼﺔ .ﻓﺈﺫﺍ
ﻋﻠﻮ ﺗﺮ ﹼﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﹼ
Hearing resonance ﹸﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﲔ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﹼ
ﻳﺪﻭﻱ ﻭﺗﺴـﻤﻌﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺴـﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻖ ﺑﻮﺻﻔﻪ
ﴏﺧﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻧﻔﻖ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﹼ
ﺃﻧﺒﻮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺭﻧﲔ .ﻛﲈ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻓﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 5-22ﻋﻤﻞ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺭﻧﲔ.
4
ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﻮﻛﺔ ﺭﻧﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﱰﺩﺩ 392 Hzﻣﻊ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ ،ﹸﺳﻤﻊ ﺃﻋﲆ ﺻﻮﺕ
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ 21.0 cmﻭ ،65.3 cmﻣﺎ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ؟ ﻭﻫﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ
ﺃﻛﱪ ﺃﻡ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺮﻓﺔ ،ﻭﻫﻲ 20 °C؟ ﹼ
ﻭﺿﺢ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ.
1
ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﳌﻐﻠﻖ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺭﻧﲔ.
LA ﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﳊﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﲔ.
LB
?=v f = 392 Hz
LA = 21.0 cm
LB = 65.3 cm
2
38
v
__ = λ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻹﳚﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﴪﻋﺔ
f
v=fλ v
f=392HZ λ=0.886m
)= (392 Hz)(0.886 m = 347 m/s
ﻼ ﻣﻦ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ،20 °Cﳑﺎ ﻳﺸـﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺭﺟـﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﲆ ﻗﻠﻴ ﹰ
ﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﴪﻋـﺔ ﺃﻛـﱪ ﻗﻠﻴ ﹰ
ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺮﻓﺔ.
3
5
ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ،1.8 mﻭﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ .342 m/s
.bﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ .f3 .aﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﳼ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻲ.
.cﺃﻋﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﲔ aﻭ bﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻏﻠﻘﺖ ﺇﺣﺪ ﳖﺎﻳﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻲ.
1
? = f1 = ? f3 ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺡ L = 1.8 m
? = f1 = ? f3 ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﳌﻐﻠﻖ v = 342 m/s
2
ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ … ،fn = nv/2L, n = 1, 2, 3,ﻭﻟﻠﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﳌﻐﻠﻖ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ … . fn = nv/4L, n = 1, 3, 5,
a. f1 = nv/2L = 1×v/2L n = 1
)= (342 m/s)/(2 × 1.8 m v = 342 m/s ، L = 1.8 m
= 95 Hz
b. f3 = nv/2L = 3v/2L n = 3
)= 3(342 m/s)/(2 × 1.8 m v = 342 m/s ، L = 1.8 m
= 285 Hz
c. f1 = nv/4L = 1×v/4L n = 1
)= (342 m/s)/(4 × 1.8 m v = 342 m/s ، L = 1.8 m
= 47.5 Hz
f3= 3v/4L n = 3
)= (3 × 342 m/s)/(4 × 1.8 m v = 342 m/s ، L = 1.8 m
= 142.5 Hz
3
ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩ ﻫﻲ ،Hzﻭﺍﻟﴪﻋﺔ ﻫﻲ ،m/sﻭﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻫﻲ .m
ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﳼ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﳼ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﳌﻐﻠﻖ.
39
ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻕ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﲔ .ﺍﺣﺴـﺐ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻧﻐﲈﺕ .19
ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴـﺔ ﺗﺘﻜـﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺑـﻮﻕ ﻃﻮﻟـﻪ 40 cmﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧـﺖ ﴎﻋـﺔ ﺍﻟﺼـﻮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳍـﻮﺍﺀ
.336 m/s
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺿﻌـﺖ ﺷـﻮﻛﺔ ﺭﻧﺎﻧـﺔ ﲥﺘـﺰ ﺑـﱰ ﹼﺩﺩ 440 Hzﻓـﻮﻕ ﺃﻧﺒـﻮﺏ ﻣﻐﻠـﻖ ،ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ .20
ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﲔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ .20 °C
ﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﺷـﻮﻛﺔ ﺭﻧﺎﻧﺔ ﲥﺘﺰ ﺑـﱰﺩﺩ 440 Hzﻣـﻊ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺭﻧـﲔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﴎﻋﺔ .21
ﺍﻟﺼـﻮﺕ ﰲ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﳍﻴﻠﻴﻮﻡ .ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﲔ ،110 cmﻓﲈ
ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﰲ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﳍﻴﻠﻴﻮﻡ؟
ﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻃﺎﻟـﺐ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻫـﻮﺍﺀ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟـﺔ ﺣـﺮﺍﺭﺓ ،27 °Cﻭﻭﺟـﺪ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺑﲔ .22
ﺃﻭﺿـﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﻧـﲔ ﺑﻤﻘـﺪﺍﺭ .20.2 cmﻣﺎ ﺗﺮ ﹼﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺸـﻮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﺎﻧﺔ؟ ﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﴎﻋﺔ
ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ 347 m/sﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ 27 °C
40
5-3
ﻳﺒﻠـﻎ ﻃـﻮﻝ ﺃﻧﺒـﻮﺏ .27 ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﴚﺀ ﺍﳌﻬﺘﺰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ .23
ﹸﺃﺭ ﹸﻏـﻦ ﻣﻐﻠـﻖ .2.40 mﻣـﺎ ﺗـﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤـﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺰﻭﻓـﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﳑﹼﺎ ﻳﲇ؟
ﲠـﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻧﺒـﻮﺏ؟ ﺍﻋﺘـﱪ ﺃﻥ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼـﻮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ .aﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﴩﻱ
.343 m/s
.bﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﳌﺬﻳﺎﻉ
ﺍﴐﺏ ﺷﻮﻛﺔ ﺭﻧﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﻤﻄﺮﻗﺔ ﻣﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ، .28
ﻳﺼـﺪﺭ ﻭﺗـﺮ ﻧﻐﻤـﺔ ﺣـﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﻫﺎ .24
ﻭﺍﲪﻠﻬـﺎ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜـﻮﻥ ﺫﺭﺍﻋﻚ ﳑـﺪﻭﺩﺓ ،ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ
.370 Hzﻣـﺎ ﺗـﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﺔ
ﺑﻤﻘﺒﻀﻬـﺎ ﻋـﲆ ﻃﺎﻭﻟـﺔ ،ﻭﺑـﺎﺏ ،ﻭﺧﺰﺍﻧﺔ ،ﻭﺃﺟﺴـﺎﻡ
ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﲠﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ؟
ﺃﺧﺮ .ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﻤﻌﻪ؟ ﻭﳌﺎﺫﺍ؟
ﳌـﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ .25
ﺍﳌﺼﻨـﻮﻉ ﻣﻨـﻪ ﺍﻟﺒـﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌـﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻃـﻮﻝ ﻣﻨـﻪ ﻟﻸﻧﺒﻮﺏ
ﺍﻟﻘﻤﻌﻲ؟
ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺴـﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻃﻮﻝ .26
ﺍﻟﻌﻤـﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻔﺘـﻮﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﻄـﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﺼـﻮﺕ ﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ
ﺍﻟﺮﻧﲔ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ؟
ﹺ
ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ �
Hand protection Eye safety Thermal safety Explosive
ﱢ
ElectricalHand
hazard
protection Harmful / Irritant
Eye safety BiologicalThermal
hazardssafety Flammable
Explosive
.2 ﻭﺳﺠﻞ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ، ﺍﺧﱰ ﺷﻮﻛﺔ ﺭﻧﺎﻧﺔ.3 . ﻃﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺭﻧﲔ �
ﹼ
FirstElectrical
aid hazard
Eye washHarmful
station/ Irritant
Fire extinguisher
Biological hazards
RadioactiveFlammable
safety
ﻭﻻ ﺗﴬﺏ ﺍﻟﺸـﻮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﺎﻧﺔ.ﺫﺭﺍﻋﻴﻬـﺎ ﺑﻤﻄﺮﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺸـﻮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﺎﻧﺔ
Sharp
Hand protection
beamobjects safety Poison safety
Eye Ecological
safety Oxidizer
Thermal Carcinogenic
safety Corrosive Explosive
� ﺍﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﺒﺎﴍﺓ ﱠ
Laser Lab. coat hazards
ﺣﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻧﺒـﻮﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻋﲆ ﻭﺇﱃ
ﺗﻌـﲔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﹼ
ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﱢ.ﻋﺎﻟ ﹰﻴـﺎ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺷﻮﻛﺎﺕ ﺭﻧﺎﻧﺔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩ
Sharp objects safety Poison safety Oxidizer Corrosive
ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻗﻠﻴ ﹰ
ﺛﻢ ﻗﺲ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ،ﻼ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﱢ ﺩ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﲔ ﲤﺎ ﹰﻣﺎ 1000 mL ﻣﺪﺭﺝ ﺳﻌﺘﻪ ﳐﺒﺎﺭ ﹼ
ﻣﺎﺀ
ﹼ
Laser beam Lab. coat Ecological hazards Carcinogenic
42
1
m/s °C
2
m m Hz
ms
1
2
3
ﲢﺪﺙ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﲔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ .1ﺍﺣﺴـﺐ ﺍﻟﴪﻋـﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺒﻮﻟـﺔ ﻟﻠﺼـﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗـﺔ .1
ﺍﳍـﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﺴـﺎﻭ ﹰﻳﺎ . λ/4ﻣـﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻻﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺬﺍﻥ ﳛـﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﺪﳘﺎ ، v = 331 m/s + 0.60Tﺣﻴـﺚ vﴎﻋـﺔ ﺍﻟﺼـﻮﺕ ﻋﻨـﺪ
ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﺎﻥ؟ ﺩﺭﺟـﺔ ﺍﳊـﺮﺍﺭﺓ ،Tﻭ Tﺩﺭﺟـﺔ ﺣـﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳍـﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻠﺴـﻴﻮﺱ.
ﺳـﺠﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺃﳖﺎ ﺍﻟﴪﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺕ ﰲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ
ﱢ
ﻫﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺁﺧﺮ ﳊﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﲔ .2
ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ 1ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﲨﻴﻌﻬﺎ.
ﻭﺿﺢ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ.
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ؟ ﱢ
.2ﻷﻥ ﻧﻘﻄـﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﲔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﹸﻋ ﹼﻴﻨﺖ ﻋﻨﺪﻣـﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
ﻓـﻮﻕ ﺍﳌـﺎﺀ ﻳﺴـﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻄـﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ،ﻟـﺬﺍ ﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ
ﺍﳌﻘﻴـﺲ ﻟﻸﻧﺒـﻮﺏ ﰲ ﲢﺪﻳـﺪ ﺍﻟﻄـﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﻲ ﺍﳌﺤﺴـﻮﺏ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﲆ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻟﴪﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ؟
ﺳﺠﻞ ﺍﻷﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺤﺴﻮﺑﺔ ﰲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ .2
ﳏﺎﻭﻟﺔ .ﹼ
.3ﺍﴐﺏ ﻗﻴﻤﺘـﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩ ﰲ ﺟـﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ،2
ﻓﴪ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﹸﺭﻏﻦ ﻭﺗﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﲔ ﳍﺎ.
ﻭﺳـﺠﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﹼ
ﹼ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳـﺪ ﺍﻟﴪﻋـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺕ،
ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ 2ﻟﻜﻞ ﳏﺎﻭﻟﺔ.
.4ﺣﺪﹼ ﺩ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﻨﺴـﺒﻲ ﺑﲔ ﴎﻋـﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﳏﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ .2
¢Accepted value - Experimental value
______________________ = %error
Accepted value
× 100%
obeikaneducation.com
¤ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ -ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ¤
100% × ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ
ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ =
43
p
SoundWavesintheSun
ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻤﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﺴـﻴﺰﻣﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺴـﻴﺔ )ﻋﻠﻢ ﺯﻻﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺸـﻤﺲ( ،ﺣﻴﺚ ﲢﺪﺙ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ
ﻃﺒﻴﻌ ﹼﹰﻴـﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻤﺲ ،ﻭﻫـﻲ :ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ )ﻣﻮﺟـﺎﺕ ،(p
ﻭﻣﻮﺟـﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴـﺔ ،ﻭﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴـﻄﺤﻴﺔ .ﻭﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻞ
ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﺘﺰﺓ ،ﺳ ﹼﺒﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﻗﻮ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ.
p ﻭﺗﺴـﺒﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐـﻂ ﺍﻫﺘـﺰﺍﺯ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌـﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ .ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻤﺲ ﻓﺘﻨﺘﻘـﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺃﺛﻨـﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻴـﻞ .ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﻃﻠﻘﺖ ﻭﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺎﺳـﺎ ﻋـﺎﻡ 1995ﻡ ﺍﳌﺮﺻﺪ
ﺍﳊﻤـﻞ ﺍﳊـﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺃﺳـﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺴـﻄﺢ ﻣﺒـﺎﴍﺓ ،ﺃﻭ ﺃﺳـﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺸـﻤﴘ ) .(SOHOﻭﻫﻮ ﻗﻤﺮ ﺍﺻﻄﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻳـﺪﻭﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ،
ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﺳـﻔﲑ .ﻭﻻ ﺗﻨﺘﻘـﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴـﺘﻘﻴﻢ ،ﻛﲈ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﹰ
ﺩﺍﺋﲈ.
ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ. ﻫﻮ ﱠ
ﺗﹸﻘﺎﺱ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻧﺰﻳﺎﺡ ﺩﻭﺑﻠﺮ ﰲ ﺿﻮﺀ
ﺗﺴـﺒﺐ ﻣﻮﺟـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼـﻮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻤﺲ ﺍﻫﺘـﺰﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺸـﻤﺲ .ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻼﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺴﺔ ﺃﻧﲈﻁ ﻣﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ
ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻘﻄﺮﻱ ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﺱ ﻳﻘﺮﻉ .ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺮﻉ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻮﻓـﺔ ﻛﻠﻬـﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻤﺲ .ﻭﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻤﺲ ﻧﻐﲈﺕ
ﺍﳉـﺮﺱ ﺗﴬﺏ ﻣﻄﺮﻗﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﺱ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺣـﺪ ،ﻭﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴـﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﻨﻐـﲈﺕ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨـﺪ ﺩﻕ ﺍﳉﺮﺱ .ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﺴـﺎﺏ
ﻣﻮﻗﻮﻓﺔ .ﻭﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﻗﻮﻓﺔ ،ﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﳖﺎ ﱂ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺷﺪﲥﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ.
ﺣﺪﺙ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻛﺒﲑ .ﻭﻳﻔﱰﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﲈﺀ ﺑﺪﻻﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ
ﺗﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﲈﺀ ﺑﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﹼ
ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺋـﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﻐـﲑﺓ ﰲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﳊﻤـﻞ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑـﺪﺃﺕ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ
ﻛﻼ ﻣـﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬـﺎ ﻭﺩﺭﺟـﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﲥﺎﺑﱰﻛﻴﺒﻬـﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧـﲇ؛ ﻭﺫﻟـﻚ ﺃﻥ ﹼﹰ
ﻣﻮﺟـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻤﺲ ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﺿﺠﻴﺞ ﺍﳌـﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻐﲇ ﰲ ﻗﺪﺭ،
ﻭﻛﺜﺎﻓﺘﻬـﺎ ﻳﺆﺛـﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻧﺘﺸـﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴـﺔ .ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺪﹼ ﻣـﺖ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ
ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻳﻔﻮﻕ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺘﻲ
ﲢﻠﻴـﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻤـﺮ ﺍﻻﺻﻄﻨﺎﻋـﻲ ) (SOHOﺍﳌﺰﻳـﺪ ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ
ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻕ ﻣ ﹰﻌﺎ ،ﻭﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ.
ﺣـﻮﻝ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺸـﻤﺲ ﻋﲆ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺩﺍﻟـﺔ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﲆ
ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺎ ﺟﺪﹼﹰ ﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻨﺎ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻖ ،ﻭﻋﲆ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻭﻛﺜﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﹰ
ﺃﻳﻀﺎ. ﹰ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ
ﺇﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺳـﻂ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻤﺲ ﻟﻪ ﺯﻣـﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ،5 minﻭﺗﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺴﲔ ﻓﻬﻤﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﺸﻤﺲ.
ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﻫﺎ .f = 0.003 Hz
ﻳﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﲈﺀ ﺑﲔ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲨﺔ ﻭﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻧﺴـﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺳـﲈﻉ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸـﻤﺲ،
ﻛﻴﻒ ﹼ .1
ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻭﺣﺮﻛﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ؟ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﲥﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ.
ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﲈﺀ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺳـﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﹼ
ﻫـﻞ ﻳﻤﻜـﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜـﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻮﺟـﺎﺕ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ .2 ﻭﳚﺐ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸـﻤﺲ ﻓﱰﺍﺕ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ؛ ﻷﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ
ﰲ ﻧﺠـﻢ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺸـﺎﺑﻪ ﻟﻠﺸـﻤﺲ ،ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﳐﺘﻠـﻒ ﰲ ﺣﺠﻤﻪ ،ﻭﳍﺬﻩ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺳـﺎﻋﺘﲔ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺁﺧﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻤﺲ ،ﻭﻫﺬﺍ
ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ؟ ﳚﻌـﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻗﺒـﺔ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺻﻌﺒﺔ؛ ﻷﻧـﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸـﻤﺲ
44
Waves ** 5-1
ﺗﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﻘﻞ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ. • ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ •
ﲢﺘـﺎﺝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺳـﻂ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﳍـﺎ ،ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺴـﺘﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻃﻮﻟﻴﺔ .ﺃﻣﺎ • ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻀﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻴﺔ •
ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻼ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﳍﺎ ،ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ. ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﺮﺿﺔ •
ﺗﹸﺴـﻤﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﱰﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳـﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺗﻀﺎﻏ ﹰﻄﺎ ،ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺗﹸﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ • ﻗﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ •
ﹰ ﻗﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ •
ﲣﻠﺨﻼ. ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ
ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻟﻴﺔ •
ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳـﻂ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﺴـﺘﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪﺓ ﻣـﻊ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ،ﺃﻣـﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ •
ﺗﻀﺎﻏﻂ •
ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ. ﲣﻠﺨﻞ •
ﺍﻟـﱰﺩﺩ ﻫـﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﹸﻳﺘﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﺴـﻢ ﺍﳌﻬﺘﺰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣـﺪﺓ ،ﻭﻳﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻱ • ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ •
f= 1/T ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ: ﺍﻟﴪﻋﺔ •
ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ •
• ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ،ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ.
ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ •
• ﺟﺒﻬﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺳـﻄﺢ ﲣﻴﲇ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺑﲔ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﺘﺴـﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ،ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﹸﻳﺮﺳـﻢ ﻋﲆ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﻂ ﻳﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ
ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ •
ﻗﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ. ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻱ •
ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩ •
ﺟﺒﻬﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ •
Sound and hearing ** 5-2
• ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺬﺑﺬﺏ ﺟﺴﻢ ﰲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ. • ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ
• ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ. • ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ
• ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﴩﻳﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﺎﺷﻒ ﺻﻮﺕ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﲢﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ، ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺔ
ﺛﻢ ﺇﱃ ﻧﺒﻀﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺐ ﺍﻟﺴـﻤﻌﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﻍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﺷـﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ • ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ
ﻭﺇﺩﺭﺍﻛﻬﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ. ﲢﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺔ
ﻣﺘﻜـﺮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻓـﱰﺽ ﺃﻧـﻚ ﻏﻤﺴـﺖ ﺇﺻﺒﻌﻚ ﺑﺸـﻜﻞ * .45 ﺗﻘـﺎﺭﻥ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳊﺒﻞ ﻗﺒـﻞ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻀﺔ
ﹼ
ﺣـﻮﺽ ﳑﻠـﻮﺀ ﺑﺎﳌـﺎﺀ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺟـﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳـﺔ ،ﻓﲈﺫﺍ ﺑﻤﻮﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻀﺔ؟
ﳛﺪﺙ ﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺇﺻﺒﻌﻚ ﺑﴪﻋﺔ؟ ﻣﺘـﻰ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﻧﻔﺴـﻪ؟ ﻭﻣﺘﻰ * .35
ﺃﻋـﻂ ﻣﺜﺎﻻﹰ ﻋﲆﹺ ﺗﻜـﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ؟
ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ 0.6 m/sﻟﻜﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ .46
ﺳﻠﺴـﻴﻮﺱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣـﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ.
ﹴ
ﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ .ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻟﻜﻞ ﳑﺎ ﻳﲇ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﹸﺛ ﱢﺒﺘـﺖ ﴍﳛﺔ ﻓﻠﺰﻳﺔ ﺭﻗﻴﻘـﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻫـﺎ ،ﻭﻧ ﹶﹸﺜﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ .36
ﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ؟ ﺳـﻜﺮ .ﻓـﺈﺫﺍ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﲆ ﻗـﻮﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﻬـﺎ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ
.bﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ .aﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻬـﺎ ﻳﺒـﺪﺃ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ،ﻭﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺴـﻜﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻊ
*
46
ﻳﺮﺳـﻞ ﺳـﻮﻧﺎﺭ)ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﻜﺸـﻒ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻗـﻊ .54 * ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩﺕ ﺩﺭﺟـﺔ ﺍﻟﺼـﻮﺕ ﻓﲈ ﺍﻟﺘﻐـﲑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺪﺙ .47 *
ﲢـﺖ ﺳـﻄﺢ ﺍﳌـﺎﺀ ﻋـﻦ ﻃﺮﻳـﻖ ﺍﻟﺼـﺪ( ﰲ ﺍﳌـﺎﺀ ﻟﻜﻞ ﳑﺎ ﻳﲇ؟
ﺇﺷـﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﻫـﺎ 1.00 ×106 Hzﻭﻃﻮﳍـﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﻲ .bﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ .aﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩ
ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ .1.50 mmﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ: .dﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ .cﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ
.aﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ. ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ .ﻫﻞ ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ .48
.bﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ. ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻋﻤـﻮﺩ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ
ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ. .c ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺃﻡ ﺗﻘﻞ؟ ﺍﻓﱰﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ.
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 5-23ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﲔ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻺﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻳﻮ ﹼﻟﺪ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ،ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﹸﺃﺯﻳﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﺴـﺪﺍﺩﺓ .49
0.2m
3
B ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﺢ ﻭﻫﻲ ،1.50 km/sﻓﲈ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ
A )x (cm
-3
2 4 6 8
ﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺗﺮ ﹼﺩﺩﻫﺎ 4.25 MHzﰲ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ؟
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 5-25ﻟﻺﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻟﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﲔ.
5-27
A B
ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ
x
.dﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ. ﻣﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤ ﹼﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ؟ .63 *
ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺤﺔ
ﹼ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ ﻳﻤ ﹼﺜﻠﻪ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊـﺮﻭﻑ .64 *
ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ؟
*
48
ﻣـﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺃﻗـﴫ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻫﻮﺍﺋـﻲ ﻣﻔﺘـﻮﺡ ﻟ ﹸ
ﻸﺭ ﹸﻏﻦ .a 5-3
ﳛﺪﺙ ﻟﻪ ﺭﻧﲔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩ؟
ﺭﺃﳼ ﳑﻠﻮﺀ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﻟـﻪ ﺻﻨﺒﻮﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﹼ ﺃﻧﺒـﻮﺏ ﰲ ﻭﺿـﻊ .67
ﻛـﻢ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗـﺮﺩﺩ ﺃﺧﻔـﺾ ﻧﻐﻤـﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ .b
ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺗﻪ ،ﻭﲥﺘﺰ ﺷـﻮﻛﺔ ﺭﻧﺎﻧﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ .ﻓﺈﺫﺍ
ﺍﻷﹸﺭ ﹸﻏﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﻐﻠ ﹰﻘﺎ؟ ﹸﺳﻤﻊ ﺭﻧﲔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ
ﺃﻧﺒـﻮﺏ ﻣﻔﺘـﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓـﲔ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﻩ ﺍﻷﺳـﺎﳼ ،65 Hz .75 ﻭﺳﻤﻊ ﺭﻧﲔ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ،17 cmﹸ
ﻋﻨﺪﻣـﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼـﻮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ .331 m/s ﺍﳌـﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ ﻓﻮﻫﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺒـﻮﺏ ﺑﻤﻘـﺪﺍﺭ ،49 cmﻓﲈ ﺗﺮ ﹼﺩﺩ
ﺃﺟﺐ ﻋﲈ ﻳﲇ: ﺍﻟﺸﻮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﺎﻧﺔ؟
.aﻣﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ؟ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺴـﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺒﻠﺔ .68
.bﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻧﺒﻮﺏ. ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ .3.0 cmﺃﻭﺟﺪ
.cﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﳼ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﻷﻗﻞ ﺗﺮ ﹼﺩﺩ ﺭﻧﲔ .ﺃﳘﻞ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ.
ﺍﻟﺼـﻮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳍـﻮﺍﺀ 367 m/sﻧﺘﻴﺠـﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺻـﺪﺭ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻣﻔﺘـﻮﺡ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺗﺮ ﹼﺩﺩﻫﺎ 370 Hzﻓﲈ .69
ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ؟ ﺗﺮ ﹼﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﲏ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ
ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﱰ ﹼﺩﺩ؟
ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺻـﺪﺭ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ ﻧﻐﻤـﺔ ﺗﺮ ﹼﺩﺩﻫﺎ ،370 Hzﻓﲈ .70
ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﹸﺃﺭ ﹸﻏﻦ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ،1.65 mﻣﺎ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩ .76 ﺗﺮ ﹼﺩﺩ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﹸﻳﻨﺘﺠﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ؟
ﺍﻷﺳـﺎﳼ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﺘﺠﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻴﻠﻴﻮﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ
.71ﹸﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺗﺮ ﻗﻴﺜـﺎﺭﺓ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ 65.0 cm
0 °Cﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻥ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻴﻠﻴﻮﻡ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ
ﻟﻴﺼﺪﺭ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺗﺮ ﹼﺩﺩ ،ﻭﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ .196 Hzﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ:
972 m/s؟
.aﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺣﺠـﺮﺍ ﰲ ﺑﺌـﺮ ﻋﻤﻘﻬـﺎ 122.5 mﻛﲈ ﰲ
ﹰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻟﻘﻴـﺖ *
.77 .bﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﲔ ﻟﺮﻧﲔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ،5-29ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﻛﻢ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﺭﺗﻄﺎﻡ
ﻳﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 5-28ﺃﻧﺒﻮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺑﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﹰ
ﳑﻮﺟﺎ ﻣﺮﻧﹰﺎ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ .72
ﺍﳊﺠـﺮ ﺑﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺌـﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻥ ﴎﻋـﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﰲ
.0.85 mﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺄﺭﺟﺢ ﹸﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺗﺮ ﹼﺩﺩﻫﺎ ﻳﲈﺛﻞ
ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ 343 m/s؟
ﺃﻗﻞ ﺗﺮ ﹼﺩﺩ ﹸﻳﺼﺪﺭﻩ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻧﻔﺴـﻪ .ﻣﺎ
ﺗﺮ ﹼﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ؟
0.85 m
5-28
122.5 m
ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺄﺭﺟﺢ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴـﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﴪﻋﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ .73
ﺼﺪﺭﺍ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻋﲆ ،ﻓﲈ ﺍﻟﱰ ﹼﺩﺩ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ؟
ﹸﻣ ﹰ
" ﺇﻥ ﺃﺧﻔـﺾ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﹸﺭ ﹸﻏﻦ ﻫﻲ .74
5-29 ،"16.4 Hzﰲ ﺿﻮﺀ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺃﺟﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
49 *
ﻭﺗﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﺸﺪﻭﺩﺍﻥ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ؛ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﳞﺘﺰ ﺑﱰﺩﺩ .81 ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﲔ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ،0.4 mﻭﴎﻋﺔ .78
ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮﻳﻦ
،200 Hzﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﲏ ﳞﺘﺰ ﺑﱰﺩﺩ .300 Hzﱡ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ،333 m/sﺍﺣﺴﺐ:
ﻓﴪ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ.ﹸﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺗﹰﺎ ﴎﻋﺘﻪ ﺃﻛﱪ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ؟ ﹼ .aﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﳼ.
ﻣـﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤ ﱢﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﱢ
ﺃﻱ ﻧﻐﻤﺘﲔ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺘﲔ .82 .bﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ.
ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ﰲ:
.aﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﳌﻐﻠﻖ.
.bﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺡ. * .79ﱢ
ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ 5-2
ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﱰﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﳼ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﲆ ﺁﻟﺘﲔ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺘﲔ .83 ﺍﻷﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ
ﻓﺄﻱ ﳑﺎ ﻳﲇ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭ ﹰﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﲈ؟
ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻴﺘﲔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺘﲔ ،ﹼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﺎﻧﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮ ﹼﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻌ ﹼﻴﻨﺔ.
.aﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ. .aﻣ ﹼﺜـﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗـﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﱰ ﹼﺩﺩ
.bﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ. )ﺍﳌﺘﻐـﲑ ﺍﳌﻀﺒﻮﻁ( .ﻣـﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﻳﺒ ﹼﻴﻨﻬﺎ
.cﺍﻟﻨﻐﲈﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ. ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﲏ؟
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻐﲈﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ .84 .bﻣ ﹼﺜـﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑـﲔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ﻭﻣﻘﻠﻮﺏ
ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺁﻟﺔ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ،ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﱰ ﹼﺩﺩ ) .(1/fﻣﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺒ ﹼﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ
ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎ؟
ﹰ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﲤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﻋﻤﻮ ﹰﺩﺍ ﻫﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻐﻠ ﹰﻘﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻤﻮ ﹰﺩﺍ ﻫﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﲏ؟ ﺣﺪﹼ ﺩ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﲏ.
5-2
ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﺧﺬﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﺇﺿﺎﻓ ﹰﺔ ﺇﱃ Hz m
2.62
ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻃـﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ؟ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺁﻟﺔ 131
147 2.33
ﺫﺍﺕ ﻧﻮﻋﻴـﺔ ﺟﻴـﺪﺓ ﻭﺃﺧﺮ ﺭﺩﻳﺌـﺔ؟ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﹸﻔﺤﺺ
165 2.08
ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺃﻧﻐﺎﻣﻬﲈ؟ 1.75
196
*
50
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺗـﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜـﺔ ﺍﻟﺼـﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋـﻦ .5
ﻭﺗـﺮ ﻣﺸـﺪﻭﺩ ﻳﺴـﺎﻭﻱ 200 Hzﻭﴎﻋـﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﺎﺕ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ،150 m/sﻓﲈ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ؟
C A
ﺃﻱ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻳﺼﻒ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻮﻓﺔ؟
ﹼ .1
1.125 m 0.88 m
51 *
اﻟﻀﻮء واﻟﺒﺼﺮﻳﺎت
6
10AP.6
ﹶﻌﺮﻑ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺳﻄﺢ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ. ﺗ ﱡ •
ﹶﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻧــﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻳـﺎ ﻭﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﲥﺎ ،ﻭﻭﺻﻒ ﺗ ﱡ •
ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ.
ﱢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ
ﹶﻌـﺮﻑ ﻛﻴﻔﻴـﺔ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﲡـﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻀـﻮﺀ ﻭﴎﻋﺘﻪ ﺗ ﱡ •
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ.
ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧـﺔ ﺧﺼﺎﺋـﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺼـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ •
ﹶﻌـﺮﻑ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﲥﺎ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ،ﻭﻛﻴﻒ
ﺗﻜﻮﳖﺎ ،ﻭﺗ ﱡ
ﹼ
ﲤﻜﹼﻨﻚ ﻋﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ.
ﻳﺘﺤـﺪﹼ ﺩ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﻤﻌﺮﻓـﺔ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ
ﺍﻧﻌـﻜﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺳـﻄﺢ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺤـﻮ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻚ.
ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻟﻸﺷـﻴﺎﺀﱡ ﻭﺗﻘـﻮﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ
ﻋﲆ ﺃﺳـﺎﺱ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﰐ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭ.
ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﺮ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﲑﺓ ﺗﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ
ﻟﻚ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﺔ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﲑﺓ
ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ،
ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﳑﺎﺛﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﱠ
ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﺷـﺠﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﳉﺒـﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﲑﺓ
ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﺭﺃﺳ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ.
ﱢ
ﻓﻜﺮ ◀
ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﺒـﺪﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻚ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﲑﺓ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟـﺔ ،ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ
ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳉﺒﻞ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﺭﺃﺳ ﹼﹰﻴ ﺎ؟
www.obeikaneducation.com
52
Hand protection Eye safety Thermal safety Explosive
6-1
Reflection and mirrors
Hand protection Electrical hazard Eye safety
Harmful / IrritantThermal safety Biological hazards Explosive Flammable
Electrical hazard First aid Harmful / Irritant Eye wash station
Biological hazardsFire extinguisher Flammable Radioactive safety
First aid Sharp objects safety
Eye wash station Poison safety Fire extinguisher Oxidizer Radioactive safety Corrosive
Hand protection Hand Sharp
protection
objectsEye safety
safety Eye safety
Laser beam Lab. Thermal
Thermal safety
Poison safety coat safety
OxidizerExplosive Explosive
Ecological hazards Corrosive Carcinogenic
. ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ
•
Electrical hazardElectrical hazard beam / IrritantHarmful / Irritant
Laser Harmful Lab.Biological
coat Biological
hazards hazards hazards
Ecological Flammable Flammable
Carcinogenic
• .2
First aid First aid Eye wash stationEye wash stationFire extinguisherFire extinguisher Radioactive safety
Radioactive safety
ﺍﳌﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻘﻮﺏ
ﻋﺘﹼﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻴﺔ ﹼ .3
.ﻭﺍﳌﺤﺪﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮﺓ
.ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ
Laser beam
Laser beam
Lab. coat Lab. coat Ecological hazards
Ecological hazardsCarcinogenic Carcinogenic
• ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﺿﻊ ﻣﺮﺁﺓ ﰲ ﳖﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﺴـﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺷـﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻭﻻﺣﻆ .4
• Ray model of light ﺍﺣﺬﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ: ﲢﺬﻳﺮ.ﻣﺴـﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺷـﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺴـﺔ
• Normal ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ • .ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻋﻴﻮﻥ ﺯﻣﻼﺋﻚ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﱪ
• Angle of incidence ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ •
.ﺳﺠﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺗﻚ
ﹼ .5
• Angle of reflection ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ •
• Object ﺍﳉﺴﻢ •
• Image ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ • ﹺ،ﺍﺭﺳـﻢ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻮﺏ
ﻭﺻﻒ
• Concave mirror ﻣﺮﺁﺓ ﻣﻘﻌﺮﺓ • .ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻠﻜﺘﻪ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺴﺔ
• Converging mirror ﳎﻤﻌﺔﻣﺮﺁﺓ ﱢ •
• Focus ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ • ﻫﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ؟
• Focal length ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ • ﳌﺎﺫﺍ؟
• Convex mirror ﻣﺮﺁﺓ ﳏﺪﺑﺔ •
• Diverging mirror ﻣﻔﺮﻗﺔ
ﻣﺮﺁﺓ ﱢ •
Raymodeloflight
ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺇﺳﺤﻖ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺳﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺴﻴﲈﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﲣﻴﻠﻬﺎ،
ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﴪﻋﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹼﹰ ﺍ ،ﺃﻃﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺟﺴﻴﲈﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺿﻮﺋﻴﺔ .corpusclesﻭﱂ
ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﲨﻴﻌﻬﺎ؛ ﺇﺫ ﺑ ﹼﻴﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻳﺴﻠﻚ c
ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ .ﻭﰲ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ Ray model of lightﹸﻳﻤ ﱠﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﹰ
ﺣﺎﺟﺰ ،ﻛﲈ
ﹲ ﻋﲆ ﺷـﻜﻞ ﺷـﻌﺎﻉ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﰲ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ،ﻭﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﲡﺎﻫﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻋﱰﺽ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﻩ
ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ .6-1ﻟﻘﺪ ﹸﻗﺪﹼ ﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺸـﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﺑﻮﺻﻔﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳـﺔ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ
54
Thelawofreflection
ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﻋﲆ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ؟ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻴﻨﻚ ﻭﺑﲔ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ
θr
θi
ﺟﺴﲈ
ﺟﺴـﲈ ﻏﲑ ﺷﻔﺎﻑ ﺃﻭ ﹰ
ﹰ ﺴـﻤﻰ
ﻓﻠﻦ ﺗﺮ ﺃﻱ ﺿﻮﺀ ﻳﻨﻔﺬ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ .ﺇﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺴـﻢ ﹸﻳ ﹼ
ﻣﻌﺘـﲈ؛ ﺇﺫ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺍﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﳉﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﻗﻂ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺎﺏ ،ﻭﻳﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺇﱃ
ﹰ
ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ،ﻛﲈ ﻳﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ .ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ
θr = θi
ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻋﲆ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻛﺲ ،ﻭﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ.
6-2 ﺩﺭﺳـﺖ ﺳـﺎﺑ ﹰﻘﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺘﴩ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺗﺼﻄﺪﻡ ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺰ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺳـﻘﻮﻃﻬﺎ ﻋﲆ
ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﲆ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ .ﻓﻜﹼﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺰ ﺗﺴـﺎﻭﻱ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳـﻬﺎ .ﻭﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﹰ
ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﻴﲈ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴـﻠﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻼﻋﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻟﱰﺗﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻣﻴﻠﻪ .ﺳـﻴﻼﺣﻆ
ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﻳﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﲆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺗﺮﺗﺪ ﰲ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻼﻋﺐ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ.
ﻭﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ 6-2ﺳـﻘﻮﻁ ﻭﻳﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻧﻔﺴـﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﺗﺪ ﲠﺎ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴـﻠﺔ .ﱢ
• ﺍﻷﺷـﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻴـﺔ ﻭﺟﺒﻬـﺎﺕ ﹴ
ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻋﺎﻛﺲ .ﻭﺗﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺧ ﹼﹰﻄﺎ ﻭﳘ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺷـﻌﺎﻉ ﺿﻮﺋﻲ ﻋﲆ ﺳـﻄﺢ
ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﺔ ﻣﺮﺳـﻮﻣﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﺿﺤـﺔ ﺴـﻤﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺳـﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺸـﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ،ﻭ ﹸﻳ ﹼ
ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ. .Normalﻭﻳﻘﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸـﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﻗﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺸـﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ
• ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻳـﺎ ﻣﺮﺳـﻮﻣﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﺿﺤـﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻛﺲ.
ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﺗﹸﺴـﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺤﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸـﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﻗﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺴـﻘﻮﻁ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ .Angle of incidenceﺃﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ Angle of
،reflectionﻓﻬـﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺤﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸـﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺴـﻄﺢ
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ .ﻭﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻳﻨﺘﴩ ﰲ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﹼﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﻪ
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﻣﺴـﺘﻮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ؛ ﺃﻱ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺪﻳﻦ .ﻭﺗﹸﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺴـﻘﻮﻁ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ
ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ.
C17-05A-845813
Final
FirstElectrical
aid hazard Eye washHarmful
station/ Irritant Fire extinguisher
Biological hazards RadioactiveFlammable
safety
ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺼﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺟﺒﻬﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ،ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺗﻘﱰﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻛﺲ
Sharp objects safety
First aid PoisonEye
safety
wash station Oxidizer
Fire extinguisher Corrosive
Radioactive safety
ﻭﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﲨﻴﻌﻬﺎ.ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴـﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﻓﺈﳖﺎ ﺗﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﳍﺎ
C17-06A-845813
ﻟﺬﺍ ﺗﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺟﺒﻬﺔ،ﺳﺘﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪFinal
ﺗﻨﺘﴩ ﺑﺎﻟﴪﻋﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻓﺈﳖﺎ
Laser beam Electrical hazard Lab. coat Ecological hazards
Harmful / Irritant Biological hazardsCarcinogenic Flammable
ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺀ.ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺳﻘﻮﻃﻬﺎ
.ﻻ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ؛ ﻓﺄﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻷﲪﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﴬ ﻭﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﲨﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ .2
First aid Eye wash station Fire extinguisher Radioactive safety
ﺗﺄﻣﻞ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀSmooth and rough surfaces .3
Sharp objects safety
Poison safety
Oxidizer
Corrosive
ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺷـﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺴﺖ ﻋﻦ6-4a ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﻗﻄﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ
Laser beam
Lab. coat
Ecological hazards
Carcinogenic
ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﺃﻣﻠﺲ.6-4b ﻛﲈ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ،ﺍﻟﺴـﻄﺢ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ
ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﺎ
ﹰ ﻳﺴ ﱢﺒﺐ، ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ، ﻓﺎﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﻣﻠﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺼﻘﻮﻝ.ﻭﻓﻖ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺀ .4
.ﺃﻳﻀﺎ
ﻣﻨﺘﻈﲈ؛ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﺗﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﹰ
ﹰ
ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺧﺸﻦ،ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺴـﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻋﲆ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻣﻠﺲ ﻭﻣﺼﻘﻮﻻﹰ
ﻣﺜﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺃﺑﻴﺾ؟ ﻫﻞ ﺳﻴﻨﻌﻜﺲ،ﻭﻓﻖ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺀ
ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺿﻮﺋﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻋﻦ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﺭﻗﻴﺔ6-4c ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ؟ ﱢ
ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ؟ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﱢ .5
ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺴﺖ ﻏﲑ، ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﻘﻄﺖ ﺃﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﳊﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻴﺔ ﲨﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ،ﺧﺸﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ
.ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﺎ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ
ﹰ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﺸﻦ ﻭ ﹸﻳ ﹼ.6-4d ﻛﲈ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ،ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ
ﺴﻤﻰ ﱡ
ﻓﻔﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳋﺸﻦ.ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻋﲆ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﲔ ﺍﻷﻣﻠﺲ ﻭﺍﳋﺸﻦ
ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ،ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﻪ .6
ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮ ﺍﳌﺠﻬﺮﻱ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ
ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ.ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺴـﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺴـﻄﺢ ﺍﳋﺸـﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﳞﺎ
ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ.ﺗﻔﺮﻗﺖ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ
ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺴـﺔ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺴـﺔ ﹼ
ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻢ ـ ﻛﲈ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ـ ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻭﺟﻬﻚ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻷﺷـﻌﺔ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺴـﺖ ﻋﲆ .7
ﻓﻼ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﲣﺎﺫ، ﻭﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ.ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ
.ﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺴﺔ ﹼ
ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﲈ ﻣﺮﺁﺓ؛ ﻷﳖﲈ ﹸﻳ ﱢ
.8
ﻫﻞ ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻢ؟ ﱢ
.ﻭﺿﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ
56
1
ﺳﻘﻂ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺿﻮﺋﻲ ﻋﲆ ﻣﺮﺁﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ˚ 52.0ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ،ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﹸﺩ ﹼﻭﺭﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ
˚ 35.0ﺣﻮﻝ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﻋﲆ ﺳﻄﺤﻬﺎ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻧﻘﺼﺖ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ،ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪﹰ ﺍ ﻣﻊ
ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺲ ،ﻓﲈ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺲ؟
∆θ = 35.0° 1
θi, ﻣ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ.
˚θi, =52.0 θr,
ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺷﻜ ﹰ
ﻼ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ.
˚θr, =52.0 ∆θ
? = ∆θr = ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻲ = 35.0˚ θi,ﻣﺮﺁﺓ∆θ ˚52.0
2
ﻭﺿﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ .ﱢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﻜﺐ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺎﺀ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﺟﺎﺝ ﺧﺸﻦ ﹼ .1
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺿﻮﺋﻲ ˚ ،42.0ﻓﲈ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻞ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺄﰐ؟ .2
.aﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ.
.bﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺤﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ.
.cﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺤﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺲ.
ﺳـﻘﻄﺖ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺿﻮﺀ ﻟﻴﺰﺭ ﻋﲆ ﺳـﻄﺢ ﻣﺮﺁﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ˚ 38.0ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ .ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﹸﺣ ﹼﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ .3
ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ˚ ،13.0ﻓﲈ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ؟
ﹸﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﻣﺮﺁﺗﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﳘﺎ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ .ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﹸﺃﺳﻘﻂ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺿﻮﺋﻲ ﻋﲆ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﳘﺎ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ˚ 30.0ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ .4
ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ،ﻭﺍﻧﻌﻜﺲ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ،ﻓﲈ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ؟
57
Objectsandplanemirrorimages
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻔﺴـﻚ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺁﺓ ﻣﺴـﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺸـﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻫﻮ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻚ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ .ﻓﺎﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﳌﺴـﺘﻮﻳﺔ
ﻣﻨﺘﻈﲈ .ﻭﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ
ﹰ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﺎ
ﹰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﺃﻣﻠﺲ )ﻣﺼﻘﻮﻝ( ﻳﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﹴ ﺳﻄﺢ
ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻮﻧﺔ .ﻓﺎﳉﺴـﻢ Objectﻫﻮ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﹼ ﻋـﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻳﺎ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺤﺪﹼ ﺩ ﺍﳉﺴـﻢ ﻭﻧـﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺼـﻮﺭﺓ
6-5
ﻣﺼﺪﺭﺍ ﻣﻀﻴ ﹰﺌﺎ
ﹰ ﺍﻷﺷـﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳـﺘﹸﻌﻜﹶﺲ ﻋﻦ ﺳـﻄﺢ ﻣﺮﺁﺓ ،ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ
ﻣﺼﺪﺭﺍ ﻣﺴﺘﻀﻴ ﹰﺌﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺏ ،ﻛﲈ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ .6-5
ﹰ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﺼﺒﺎﺡ ،ﺃﻭ
ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﺎ
ﹰ ﺧﺬ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ ،6-6ﺗﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻳﻨﻌﻜﺲ
ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻣﻦ ﹸﻋﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮ -ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ،-ﻓﲈﺫﺍ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺲ؟ ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ
ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﻭﻳﻨﻌﻜﺲ .ﻭﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺳﻴﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻲ؟ ﺳﻴﺼﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺇﱃ
ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﲈ ،ﻟﺬﺍ ﺳﻴﺒﺪﻭ ﻟﻪ
ﹰ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﺍ
ﹰ ﻋﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻲ .ﻭﻷﻥ ﺩﻣﺎﻏﻪ ﹸﻳﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﻭﻛﺄﳖﺎ ﺳﻠﻜﺖ
ﺃﻱ ﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﺩﻡ ﻣـﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ
ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻀـﻮﺀ ﻳﺘﹼﺒﻊ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ؛ ﹾ
ﲤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ.
ﻭﺳـﲑ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ 6-6ﺍﻷﺷـﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣـﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﹼ ﺩﺓ ﻋﲆ ﺟﺴـﻢ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋـﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻧﻔﺴـﻬﺎ ،ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺘﺸـﻜﱠﻞ ﺻـﻮﺭﺓ Imageﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﲢـﺎﺩ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ
ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡـﺔ ﺑﻔﻌـﻞ ﺍﻷﺷـﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻴـﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺴـﺔ ،ﻭﺗﻌﺪ
ﺗﻜﻮﻧﺖ
ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴـﺔ؛ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﳖﺎ ﹼ
ﺣﺎﺟﺰ.
58
6-7
do di
O I
1 P1
ho hi
2
- θi P2
- θr
di=-do
Hand protection
Eye safety
Thermal safety
Explosive
ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻭﻃﻮﻝ، ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻭ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ6-7 ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ
Electrical hazard
First aid Harmful / Irritant Eye wash station
ﻋﲆ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﻌﺔ ﻳﺴﻘﻄﺎﻥ ﻋﲆO ﻭﻳﺘﺒﲔ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺮﺳﻢ ﺷﻌﺎﻋﲔ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ
Biological hazardsFire extinguisher Flammable Radioactive safety
ﹼ.ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ
ﻭﻳﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ، ﻭﻳﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻌﺎﻋﺎﻥ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ. ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﱰﺗﻴﺐP2 ،P1 ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﲔ
First aid Sharp objects safety
Eye wash station Poison safetyFire extinguisher
ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲤ ﱢﺜﻞI ﺍﻣﺘـﺪﺍﺩﺍ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳـﻴﻬﲈ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺍﳌـﺮﺁﺓ ﻋﲆ ﺃﳖﲈ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳـﺔ )ﺧﻂ ﻣﺘﻘﻄﻊ( ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄـﺔ
Oxidizer Radioactive safety
Corrosive
ﻓﻴﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻣﺮﺗﺪﹼﹰ ﺍ ﻋﲆ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ؛ ﺃﻱ،0˚ ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ1 ﻓﺎﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ.O ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ
ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﺼﻨﻊ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ، ﻓﻴﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻧﻔﺴـﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻘﻂ ﲠﺎ2 ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺸـﻌﺎﻉ.ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ
.1
Hand Sharp
protection Eye safety
objects safety Laser beam Poison safety Lab.Thermal
coat safety
Oxidizer Explosive
Ecological hazards Corrosive Carcinogenic
.)ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻲ( ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺼﻨﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ
ﲤ ﹼﺜـﻼﻥ ﺿﻠﻌﲔ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺑﻠﲔ ﰲIP
¯¯ ،¯¯
OP1 ﻭﻳﺒـﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳍﻨـﺪﳼ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺘﲔ ﺍﳌﺴـﺘﻘﻴﻤﺘﲔ ﱢ
1
50cm ﻭﺗﺴـﺎﻭﻱ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ، ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳉﺴـﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓdo ﻭﲤ ﱢﺜﻞ.IP1P2 ،OP1P2 ﻣﺜﻠﺜﲔ ﻣﺘﻄﺎﺑﻘﲔ
.3 ﻭﺗﺴـﺎﻭﻱ ﻃﻮﻝ، ﻓﺘﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓdi ﺃﻣﺎ،ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﳉﺴـﻢ
ﻛﲈ ﺗﹸﺴـﻤﻰ ﹰ،¯¯
First aid Eye wash station Fire extinguisher Radioactive safety
OP1
ﻭﺑﺎﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺷـﺎﺭﺍﺕ ـ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺸـﲑ. ﻛﲈ ﺗﹸﺴـﻤﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ،¯¯ IP1 ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ
:ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﳌﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ ـ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ
Sharp objects safety Poison safety Oxidizer Corrosive
.4
Laser beam
Lab. coat
Ecological hazards
Carcinogenic
di = -do ﹸﻜﻮﳖﺎ ﻣﺮﺁﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ
ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗ ﱢ
ﻭﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺐ ﺗﺪﻝ،ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺳﺎﻟﺐ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ
.ﻋﲆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ
.5 ﹰ.ﻭﻹﳚﺎﺩ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺭﺳـﻢ ﺷـﻌﺎﻋﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺴـﻢ
ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﻳﻠﺘﻘﻲ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻋﲔ
ﰲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﹼ،6-7 ﻛـﲈ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ،ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﻳـﻦ ﻣـﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺸـﻤﻌﺔ
ﺗﻜـﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ
ﺑﺎﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻭﻫﻨﺪﺳـﺔ- ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻮﻧﺔ
ﹼ hi ﻭﺳـﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻃـﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼـﻮﺭﺓ.ﺍﻟﺼـﻮﺭﺓ
.6
.ho ﻣﺴﺎﻭ ﹰﻳﺎ ﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ- ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺜﺎﺕ
hi = ho ﺗﻜﻮﳖﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ
ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﹼ
.ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺴﺎﻭ ﹰﻳﺎ ﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ
59
6-8
Applicationsofplanemirrors
ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺍﻳـﺎ ﺍﳌﺴـﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﰲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨـﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻣﻴﺔ؛ ﻓﺄﻧﺖ ﻳﻮﻣ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺗﻨﻈـﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻚ ﰲ
ﳏﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻭﺻﺎﻟﻮﻧﺎﺕﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﱰﺗﻴﺐ ﻫﻨﺪﺍﻣﻚ ﺃﻭ ﲤﺸﻴﻂ ﺷﻌﺮﻙ .ﻛﲈ ﺗﹸﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﹼ
ﺍﳊﻼﻗﺔ .ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻜﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ؛ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻛﱪ .ﻛﲈ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ
ﻃﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ
ﰲ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﻃﻮﳍﺎ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ .6.0 mﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﺴﻜﻮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻟﻴﺪﻭﺳﻜﻮﺏ .ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ .6-9
60
6-10
Hand protection
Eye safety
Thermal safety
Explosive
ﻭﻻ ﺑـﺪﹼ ﺃﻧـﻚ ﻻﺣﻈـﺖ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻠﻤـﺔ ﺇﺳـﻌﺎﻑ
ﻳﺘﻢ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﲆ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺳـﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺳﻌﺎﻑ
ﺑﺸـﻜﻞ ﻣﻘﻠـﻮﺏ؛ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺼـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ
ElectricalHand
hazard
protection Harmful / Irritant
Eye safety BiologicalThermal
hazardssafety Flammable
Explosive
ﺗﻜﻮﳖـﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻳـﺎ ﺍﳌﺴـﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﺗﻜـﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺳـﺔ
ﱢ
FirstElectrical
aid hazard Eye washHarmful
station/ Irritant Fire extinguisher
Biological hazards RadioactiveFlammable
safety
Sharp objects safety
First aid
PoisonEye
safety
wash station
Oxidizer
Fire extinguisher
Corrosive
Radioactive safety
ﻓﻴﺘﻤﻜـﻦ ﺍﻟﺸـﺨﺺ ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ ﻳﺴـﲑ،ﺟﺎﻧﺒ ﹼﹰﻴـﺎ
ﺃﻣـﺎﻡ ﺳـﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺳـﻌﺎﻑ ﻣـﻦ ﺭﺅﻳـﺔ ﻛﻠﻤـﺔ
.ﺍﻹﺳـﻌﺎﻑ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺁﺗـﻪ ﺑﺸـﻜﻞ ﻣﻌﺘـﺪﻝ
Laser beam Electrical hazard Lab. coat Ecological hazards
Harmful / Irritant Biological hazardsCarcinogenic Flammable .6-10 ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ
ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ؟
.2
First aid Eye wash station Fire extinguisher Radioactive safety
ﰲ ﻣﺮﺁﺓ ﻣﺴـﺘﻮﻳﺔ؛ ﺇﺫ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺮﺁﺓ ﻛﺮﻭﻳﺔ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺳـﻄﺤﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﺤﻨ ﹰﻴﺎ ﺇﱃ
.3
ﻭﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻳـﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ. ﻭﺍﻟﺴـﻄﺢ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻣﻨﺤﻨ ﹰﻴـﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ،ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ
.ﺗﻜﻮﳖﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﻭﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﹼ
.4 Concavemirrors
ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ.ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺴـﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﲇ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻌﻘﺔ )ﺍﻟﺴـﻄﺢ ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ ﳛﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ( ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣـﺮﺁﺓ ﻣﻘﻌﺮﺓ
ﻭﺗﻌﺘﻤـﺪ. ﺣﻮﺍ ﹼﻓـﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴـﺔ ﻧﺤـﻮ ﺍﳌﺸـﺎﻫﺪ، ﺳـﻄﺢ ﻋﺎﻛـﺲConcave mirror ﺍﳌﻘﻌـﺮﺓ
ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻭﻳﺔ6-11 ﻭﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﱢ،ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮﺓ ﻋﲆ ﻣﺪ ﺗﻘﻌﺮﻫﺎ
.5
؛ ﻷﳖﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﲆConverging mirror ﺍﳌﺠﻤﻌـﺔ ﱢ ﻭﺗﺴـﻤﻰ ﺍﳌـﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ
ﹼ.ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮﺓ
. ﰲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ-ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ- ﲡﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺷـﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ
ﻭﻳﺒـﺪﻭ ﺷـﻜﻞ ﺍﳌـﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻭﻳـﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮﺓ ﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﺟـﺰﺀ ﻣﺄﺧﻮﺫ ﻣﻦ ﻛـﺮﺓ ﺟﻮﻓﺎﺀ ﺳـﻄﺤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﲇ
.6
ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﺭ
ﹼ ( ﻭﻧﺼـﻒ ﻗﻄﺮC) ﻭﻟﻠﻤﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﳼ ﻧﻔﺴـﻪ.ﻋﺎﻛـﺲ ﻟﻠﻀـﻮﺀ
ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﳋﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﹼ .ﺍﳋﺎﺻﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﹼ (r) ﻧﻔﺴﻪ
. ﺍﳌﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ؛ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴـﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ ﻣﻊ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﺴﻤﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻧﺼﻔﲔCM
.7 .( ﻗﻄﺐ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ؛ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳌﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ ﻣﻊ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓM) ﻭﲤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ
θr
C F M
f
r
F
61
ElectricalHand
hazard
protection Harmful / Irritant
Eye safety BiologicalThermal
hazardssafety Flammable
Explosive
FirstElectrical
aid hazard Eye washHarmful
station/ Irritant Fire extinguisher
Biological hazards RadioactiveFlammable
safety
ﻣﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺔ
ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﳌﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮﺓ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺗﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﲨﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﹼ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﹼ
ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺑﺘﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻭﺇﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﺣﺘﻰ ﲢﺼﻞ ﻋﲆ.ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ
Sharp objects safety
First aid PoisonEye
safety
wash station Oxidizer
Fire extinguisher Corrosive
Radioactive safety
ﻭﺗﹸﺴـﻤﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ.ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻭﺃﻭﺿﺢ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻷﺷـﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸـﻤﺲ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺴـﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔ
Sharp
Laser
Hand protection
beamobjects safety Poison safety
Lab. coat
Eye Ecological
safety Oxidizer
hazards
Thermal Carcinogenic
safety Corrosive Explosive
.F ﻭﺗﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﺤﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ،ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻄﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳ ﹰﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ ﺗﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ
Laser beam
Lab. coat
Ecological hazards
Carcinogenic
f ﺃﻣـﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ،M ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐC ﰲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﳌﺴـﺎﻓﺔ ﺑـﲔ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﺭF ﻭﺗﻘـﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ .3
ﻭﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ، ﻓﻴﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﺴـﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺍﳌـﺮﺁﺓ ﻭﺑﺆﺭﲥﺎ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ،Focal length
. ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮﺓ ﻣﻮﺟ ﹰﺒﺎ، f = __r2 :ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ
ﻭﺑـﺪﻻﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳـﻢ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳـﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺷـﻌﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺳـﻄﺢ ﺍﳌـﺮﺁﺓ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳـﺪ ﺧـﻂ ﺭﺃﳼ ﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ
ﻭ ﹸﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮ، ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺭﺳـﻢ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳـﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺷـﻌﺔ ﻋﻨﻪ،ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﻘﻄﺒﻬﺎ
.6-11 ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ.ﺍﻷﺳﺎﳼ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺁﺓ .4
ﺑﺎﳌﺠﻤﻌﺔ؟
ﱢ ﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮﺓ؟ ﻭﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﹸﺗﺴﻤﻰ
.5
Graphicalmethodoffindingtheimage
ﻟﻴﺲ ﻷﻥ،ﹸﻳﻔﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮﺓ ﰲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ .6
.ﺃﻳﻀﺎ
ﺑـﻞ ﻷﻥ ﺣﺠﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ )ﺍﲡﺎﻫﻬـﺎ( ﻳﺘﻐﲑﺍﻥ ﹰ،ﻣﻮﻗـﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻫـﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﻓﻘﻂ
ﻭ ﹸﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﳐ ﹼﻄﻂ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗ ﹼ
.ﹸﻜﻮﳖﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮﺓ
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ؛ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺼـﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺀ6-12 ﻭﻳﺒـﲔ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ ﱢ
ﺣﺠﲈ ﻣﻦ
ﹰ ﻭﺗﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﺃﻛﱪ. ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﲨﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺣﺎﺟﺰ،ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺴﺔ
ﹸ.ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺗﻠﺘﻘﻲ ﻓﻌﻠ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ
(I) ﻭﲢﺪﱢ ﺩ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﹼ،ﺍﳉﺴﻢ
ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﹶﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ.ﻟﺸﻌﺎﻋﲔ ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺴﲔ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ .7
a b c
.8
O O O
C F C F C F
2
2
.9
2
I I I
1 1 1
a 6-12
cb
62
a do b di
1
O1 I1
2
2
F F
C C
1
O1
I1
di do
6-13
ﻭﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 6-12b
ﹼ ﻛﻮﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﲆ ﻋﻴﻨﻚ ،ﻛﲈ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ .6-12a
ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﱠ
ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭﺓ،
ﺃﻧﻪ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻋﻴﻨﻚ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺴﺔ ﹼ
(a) ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ
ﺣﺎﺟﺰﺍ )ﺷﺎﺷﺔ( ﰲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﹼ
ﹰ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻠﻒ .ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺿﻌﺖ
ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺰ ﻛﲈ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ،6-12cﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻏﲑ ﳑﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ
ﺍﳋﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺷـﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺴـﺔ ،ﻭﻻﻳﻤﻜـﻦ ﲨﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺣﺎﺟﺰ.
(b) C ﻭﻟﺘﺴـﻬﻴﻞ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮﺓ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ
ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ؛ ﺳﻬﻢ ﻣﺜﻼﹰ ،ﻛﲈ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ .6-13aﱢ
ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮﺓ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ
ﻭﻣﻘﻠﻮﺑـﺔ ﻭ ﹸﻣﺼ ﱠﻐﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﺠﺴـﻢ؛ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳉﺴـﻢ doﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻌـﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ،fﺃﻣﺎ
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﺴـﻢ ﻭﺍﻗ ﹰﻌﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ Fﻭﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﺭ Cﻛﲈ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ 6-13bﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ
ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻜﱪﺓ.
ﺗﻜﻮﳖﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮﺓ ؟
ﻋﻼ ﹶﻡ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﱢ
6-14
Gregorian
63
ﺗﻜﻮﳖﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻭﻳﺔ.
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﹼ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﱰﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﳊﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻭﻳﺔ .ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ :6-13
.1ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﹸﻣﺴ ﹼﻄﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺑﻴﺎﲏ ،ﻭﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺁﺓ ﻋﲆ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﻂ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺇﱃ
ﻳﻤﻴﻨﻬﺎ ،ﺗﺎﺭﻛﹰﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ 6ﺃﺳﻄﺮ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ،ﻭ 6ﺃﺳﻄﺮ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﺃﺳﻔﻠﻪ.
ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ،ﻭ ،Cﻭ Fﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻵﰐ: .2ﺿﻊ ﻧﻘﺎ ﹰﻃﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳌﺤﻮﺭ ﲤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﹼﹰ
.aﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﻣﻘﻌﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﳉﺴـﻢ ﺧﻠﻒ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﺭ Cﺑﻌﻴﺪﹰ ﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ،ﻓﻀﻊ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻳﻤﲔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ،ﻭﺍﳉﺴـﻢ ﻋﻦ
ﻳﺴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ،ﻭﺿﻊ Cﻭ Fﻭﻓﻖ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ.
.bﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﻣﻘﻌﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﳉﺴـﻢ ﺑﲔ Cﻭ ،Fﻓﻀﻊ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻳﻤﲔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ،ﻭ Cﰲ ﻭﺳـﻄﻬﺎ ،ﻭ Fﰲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﳌﺴـﺎﻓﺔ
ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﻭﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﺭ ، Cﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ.
.cﻷﻱ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺁﺧﺮ ،ﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﰲ ﻭﺳـﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ،ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﳉﺴـﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ ] Fﺃﳞﲈ ﺃﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ[ ﻋﻦ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ،
ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺏ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ.
ﺳـﻄﺮﺍ .ﹸﻳﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻂ ﺍﳌﺴـﺘﻮ
ﹰ ﺍﳌﻜـﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﻲ ﻋﴩ
ﹼ .3ﺍﺭﺳـﻢ ﺧ ﹼﹰﻄـﺎ ﺭﺃﺳـ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ،ﻳﻤـﺮ ﺑﻘﻄﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ
ﺍﻷﺳﺎﳼ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺁﺓ.
.4ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻋﲆ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺳﻬﻢ ،ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻋﲆ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ .O1ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮﺓ ،ﳚﺐ ﺃﻻ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ Cﻋﲆ
3ﺃﺳﻄﺮ ،ﻭﺃ ﹼﻣﺎ ﻟﺴﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ،ﻓﺎﺟﻌﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ 6ﺃﺳﻄﺮ .ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﳐﺘﻠ ﹰﻔﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ
ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳌﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ.
ﻣﺎﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ.
.5ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ 1ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ ،ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﳼ ﹼﹰ
ﻣﺎﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ .ﺳﻴﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﳼ ﻣﻮﺍﺯ ﹰﻳﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ. .6ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ 2ﹼﹰ
.7ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸـﻌﺎﻋﲔ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺴـﲔ 1ﻭ 2ﺃﻭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩﳞﲈ ،ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﳑﺜﻠﺔ ﺑﺴـﻬﻢ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﳌﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ ﺇﱃ ) I1ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻋﲔ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺴﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩﳞﲈ(.
64
a b
ﻣﺼﻤﻤـﺔ ﻋـﲆ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ،ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﺳـﺎﺕ ﺻﻐـﲑﺓ ،ﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴـﺢ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﻏﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜـﺮﻭﻱ .ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﹼ
ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﻏﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻧﺴـﺒﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ،ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ ،6-15a
ﺗﻜﻮﺭﻫﺎ .ﻭﺗﹸﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻳـﺎ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ
ﺇﱃ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﹼ
ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ.
HubbleTrouble
1990 Virtualimageswithconcavemirrors
ﻻﺣﻈـﺖ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛ ﹼﻠﲈ ﺍﻗﱰﺏ ﺍﳉﺴـﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺆﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮﺓ Fﺍﺑﺘﻌـﺪﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ .ﻭﺇﺫﺍ
ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ ﲤﺎ ﹰﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺴﺔ ﲨﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ،ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ،ﻟﺬﺍ
ﺗﻜﻮﻧﺖ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﻻﳖﺎﻳﺔ ،ﻭﻻ ﺗﹸﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ .ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ :ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﹼ
1993 ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻗﱰﺏ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ؟
COSTAR
ﺗﻘﺮﺏ ﻭﺟﻬﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺁﺓ ﻣﻘﻌﺮﺓ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺄﻛﺜﺮ؟ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺟﻬﻚ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﺔ ﻣـﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻼﺣـﻆ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﹼ
ﺗﻜـﻮﻥ ﺻﻮﺭ ﹰﺓ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﳉﺴـﻢ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌـﺮﺁﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ ،ﻛﲈ ﻭﺧﻠـﻒ ﺍﳌـﺮﺁﺓ .ﻓﺎﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮﺓ ﱢ
ﻭﻣﻜﱪﺓ
ﹼ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌـﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮﺓ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﺔ
ﹼ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ .6-16aﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ
ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧـﺔ ﺑﺎﳉﺴـﻢ ،ﻛﲈ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ .6-16bﻭﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳـﺪ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ
6-16
ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳉﺴـﻢ ﹸﻳﺮﺳـﻢ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮ ﺷـﻌﺎﻋﺎﻥ ،ﻭﻛﲈ ﹸﺫﻛﺮ ﺳـﺎﺑ ﹰﻘﺎ ﹸﻳﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ 1ﺳـﺎﻗ ﹰﻄﺎ ﺑﻤﻮﺍﺯﺍﺓ
ﻣﺎﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ .ﺃ ﹼﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺸـﻌﺎﻉ 2ﹸﻓﲑﺳـﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻟﻴﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ ﻭﻳﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﹼﹰ
a ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ،ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﺮ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ ،ﻭﻳﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺍﺯ ﹰﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ.
b ﻜﻮﻧﺎ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺗﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻋﲔ 1ﻭ 2ﻳﺘﺸﺘﹼﺘﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻌﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ،ﻟﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﹸﻳ ﹼ
ﻜﻮﻧﲔ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ. ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ،ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻳﻠﺘﻘﻲ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍ ﹶﺩﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻋﲔ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺴﲔ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﹸﻣ ﹼ
ﺗﻜﻮﳖﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮﺓ ؟
ﻣﺎ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﱢ
I1
a b
2
O1 1
F
do di
65
Hand protection Eye safety Thermal safety Explosive
ElectricalHand
hazard
protection Harmful / Irritant
Eye safety BiologicalThermal
hazardssafety Flammable
Explosive
ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ.ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴـﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﲇ ﳌﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻣﺼﻘﻮﻟﺔ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺮﺁﺓ ﻣﻘﻌﺮﺓ
Sharp objects safety
First aid
PoisonEye
safety
wash station
Oxidizer
Fire extinguisher
Corrosive
Radioactive safety
ﺳـﻄﺢConvex mirrors ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﳌﺤﺪﺑﺔ.ﺍﻟﺴـﻄﺢ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺳـﻴﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺮﺁﺓ ﳏﺪﺑﺔ
.1
Sharp
Laser Hand protection
beamobjects safety Poison safety
Lab. coat Eye Ecological
safety Oxidizer
hazards Thermal Carcinogenic
safety Corrosive Explosive
ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗـﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ؟ ﺳـﱰ.ﻋﺎﻛـﺲ ﺣﻮﺍﻓـﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﹰ ﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺸـﺎﻫﺪ
V
.ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻚ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﺔ ﻭﻣﺼﻐﺮﺓ
Laser beam Electrical hazard Lab. coat Ecological hazards
Harmful / Irritant Biological hazardsCarcinogenic Flammable
ﻓﺎﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ.6-17 ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺤﺪﺑﺔ ﻣﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ
First aid Eye wash station Fire extinguisher Radioactive safety
.2
ﻭﺗﹸﺴـﻤﻰ ﺍﳌـﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﳌﺤﺪﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ.ﺻﻮﺭﺍ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ
ﹰ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﺤﺪﺑﺔ
ﻟـﺬﺍ ﱢ،ﺩﺍﺋﲈ
ﻔﺮﻗـﺔ ﹰ
ﺍﳌﺤﺪﺑـﺔ ﹸﻣ ﹼ
Sharp objects safety Poison safety Oxidizer Corrosive
C ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﺎﻥ.؛ ﻷﳖﺎ ﺗﹸﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﺷـﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﻗﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎDiverging mirror ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﱢ
ﺳـﺎﻟﺒﺘﲔ ﹰdi ،f ﻭﺳـﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺘـﺎ. ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺘـﲔ ﺧﻠـﻒ ﺍﳌـﺮﺁﺓFﻭ
.ﺩﺍﺋـﲈ؛ ﻷﳖـﲈ ﺧﻠـﻒ ﺍﳌـﺮﺁﺓ
Laser beam Lab. coat Ecological hazards Carcinogenic
66
Usesofconvexmirrors
Field of viewﻗﺪ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﲈﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﺤﺪﺑﺔ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ
ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺟﻌﻠﺖ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﺤﺪﺑﺔ ﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻜﻮﳖﺎ ﻟﻸﺟﺴـﺎﻡ ،ﺇﻻ ﹼ
ﺍﳌﺼ ﹼﻐﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﹼ
ﺻﻮﺭﺍ ﻣﺼ ﹼﻐﺮﺓ ﻟﻸﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﺤﺪﺑﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ،
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ؛ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﹰ
ﺃﻭ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻗﺐ ،ﻛﲈ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ .6-18ﻛﲈ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻣﻦ
ﹴ
ﺑﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺎ ﺃﻱ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺁﺓ ،ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ
ﹰ
ﻧﺤﻮ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﻋﲆ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻴﺔ. ﺃﻭﺳـﻊ .ﻟﺬﺍ ﺗﹸﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﺤﺪﺑﺔ ﻋﲆ ﹴ
6-18 ﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﺤﺪﺑﺔ؟
Usesofconcavemirrors
ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮﺓ ﻋﲆ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﲡﻤﻊ
ﺍﻷﺷـﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳـﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ ،ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻻﺳـﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻳـﺎ ﰲ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻃﺒﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ
ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓـﺊ – ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﲆ ﺷـﻜﻞ ﻣـﺮﺁﺓ ﻣﻘﻌﺮﺓ – ﻻﺳـﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺇﺷـﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻭﻣﻮﺟـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ
ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻗـﲈﺭ ﺍﻻﺻﻄﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ،ﻭﰲ ﳏﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺭﺳـﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻻﺳـﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋـﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﲏ ،ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ .6-19ﻛﲈ ﺍﺳـﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺨﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﴘ ﰲ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﺨﲔ
ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ .ﻛﲈ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﺴﻜﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻛﺲ.
6-19 ﹴ
ﻣﺘـﻮﺍﺯ ﺇﺫﺍ ﹸﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻀـﻮﺀ ﰲ ﺑﺆﺭﲥﺎ ،ﻓﻘﺪ ﻭﻷﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻳـﺎ ﺍﳌﻘﻌـﺮﺓ ﺗﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺑﺸـﻜﻞ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺸـﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﰲ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺑﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻳﺔ ،ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﲆ ﻣﻨﻊ
ﺗﺸﺘﺖ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰﻩ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﰲ ﺑﺆﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻛﺲ.
ﺻﻮﺭﺍ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ
ﹰ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ
ﻛﲈ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﻼﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﻨﺎﻥ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﱢ
ﻣﻜﱪﺓ ﻭﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﻭﺑﺆﺭﲥﺎ .ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ .6-20
67
6-1 a
do
m di do f 1
O1
2
ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ) |di| = doﺳﺎﻟﺐ( do > 0 F
C
I1
di
Magnification
c
ﻣـﺮﺓ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺴـﻢ ﺃﻭ
ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺍﻳـﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻭﻳـﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒـﲑ؛ ﻭ ﹸﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻢ ﹼ I1
2
ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻨﻪ .ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﲑ ﻋﻤﻠ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ،ﻭ ﹸﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﻛﲈ ﻳﲇ: O1 1
F
h -d do di
O1
2
I1
68
6-1
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨـﺖ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻌـﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﳌﺮﺁﺓ .10 ﺳـﻘﻂ ﺷـﻌﺎﻉ ﺿﻮﺋﻲ ﻋﲆ ﺳـﻄﺢ ﻣﺼﻘﻮﻝ .5
ﺟﺴـﲈ ﺑﺤﻴـﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﹰ ﻣﻘﻌـﺮﺓ ،ﻓﺄﻳـﻦ ﳚـﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻀـﻊ ﻋﺎﻛﺲ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺳـﻘﻮﻁ ﹾ .80ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺼﻨﻌﻬﺎ
ﻣﻜـﱪﺓ ﻭﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟـﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴـﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺴـﻢ؟ ﻭﻫﻞ ﹼ ﺻﻮﺭﺗـﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻣﻊ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ؟
ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﻡ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ؟
ﺍﴍﺡ ﻛﻴﻒ ﹸﻳﻄ ﹼﺒﻖ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ .6
ﹸﻭﺿﻊ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ 3.0 cmﻋﲆ .11
ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻢ.
ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻧﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﹸﺑﻌـﺪ 22.0 cmﻣﻦ ﻣـﺮﺁﺓ ﻣﻘﻌﺮﺓ ،ﱠ
ﺻﻨﹼﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ .7
ﻋـﲆ ﹸﺑﻌـﺪ 26.4 cmﻣﻨﻬﺎ .ﺍﺭﺳـﻢ ﳐ ﹼﻄ ﹰﻄـﺎ ﺑﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ
ﻋﺎﻛﺴـﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤـﺔ )ﻣﻠﺴـﺎﺀ( ﻭﺳـﻄﻮﺡ ﻋﺎﻛﺴـﺔ ﻏـﲑ
ﻳﺒﲔ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻃﻮﳍﺎ ،ﻭﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﺭﺳـﻢ ﻣﻨﺎﺳـﺐ ﱢ
ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤـﺔ )ﺧﺸـﻨﺔ( :ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ،ﻣﻌـﺪﻥ ﻣﺼﻘـﻮﻝ ،ﺯﺟﺎﺝ
ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﲑ.
ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ،ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺧﺸﻦ ،ﺇﺑﺮﻳﻖ ﺣﻠﻴﺐ ﺑﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ،ﺳﻄﺢ
ﹸﻭﺿﻊ ﺟﺴـﻢ ﻃﻮﻟـﻪ 4.0 cmﻋﲆ .12
ﻣﺎﺀ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ،ﺯﺟﺎﺝ ﺧﺸﻦ )ﻣﺼﻨﻔﺮ(.
ﹸﺑﻌـﺪ 14.0 cmﻣـﻦ ﻣـﺮﺁﺓ ﳏﺪﺑـﺔ ﹸﺑﻌﺪﻫـﺎ ﺍﻟﺒـﺆﺭﻱ
.-12.0 cmﺍﺭﺳـﻢ ﳐ ﹼﻄ ﹰﻄﺎ ﺑﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺭﺳـﻢ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻳﻘـﻒ ﻃﻔﻞ ﻃﻮﻟـﻪ 50 cmﻋﲆ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ .8
ﻳﺒﲔ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻃﻮﳍﺎ. 3 mﻣـﻦ ﻣﺮﺁﺓ ﻣﺴـﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﻳﻨﻈـﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺻﻮﺭﺗـﻪ .ﻣﺎ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ
ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻮﻧﺔ؟
ﹼ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻃﻮﳍﺎ؟ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ
ﹸﻭﺿـﻊ ﺟﺴـﻢ ﻃﻮﻟـﻪ 6.0 cmﻋـﲆ ﹸﺑﻌـﺪ .13
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳـﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺳـﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺮ
.9
16.4 cmﻣـﻦ ﻣـﺮﺁﺓ ﳏﺪﺑﺔ .ﻓـﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻃـﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ
ﻋـﲆ ﻃﺮﻳـﻖ ﺃﻓﻘﻴـﺔ ،ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﺟـﺎﺝ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﺴـﻴﺎﺭﺓ
ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻮﻧﺔ ،2.8 cmﻓﲈ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻜﺒﲑ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ؟ﹼ
ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴـﺔ ﻳﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﹾ ،45ﻓﺎﺭﺳـﻢ ﳐ ﹼﻄ ﹰﻄﺎ ﻟﻸﺷـﻌﺔ
ﻭﺿﺢ ﻛﻴﻒ ﹸﻳﻤﻜﱢﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻏﲑ ﱢ .14
ﻳﺒـﲔ ﻣﻮﻗـﻊ ﺍﻟﺸـﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳚﻌـﻞ ﺃﺷـﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﺗﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﱢ
ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺴـﻢ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﺴـﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ،ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻋﻴﻨﻲ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ. ﺳﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻴﺔ.
70
ﺗﺘﻌـﺮﻑ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘـﲔ ﳘـﺎ :ﺯﺍﻭﻳـﺔ
ﹼ ﻭﳌﻨﺎﻗﺸـﺔ ﻧﺘﺎﺋـﺞ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳـﺎﺕ ﻳﻨﺒﻐـﻲ ﻋﻠﻴـﻚ ﺃﻥ
ﺍﻟﺴـﻘﻮﻁ ،θ1ﻭﻫـﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺤﺼـﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺸـﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﻗﻂ ،ﻭﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ
ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ،Angle of refraction θ2ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺤﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﲡﺎﻩ
ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﴪ.
ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﺑﴪﻋﺔ ،3 × 108 m/sﻭﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ
ﺑﴪﻋـﺔ ﺃﻗـﻞ .ﹰ
ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻀـﻮﺀ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻨﻬـﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ،ﻭﴎﻋﺘﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳌـﺎﺀ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ .ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻑ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ .ﻭﺗﹸﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﴎﻋﺔ
ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ cﺇﱃ ﴎﻋﺘﻪ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺁﺧﺮ vﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭIndex of refraction
ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ،ﻭ ﹸﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﻑ ،nﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻓﺔ؛ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ:
c
vﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ
__ = n
ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻣﺔ ﻋﲆ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ.
ﻭﺑﲈ ﺃﻥ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﰲ ﻭﺳـﻂ ﺷـﻔﺎﻑ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﴎﻋﺘﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻭﺳـﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺸـﻔﺎﻓﺔ
ﺧﺎﺻﺎ ﺑﻪ .ﻟـﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻳﻨﻜﴪ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﺍﻷﺧﺮ ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻭﺳـﻂ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭ ﹼﹰ
ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﲔ ﻭﺳﻄﲔ ﺷﻔﺎﻓﲔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﲔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﴎﻋﺘﻪ ﻓﻴﻬﲈ.
ﻭﺗﻼﺣـﻆ ﻣـﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﺣـﺪﺍﺕ ،ﻭﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻗﻴﻤـﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ
ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﻫﻲ 1؛ ﻷﻥ .v = c
ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ fﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﱪ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﲔ ﻭﺳـﻄﲔ ﺷـﻔﺎﻓﲔ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ
ﺍﻻﻫﺘـﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻟـﻜﻞ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﻫﻲ ﻧﻔﺴـﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲣـﺮﺝ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺧﻼﻝ
62 ﻭﺳـﻂ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭ .ﻟـﺬﺍ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻄـﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﻀـﻮﺀ λﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘـﻞ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ؛
ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺀ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺀ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺃﻗﴫ ﻣﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ.
ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ؟ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺣﺪﻭﺛﻪ؟
)ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ( λ=589 nm
n ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ Snell’slawofrefraction
1.00 ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﻭﺟـﺪ ﺳـﻨﻞ ﰲ ﻋﺎﻡ 1621ﺃﻧـﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺳـﻂ ﺷـﻔﺎﻑ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺟﻴﺐ
1.0003 ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﻞ ﺯﺍﻭﻳـﺔ ﻳﺮﺗﺒـﻂ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ،n = sin θ1/ sin θ2ﻭﺗﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭ nﻳﻜﻮﻥ
1.33 ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﳉـﺪﻭﻝ 6-2ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭﺍ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﹰﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﻤـﺪ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ،ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋـﲆ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ .ﱢ
ﹰ
ﺍﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ .ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺳـﻨﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻀـﻮﺀ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺣﺪﱟ ﻓﺎﺻﻞﹴ
1.36 ﺍﻹﻳﺜﺎﻧﻮﻝ
ﺑﲔ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎﺩﺗﲔ ﺷـﻔﺎﻓﺘﲔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺘﲔ .ﻭﺗﹸﻌﺮﻑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺳـﻨﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ
1.52 ﺯﺟﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ
.Snell's law of refraction
1.54 ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ
1.62 ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﲏ
ﹼ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ n1 sin θ1= n2 sin θ2 ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺳﻨﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ
2.42 ﺍﻷﳌﺎﺱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﴐﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺟﻴﺐ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ
ﴐﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﲏ ﰲ ﺟﻴﺐ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ.
71
ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 6-23ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺳﻨﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺯﺟﺎﺝ ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ، ﱢ
ﻣﺜـﻞ ﺯﺟـﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ،ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻨﻜﴪ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻣﺮﺗﲔ؛ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺧﻮﻟـﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ ،ﻭﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻪ
ﻣﻨـﻪ .ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣـﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ ،ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ
ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ .n1 < n2ﻭﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺴـﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓـﲔ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻣـﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﻛـﱪ؛ ﹾ
ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺗﻨﺤﺮﻑ ﻣﻘﱰﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ. sin θ1> sin θ2؛ ﹾ
ﻭﳛـﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﻜـﺲ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺟـﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ،ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭ
ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ . n1 > n2ﻭﰲ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﳊـﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻜـﻮﻥ sin θ'1< sin θ'2؛
ﻛﺒﲑ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻌـﺎﻣـﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﻗـﻞ؛ ﹾ
ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺸـﻌﺎﻉ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ
ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻳﻨﺤﺮﻑ ﻣﺒﺘﻌﺪﹰ ﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ .ﻻﺣﻆ ﹰ
ﹾ
ﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻛﲈ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ ،ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺍﻧﺰﺍﺡ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻪ ﺍﻷﺻﲇ.
ﺻﻔﺮﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺸـﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻳﻨﻔﺬ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺳـﻂ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﲏ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻟﻪ
ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺳـﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﹰ
ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ.
ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺀ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﺒﲑ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭﻩ ﺃﻗﻞ؟
2
ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺿﻮﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﻋﲆ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺯﺟﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ .30.0°ﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ؟
1
θ2
θ1
ﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺯﺟﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ.
n1 n2 ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﳐ ﹼﻄﻂ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ.
2
n1 sin θ1 = n2 sin θ2 ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺳﻨﻞ ﻹﳚﺎﺩ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ:
n1
) (
__ =sin θ2
n sin θ1 2
n
__ ( ( θ =sin
2 ) n )sin θ
-1 1
1
2
3
ﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ.
ﹸﻳ ﱠ
ﺇﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ n 2ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ،n 1ﻟﺬﺍ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ θ 2ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ
ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ . θ1
72
.15ﹸﺃﺳﻘﻄﺖ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﻟﻴﺰﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﻋﲆ ﺇﻳﺜﺎﻧﻮﻝ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ .37.0°ﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ؟ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﻳﺜﺎﻧﻮﻝ 1.36
ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺿﻮﺀ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ 30.0°ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴـﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ .ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻥ .16
ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ .1.33
ﻏﻤـﺮ ﻗﺎﻟـﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ .ﹸﺃﺳـﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺿـﻮﺀ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ،31°ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻟﺐ .27 °ﻣﺎ .17
ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﲈﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻟﺐ؟
73
6-25
ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﴩﻭﻕ
ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ
n2
n1
Why we see the sun's image
? before sunrise and after sunsetﻧﺮ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺸـﻤﺲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﴍﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺸـﻤﺲ،
θ1
ﻛﲈ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻏﻴﺎﲠﺎ؛ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺴـﺒﺐ ﺍﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭ ﺃﺷـﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸـﻤﺲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ .ﻳﻮﺿﺢ
ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ 6-25ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭ ﺃﺷـﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸـﻤﺲ ﰲ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﳉـﻮﻱ ،ﺣﻴﺚ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ A
ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ ،ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭﻫﺎ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ
ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ ﺗﺪﺭﳚ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺳﻔﻠﻪ .ﻭﺗﺒ ﹰﻌﺎ
b
ﻟﺬﻟـﻚ ﺗﻨﻜﴪ ﺃﺷـﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸـﻤﺲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ ﻣﻘﱰﺑـﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻘـﺎﻡ .ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ
ﺍﻷﺷـﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﴪﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻋﲔ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪ ،ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻴﻨﻪ،
ﻟـﺬﺍ ﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺸـﻤﺲ ﰲ ﻣﻮﻗـﻊ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﺃﻋﲆ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻬـﺎ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ،ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸـﻤﺲ ﺗﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ
ﴍﻭﻗﻬﺎ .ﻭﺑﺎﳌﺜﻞ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻭﺏ. θc
Totalinternalreflection
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭﻩ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ B
ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ .6-26aﻭﻣﻊ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ،ﻭﻋﻨﺪ
ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ ،ﻛﲈ ﱢ
ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﹸﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ Critical angle θcﻳﻨﻜﴪ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ c
ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ .6-26b ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﲔ ،ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ،90.0°ﻛﲈ ﱢ
ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺿﻮﺋﻴﺔ )ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ( ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ ،ﻳﺮﺗﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ،ﻭﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ θi θr
ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﲇ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﲇ Total internal reflectionﻭﺃﻫﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﻴﺰ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﲇ θr = θi
ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﲇ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻳﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭﻩ ﺃﻛﱪ ،ﻛﲈ
Ray 3
C
ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ .6-26cﻭﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺳﻨﻞ ﻹﳚﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ ﻷﻱ ﱢ
ﺣﺪ ﻓﺎﺻﻞ ،ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ θ1 = θcﻭ ˚.θ2 =90.0 A 6-26
a
C18-04A-845813
n2
___= sin θc
n ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﲇ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﲇ Final
B
1
ﺟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ ﻳﺴـﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭ ﻭﺳـﻂ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﺴـﻮ ﹰﻣﺎ ﻋﲆ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ b
ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ.
C
c
74
ElectricalHand
hazard
protection Harmful / Irritant
Eye safety BiologicalThermal
hazardssafety Flammable
Explosive
FirstElectrical
aid hazard Eye washHarmful
station/ Irritant Fire extinguisher
Biological hazards RadioactiveFlammable
safety
ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳـﺎ ﻣﻘﻠﻮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﳉﺴـﻢ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻓﺈﻧﻚ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮ، ﻭﺗﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻋﲆ ﺳـﻄﺢ ﺍﳌـﺎﺀ،ﻣﺎﺀ ﺳـﺎﻛﻦ
First aid Eye wash station Fire extinguisher Radioactive safety
90°0° ﹰ
.ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﺎ ﻟﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﱪﻛﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ؛ ﺇﺫ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ
ﹰ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮ،ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ
Sharp objects safety Poison safety Oxidizer Corrosive
75
a
ﻛﻴﻒ ﳛﺪﺙ6-28c ﻭﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ ﱢ 6-28
ﻫﺬﺍ؛ ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺴـﻢ a
ﻓﺈﻥ، ﺑﻌﻴـﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺳـﻔﻞ ﻧﺤـﻮ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳـﻖb
Hand protection Eye safety Thermal safety Explosive
b
n ﻣﻌﺎﻣـﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭ ﺍﳍـﻮﺍﺀ ﻳﻘﻞ ﺑﺴـﺒﺐc
ElectricalHand
hazard
protection
Harmful / Irritant
Eye safety
BiologicalThermal
hazardssafety
Flammable
Explosive
n ﺳـﺨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳍـﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳـﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺳـﻄﺢ
ﻭﻳﻜـﻮﻥ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ،ﺍﻷﺭﺽ
FirstElectrical
aid hazard Eye washHarmful
station/ Irritant Fire extinguisher
Biological hazards RadioactiveFlammable
safety
c
ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﴪﺍﺏ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺟﺒﻬﺎﺕ.ﺗﺪﺭﳚ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ
Sharp objects safety
First aid
PoisonEye
safety
wash station
Oxidizer
Fire extinguisher
Corrosive
Radioactive safety
ﹸﺴـﻤﻰ
ﻭﲢﺪﺙ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻣﺸـﺎﲠﺔ ﺗ ﹼ.ﳑـﺎ ﻳـﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺟﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺗﺪﺭﳚ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻋﲆ
Laser beam Electrical hazard Lab. coat Ecological hazards
Harmful / Irritant Biological hazardsCarcinogenic Flammable
ﺣﻴـﺚ ﹸﻳﺒﻘﻲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ، ﺍﻟـﴪﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺒﻲ؛ ﻋﻨﺪﻣـﺎ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻗﺎﺭﺏ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻧﻔﺴـﻪ .2
First aid
Eye wash station
Fire extinguisher
Radioactive safety
Dispersionoflight .3
Laser beam
Lab. coat
Ecological hazards
Carcinogenic
ﻭﺗﻌﺮﻑ. ﺗﺘﺤﺪﹼ ﺩ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﰲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻼﺕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻭﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ
ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺍﺳـﺘﻚ ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻳﺮﺗﺒﻄﺎﻥ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳉﺴـﻴﲈﺕ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳌﺴـﺘﻮ
.4
ﻭﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﺗﺒ ﹰﻌﺎ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻗﻠﻴ ﹰ، ﻟﺬﺍ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ، ﺍﻟﺬﺭﻱ
ﻼ
ﻓﺈﻥ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭ ﳜﺘﻠﻔﺎﻥ، ﻭﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ.ﺗﻐﲑ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻊ ﹼ
.ﻟﻸﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ
ﻛﲈ، ﻳﺘﺤﻠـﻞ ﺍﻟﻀـﻮﺀ ﺍﻷﺑﻴـﺾ ﺇﱃ ﻃﻴﻒ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻋﻨـﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻩ ﺧـﻼﻝ ﻣﻨﺸـﻮﺭ ﺯﺟﺎﺟﻲ .5
ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﻈﺮﺕ.Dispersion ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﹸﺴـﻤﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴـﻞ،6-29a ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ ﱢ
ﻓﺴـﺘﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻔﺴﺠﻲ ﻳﻨﻜﴪ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ، ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﺮ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﻨﺸـﻮﺭ .6
؛ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻷﻥ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻔﺴﺠﻲ ﺧﻼﻝ6-29b ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﱢ ﻛﲈ ،ﺍﻷﲪﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ .7
ﺍﻟﺰﺟـﺎﺝ ﺃﻗـﻞ ﻣﻦ ﴎﻋـﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻷﲪﺮ؛ ﺣﻴـﺚ ﺇﻥ ﺗﺮ ﹼﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻔﺴـﺠﻲ ﺃﻛـﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ
ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻌﻞ، ﳑﺎ ﳚﻌﻠﻪ ﻳﺘﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﺟـﺎﺝ، ﺍﻟﻀـﻮﺀ ﺍﻷﲪﺮ .8
. ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻔﺴﺠﻲ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻷﲪﺮ
ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﳛﺪﺙ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻩ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭ ﺯﺟﺎﺟﻲ؟ .9
4
a b
76
∂``∏```Ø`dG ™``e §````Hô`dG ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﴫﻳﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺘﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ:
Red lunar eclipse of the moonﻳﺮﺟـﻊ ﺍﻟﻠـﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﲪـﺮ
6-30
ﻟﻠﻘﻤﺮ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺧﺴـﻮﻓﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ؛ ﺇﺫ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺧﺴﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﲢﺠﺐ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ
ﻣﻌﺘﲈ ﲤﺎ ﹰﻣـﺎ ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺎ
ﺿـﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺸـﻤﺲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻤـﺮ .ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﳍﺬﺍ ،ﻗـﺪ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﺒـﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﹰ
ﳛـﺪﺙ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻀـﻮﺀ ﻳﻨﻜﴪ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻐـﻼﻑ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ ﻟﻸﺭﺽ ،ﻭﻳﻨﺤـﺮﻑ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﰲ
ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ .ﻭﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ ﻟﻸﺭﺽ ﻳﺸﺘﹼﺖ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﴬ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﻨﲑ
ﺍﻟﻠـﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﲪﺮ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ .ﻭﺑﲈ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﻳﻌﻜﺲ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻧﻔﺴـﻬﺎ ،ﻓﺈﻧﻪ
ﻳﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻷﲪﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ،ﻓﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﲪﺮ .ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ .6-30
Rainbowﺍﳌﻨﺸﻮﺭ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪﺓ ﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻧﻪ،
ﻓﻘـﻮﺱ ﺍﳌﻄـﺮ ﻃﻴﻒ ﻳﺘﺸـﻜﹼﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺤﻠـﻞ ﺿﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺸـﻤﺲ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌـﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ
ﺍﳉﻮﻱ .ﻭﻳﻨﻜﴪ ﺿﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺸـﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﻗﻂ ﻋﲆ ﻗﻄـﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ،ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻨﻜـﴪ ﻛﻞ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ
ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻗﻠﻴﻼﹰ؛ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ،ﻓﻴﺤﺪﺙ
ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ .6-31aﻭﳛﺪﺙ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﺩﺍﺧﲇ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ،ﻛﲈ ﻫﻮ ﹼ
6-31 ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﻄﺮﺓ .ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﺓ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮ.
ﻭﻋـﲆ ﺍﻟﺮﻏـﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻗﻄـﺮﺓ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻃﻴ ﹰﻔـﺎ ﻛﺎﻣـ ﹰ
ﻼ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸـﻤﺲ ﻭﺍﳌﻄﺮ
ﺳـﲑ ﻣـﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻗﻄﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻻﹰ ﻣﻮﺟ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺀ ﻓﻘﻂ؛ ﺣﻴـﺚ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻗﻊ
ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ .6-31bﻭﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻃﻴﻒ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴـﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸـﻤﺲ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﺓ ،ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﻗﺐ ،ﻛﲈ ﱢ
a
ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﲈﺀ .ﻭﺳﺘﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻷﲪﺮ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ 42°
b ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ؛ ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺗﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ .40 °
77
6-32
Hand protection
Eye safety
Thermal safety
Explosive
ElectricalHand
hazard
protection Harmful / Irritant
Eye safety BiologicalThermal
hazardssafety Flammable
Explosive
FirstElectrical
aid hazard Eye washHarmful
station/ Irritant Fire extinguisher
Biological hazards RadioactiveFlammable
safety
Sharp objects safety
First aid
PoisonEye
safety
wash station
Oxidizer
Fire extinguisher
Corrosive
Radioactive safety
ﻭﻳﻘﻊ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﲏ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ.6-32 ﻛﲈ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ،ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﻗﻮﺱ ﻣﻄﺮ ﺛﺎﻧ ﹰﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﻫﺘﹰﺎ
First aid
Eye wash station
First aid
Fire extinguisher
Eye wash station
Radioactive
Firesafety
extinguisher
Radioactive safety
ﻭﻟﻜﻦ، ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﻮﺱ ﻣﻄﺮ ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﲔ.ﺃﺷـﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻣﺮﺗﲔ ﰲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻗﻄﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ
Sharp objects safety Poison safety Oxidizer Corrosive
ﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﺣـﻮﻝ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻧﻌـﻜﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﰲ ﻗﻄـﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ.ﺑﺼـﻮﺭﺓ ﻧـﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺟﺪﹼﹰ ﺍ
Laser beam
Lab. coat Ecological
hazards
Carcinogenic
Laser beam Lab. coat Ecological hazards Carcinogenic
.3
ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻟﻘﻮﺱ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ؟
ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ؟
ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﺐ ﹼ
ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﲈﺀ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ؛ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺴﺒﺐColor of the sky .4
ﺗﺸـﺘﺖ ﺿﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ ﻟﻸﺭﺽ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ
ﻋﲆ- ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺧﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﻭﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ- ﻭﺍﳉﺴﻴﲈﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ .5
ﺗﺸـﺘﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ﺍﻷﻗﴫ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺸـﺘﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻷﲪﺮ
ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ؛ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺗﺸـﺘﺖ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳـﺐ ﻋﻜﺴـ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ
ﻓﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﲑ – ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻔﺴـﺠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻴﲇ.ﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ
78
ﻭﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ – ﺗﺸـﺘﱠﺘﺖ ﺑﻤﻘـﺪﺍﺭ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺸـﺘﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ
ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱪﺗﻘﺎﱄ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﲪﺮ،
ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ .6-33
ﺃﻣﺎ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﴩﻭﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺮﻭﺏ ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﺴـﺎﻓﺔ
ﺃﻃـﻮﻝ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻐـﻼﻑ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ ،ﳑـﺎ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﲆ ﺗﺸـﺘﺖ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ
ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﺑﻤﻘـﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺒـﲑ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺼـﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ،ﻟﺬﺍ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺴـﲈﺀ
ﺑﺎﻟﻠـﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﻔـﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳍـﻮﺍﺀ ﻧﻈﻴ ﹰﻔﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﱢ
ﻣﻠﻮﺛﺎﺕ.
ﻣﻠﻮ ﹰﺛﺎ ﺑﺠﺴـﻴﲈﺕ ﺩﻗﻴﻘـﺔ ﻣﻦ ﹼ
ﻣﻠﻮﺛﺎﺕ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﹼ
6-34 ﺃﻭ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ،ﻓﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﲈﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﲪﺮ .ﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﲈﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ
ﺍﻟﱪﺗﻘـﺎﱄ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟـﴩﻭﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻐـﺮﻭﺏ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺸـﺎﻫﺪﲥﺎ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤـﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺤﻴﻄـﺎﺕ؛ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ
ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺟﺴﻴﲈﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﺢ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎ ،ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ .6-34
ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴـﲈﺀ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﺑﻠﻮﻥ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﴩﻭﻕ
ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺮﻭﺏ؟
6-2
ﻣـﺎ ﴎﻋـﺔ ﺍﻟﻀـﻮﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻮﺭﻭﻓﻮﺭﻡ .22 ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺳـﺎﺋﻞ .18
)(n=1.51؟ ﻣﻌﲔ ،ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻨﺤـﺮﻑ ﻣﻘﱰ ﹰﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
.23ﺗﻌﱪ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺿﻮﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ )(n=1.33 ﻋﻨـﺪ ﻧﻔـﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺯﺟﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﺋﻞ
ﺇﱃ ﺩﺍﺧـﻞ ﺍﻟﺒـﻮﱄ ﺇﻳﺜﻴﻠـﲔ ) .(n=1.50ﻓـﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﻔﺴـﻪ ،ﻓﺈﻧـﻪ ﻳﻨﺤـﺮﻑ ﻣﺒﺘﻌﺪﹰ ﺍ ﻋـﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻘـﺎﻡ .ﻣﺎ
،θi=57.5°ﻓـﲈ ﻗﻴـﺎﺱ ﺯﺍﻭﻳـﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒـﻮﱄ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﻨﺘﺠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ؟
ﺇﻳﺜﻴﻠﲔ؟ ﺳـﻘﻂ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺿﻮﺋﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ .19
ﻫﻞ ﻫﻨـﺎﻙ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺣﺮﺟـﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺀ .24 30.0°ﻋﲆ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ،ﻓﺎﻧﻜﴪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ
ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻘـﻞ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺟـﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌـﺎﺀ ،ﻭﻟﻠﻀـﻮﺀ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ .20.0°ﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ؟
ﺍﳌـﺎﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺰﺟـﺎﺝ؟ )ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ ،1.52 ﻫﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭ .20
ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ .(1.33 ﺃﻗـﻞ ﻣـﻦ 1؟ ﻭﻣـﺎ ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻨﻴﻪ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴـﺒﺔ ﻟﴪﻋﺔ
ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻷﻓﻖ .25 ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ؟
ﲤﺎ ﹰﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻏﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻌﻼﹰ؟ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻮﺍﻓـﺮ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ .21
ﺃﻱ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺗﺴـﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ
ﰲ ﱢ .26 ﻭﺯﺟـﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﺼﻨـﻊ ﻟﻴ ﹰﻔـﺎ ﺿﻮﺋ ﹼﹰﻴـﺎ ،ﹼ
ﻓﺄﳞـﲈ
ﻭﺿﺢ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ.ﰲ ﻣﺴﺎﺀ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﺎﻃﺮ؟ ﹼ ﺗﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻐـﻼﻑ؟ ﻭﳌﺎﺫﺍ؟ )ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭ
ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ ،1.54ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭ ﺯﺟﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ
.(1.52
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﲨﻴﻼﹰ؛ ﺇﺫ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ ﻭﺍﳋﺴﻮﻑ ﺍﻷﲪﺮ
ﻟﻠﻘﻤـﺮ .ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﻮﺍﺋـﺪ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻟﻼﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎ؛ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺘـﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﴘ
29.3- 29.8
ﺑﺮﻧـﺎﺭﺩ ﺃﻭﻑ ﺟﻮﺭﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﺎﻡ 1303ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ.
ﻭﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺟﺎﻟﻴﻠﻴـﻮ ﻋـﺎﻡ 1610ﻋﺪﺳـﺘﲔ؛ ﻟﺼﻨـﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﺴـﻜﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻛﺘﺸـﻒ
– 1.1 – 1.3 – 1.8 – 2.1 – 2.3
ﺑﻮﺍﺳـﻄﺘﻪ ﺃﻗﲈﺭ ﺍﳌﺸـﱰﻱ .ﻭﺍﺳـﺘﹸﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻟﻴﻠﻴﻮ ﰲ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ
3.4 – 4.1 – 4.2
ﻋﺪﻳـﺪﺓ ،ﻣﻨﻬـﺎ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺮﻭﺳـﻜﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻭﺁﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ .ﻭﻗـﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺎﺕ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ
ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﴫﻳﺔ ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ.
• ﻛﻴـﻒ ﺗﺘﻜـﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼـﻮﺭ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴـﺔ
Typesoflenses ﻭﺍﳋﻴﺎﻟﻴـﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳـﻄﺔ ﻋﺪﺳـﺎﺕ ﳏﺪﺑـﺔ
ﻭﻣﻘﻌﺮﺓ ﻣﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﱰﺗﻴﺐ.
ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺔ Lensﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺷـﻔﺎﻓﺔ ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ،ﺗﹸﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ
ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻮﻧـﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳـﻄﺔ
ﹼ ﻣﻮﻗـﻊ ﺍﻟﺼـﻮﺭ
•
ﲡﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ .ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ.
ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺔ ﻣﻨﺤﻨ ﹰﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴـﺘﻮ ﹰﻳﺎ .ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ؛ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﻏﺎﻥ ﺍﻟ ﹼﻠﻮﲏ.•
ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸـﻜﱢﻞ ﺟﺰ ﹰﺀﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳـﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺷـﻔﺎﻓﺔ ،ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﳏﺪﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻌﺮﺓ .ﻭﲤﺘﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﻩ • ﻛﻴﻒ ﹸﲡ ﱢﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﲔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﹼ
ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ.
ﲡﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﳏﻮﺭﻫﺎ؛ ﺣﻴﺚﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﳖﺎ ﱢ ﺍﳌﻘﺼـﻮﺩ ﺑـﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ :ﻗـﴫ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ •
ﺇﻥ ﳍﺎ ﺧ ﹼﹰﻄﺎ ﺑﺆﺭ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺯ ﹰﻳﺎ ﳌﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺑﺆﺭﻳﺔ .ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ .6-35 ﹸﺼﺤﺢ ﻋﺪﺳـﺎﺕ ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ،ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﺗ ﱢ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﺏ.
ﺍﻧﺘﺸـﺎﺭﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻭﻳـﺔ؛ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻠـﻚ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ
ﹰ ﻭﺍﻟﻨـﻮﻉ ﺍﻵﺧـﺮ ﺍﻷﻛﺜـﺮ
• ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤـﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﴫﻳـﺔ ﰲ ﺑﻌـﺾ
ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺷـﻔﺎﻓﺔ ﳏﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﲔ ﺳـﻄﺤﲔ ﻛﺮﻭﻳﲔ ،ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺷـﻜﺎﳍﺎ :ﳏﺪﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﲔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﴫﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ.
)ﳏﺪﺑﺔ( ،ﻭﻣﺴـﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﳏﺪﺑﺔ ،ﻭﳏﺪﺑﺔ ﻣﻘﻌﺮﺓ )ﻫﻼﻟﻴﺔ( ،ﻭﻣﻘﻌﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﲔ )ﻣﻘﻌﺮﺓ(،
ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻘﻌﺮﺓ .ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺆﺭﺓ ،ﺣﻴﺚ ﹸﲡ ﱢﻤﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ
• Lens • ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ
ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳـﺔ ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﻗﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﺣـﺪﺓ )ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ( ،ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬـﺎ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﳛﺮﻑ ﻫﺬﻩ • Convex lens • ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺤﺪﺑﺔ
ﺍﻷﺷـﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺒـﺪﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ )ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ( .ﻭﺳـﻨﺪﺭﺱ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﺠﻤﻌﺔ • Converging lens
ﱢ • ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ
ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻭﻳﺔ. • Principal axis • ﺍﳌﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ
• Concave lens • ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮﺓ
• Diverging lens ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻗﺔ
• ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﱢ
• Magnification • ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﲑ
• Real image • ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ
• Virtual image • ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ
• Inverted • ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺏ
80
6-36 a
a
b
Hand protection Eye safety Thermal safety Explosive
ElectricalHand
hazard
protection Harmful / Irritant
Eye safety BiologicalThermal
hazardssafety Flammable
Explosive
FirstElectrical
aid hazard Eye washHarmful
station/ Irritant Fire extinguisher
Biological hazards RadioactiveFlammable
safety
b
Sharp objects safety
First aid PoisonEye
safety
wash station Oxidizer
Fire extinguisher Corrosive
Radioactive safety
Hand protection Laser beamobjectsEye
Sharp safety
Hand protection
safety Thermal safety
Poison safety
Lab. coat Eye Ecological
safety OxidizerExplosive
hazards Thermal Carcinogenic
safety Corrosive Explosive
.2
First aid
Eye wash station
First aid
Fire extinguisher
Eye wash station
Radioactive
Firesafety
extinguisher
Radioactive safety
ﱢ
.3 ﹴ
ﺑـﲈﺩﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣـﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ؛ ﻭﺫﻟـﻚ ﻷﳖـﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣـﺎ ﹸﲢـﺎﻁlens
ﻓﺈﳖﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﲆ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ،ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺔ
.4 ﻭﺗ ﹼ. ﰲ ﻧﻘﻄـﺔ ﻭﺍﺣـﺪﺓ ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭﻫﺎPrincipal axis ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴـﺲ
ﹸﺴـﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﰲ
ﺃﺩﻕ ﹼ
ﻭﺃﺭﻕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺳـﻂ ﳑﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ؛ ﻷﳖﺎ ﹼConcave lens ﻋﺪﺳـﺔ ﻣﻘﻌﺮﺓ6-36b ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ
؛ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﳖﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﹸﲢﺎﻁ ﺑﲈﺩﺓDiverging lens ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﱢ ﹸﺴﻤﻰ ﹰ
ﻭﺗ ﹼ،ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﲔ
ﻓﺈﳖﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﲆ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ،ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ
.ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭﻫﺎ
ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆ ﺑﻤﺴـﺎﺭ.ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﺪﺳـﺔ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳـﻄﺤﻴﻬﺎ
ﻭﻟﺘﺴـﻬﻴﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ.ﺍﻷﺷـﻌﺔ ﺍﳌـﺎﺭﺓ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺳـﻨﻞ ﻭﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳـﺔ
ﻳﻤﺮ ﰲ،ﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﳌﺴـﺘﻮ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﳼ ﺍﳌﺴـﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻓﱰﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ
ﻼ ﰲ ﻣﺴـﺘﻮ ﹸﻳ ﹼ
.5 ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﲆ،ﺴﻤﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭ ﹸﻳ ﹼ.ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻭﻃﺮﻓﻴﻬﺎ
.ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﲨﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﺭﺳﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ
.6 ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮﺓ؟
ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺤﺪﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﹼ
.7 ،Magnification ،m ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻭﻳﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﲑMagnification
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﲑ ﻋﻤﻠ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺴـﺒﺔ.ﻣﺮﺓ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺴـﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭ ﹸﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻢ ﹼ
ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﻨﺪﺳـﺔ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺜـﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ.ﺑـﲔ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﺴـﻢ
.ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻭ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﱟ
81
6-3 a
do>2 f
2f>di>f
6-37a
2 f >do>f
di>2f +
6-37b
|f |>|di|> 0 do>0 - 2F F
ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ 2 F 2F
6-37d
h -d
m = ___i = ___i
ho do
ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﲑ c
ﻌﺮﻑ ﺗﻜﺒﲑ ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﻛﺮﻭﻳﺔ ﳉﺴﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺃﻧﻪ :ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻘﺴﻮ ﹰﻣﺎ ﻋﲆ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ.
ﹸﻳ ﹼ 2
ﻭﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻗﺴﻤﺔ ﺳﺎﻟﺐ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻋﲆ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ.
F 1
F
ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻋﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﳏﺪﺑﺔ ﻭﻣﻘﻌﺮﺓ ﹼ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﲔ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﲑ ،ﻭﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ di
ﻣﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ doﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺳﺔ .ﻭﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 6-37ﺭﺳﻮ ﹰﻣﺎ
ﲣﻄﻴـﻄﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺤﺪﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮﺓ .ﻭﻻﺣﻆ
d
ﺍﻟﺘﺸـﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﲔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉـﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ 6-1ﺍﳋـﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﳌﺮﺍﻳﺎ .ﻭﻛﲈ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻳﺎ ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳌﺴـﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ
ﺍﳌﺴـﺘﻮ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﳼ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺳـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺭﻱ .fﻭﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﻋﲆ ﺷﻜﻞ
ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﺩﲥﺎ .ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ.
ﻛﲈ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ Real image؛ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﴪﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ،ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﲨﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺳﺘﺎﺭ ،ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ
6-37
ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺻـﻮﺭﺓ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ ،Virtual imageﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﹼ
ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺟ ﹰﺒـﺎ .ﻛﲈ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﱡ
ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﴪﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ،ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﲨﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺳﺘﺎﺭ.
ﺩﺍﺋﲈ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﻧﻔﺴـﻪ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﳉﺴـﻢ ،ﳑﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ
ﺗﻜـﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺳـﺎﺕ ﹰ (a)
ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﺎﻟﺐ .ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺒﲑ (b)
ﺑـﲔ ﺻﻔـﺮ ﻭﻭﺍﺣﺪ .ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﲤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺒﲑ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ،ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ (c)
ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﺴـﺎﻡ .ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﲑ ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﻟﺐ ﻓﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺑﺔ Invertedﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴـﺒﺔ (d)
ﺻﻮﺭﺍ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ،ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺔ
ﹰ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮﺓ ﺗﻨﺘـﺞ
ﻟﻠﺠﺴـﻢ .ﻻﺣﻆ ﹰ
ﺻﻮﺭﺍ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ.
ﹰ ﺍﳌﺤﺪﺑﺔ
ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ؟
82
6-38
a b
a
Hand protection
Eye safety
Thermal safety
Explosive
b
ElectricalHand
hazard
protection
Harmful / Irritant
Eye safety
BiologicalThermal
hazardssafety
Flammable
Explosive
FirstElectrical
aid hazard
Eye washHarmful
station/ Irritant
Fire extinguisher
Biological hazards
RadioactiveFlammable
safety
F
Sharp objects safety
First aid PoisonEye
safety
wash station Oxidizer
Fire extinguisher Corrosive
Radioactive safety
Hand protection Laser beamobjectsEye safety Thermal safety OxidizerExplosive
Convexlensesandrealimages
Electrical hazard Laser Harmful / Irritant hazard Lab.Biological
beam Electrical hazards/ Irritant
coat Harmful Flammable
Ecological hazards
Biological hazardsCarcinogenic Flammable
First aid
.2
Eye wash station
First aid
Fire extinguisher
Eye wash station
Radioactive
Firesafety
extinguisher
Radioactive safety
ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻛﺲ ،ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ.
ﺃﻣـﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﹸﻭﺿـﻊ ﺍﳉﺴـﻢ ﻋﲆ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﺴـﺎﻭﻱ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺔ ﻋﻨـﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ،2F
ﻛـﲈ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ ،6-40ﻓـﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨـﺪ ،2Fﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﳉﺴـﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪﺍﻥ
ﻧﻔﺴـﺎﳘﺎ ﺑﺴـﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﲈﺛﻞ .ﻟﺬﺍ ﺗﺴـﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﺳـﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻧـﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳉﺴـﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ
ﻣـﻦ ﺿﻌـﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻌـﺪ ﺍﻟﺒـﺆﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺳـﺔ ﻓﺴـﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼـﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺼ ﱠﻐـﺮﺓ .ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﺴـﻢ ﺑـﲔ
Fﻭ ،2Fﻓﺴﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﹼ
ﻣﻜﱪﺓ.
3
ﻭﺿﻊ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻋﲆ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ 32.0 cmﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﳏﺪﺑﺔ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ،8.0 cmﻓﺘﻜﻮﻧﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ
ﻋﲆ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ . 11.0 cm
.aﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﺒﲑ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ؟
1 .bﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ،3.0 cmﻓﲈ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ؟
di
.cﻣﺎ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ؟
ho 2
1
F 2F
F
ﻭﻋﲔ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﱟ
ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ. ﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ،ﹼ
2F hi
ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻋﲔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﲔ.
do
? = hi do = 32.0 cm ،ho = 3.0 cm
di = 11.0 cm ،f = 8.0 cm
2
h -d
m = ___i = ____i .aﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﲑ.
ho do
-11.0 cm
________ =
do=32.0cmdi=11.0cm
32.0 cm
=- 0.34 ﺍﻹﺷـﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺒﲑ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ
ﻭﺍﺣﺪ؛ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺼ ﱠﻐﺮﺓ.
84
.bﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﲑ ﻭﺣﻞ ﻹﳚﺎﺩ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ.
h -d
m = ___i = ____i
ho do
-d h
_____ = hi
i o
do
d = 11 cm ،ho = 3.0 cm ،do = 32.0 cm
-(11 )cm)(3.0 cm
_______________ =
32.0 cm i
ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﳉﺴـﻢ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺳـﺔ ﳏﺪﺑﺔ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴـﺔ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻃﻮﳍﺎ ﱠ .27
1.8 cmﻋﲆ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ 10.4 cmﻣﻨﻬﺎ .ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ 2.0 ×101 cm
ﻓﲈ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ؟ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﺒﲑ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ؟
6-41
ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻧﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ
ﻭﺿﻊ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﳏﺪﺑﺔ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ،25 mmﹼ .28
ﺣﺠﻤﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ .ﻣﺎ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ؟
Convexlensesandvirtualimages
ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﺟﺴﻢ ﰲ ﺑﺆﺭﺓ ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﳏﺪﺑﺔ ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺳﺘﻨﻜﴪ ﰲ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻭﻻ ﹼ
ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻪ .ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﱰﺏ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﳼ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺗﻨﺤﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﻭﺗﺘﺸﺘﹼﺖ
ﰲ ﺍﲡـﺎﻩ ﺍﳉﺎﻧـﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺳـﺔ ،ﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺷـﻌﺔ
2
ﻟﻠﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻛﺄﳖﺎ ﻗﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻘﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
F 1
ﻭﻣﻜﱪﺓ.
ﹼ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ،ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ ،ﻭﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﺔ
ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ 6-41ﻛﻴﻒ ﱢ
ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺔ ﺍﳌﺤﺪﹼ ﺑﺔ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ
F
do
ﱠ
di
ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴـﺔ .ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣـﺎ ﻳﻜـﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﺴـﻢ ﺑـﲔ Fﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺔ ﻳﺼـﻞ
ﺍﻟﺸـﻌﺎﻉ 1ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺯ ﹰﻳـﺎ ﺍﳌﺤـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴـﺲ ،ﻭﻳﻨﻜﴪ
85
ﻣـﺎﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺒـﺆﺭﺓ .Fﺃ ﹼﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺸـﻌﺎﻉ 2ﻓﻴﻨﺘﻘـﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻤﺔ ﺍﳉﺴـﻢ ،ﻭﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﳑﺎﺛـﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
ﹼﹰ
ﻭﻳﺒـﲔ ﺍﳋﻂ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ
ﻳﺴـﻠﻜﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺑـﺪﺃ ﻣﻦ Fﰲ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﳉﺴـﻢ .ﹼ
Fﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺴـﻢ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺮﺳـﻢ ﺍﻟﺸـﻌﺎﻉ ،2ﺣﻴﺚ ﳜﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ 2ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺯ ﹰﻳﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ
ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ .ﻭﻳﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻋﺎﻥ 1ﻭ 2ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﳜﺮﺟﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ .ﻟﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ
ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ .ﺇﻥ ﺭﺳـﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﺸـﻌﺎﻋﲔ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﴪﻳﻦ ﻟﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻌﻬﲈ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻱ
ﳛـﺪﹼ ﺩ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ ،ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺔ ﻧﻔﺴـﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ
ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ
ﻭﻣﻜﱪﺓ .ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﹼ
ﹼ ﺍﳉﺴـﻢ ،ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﺔ
ﻳﻤﺮ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﹼ
ﻓﻌﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ. ﲤﺮ ﹰﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﹼ
ﺻﻮﺭﺍ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ؟
ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﹰ
ﺻﻮﺭﺍ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ؟ ﻭﻣﺘﻰ ﱢ
ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺤﺪﺑﺔ ﹰ
ﻣﺘﻰ ﱢ
ﻭﺿﻌـﺖ ﺻﺤﻴﻔـﺔ ﻋـﲆ ﹸﺑﻌـﺪ 6.0 cmﻣـﻦ ﻋﺪﺳـﺔ ﳏﺪﺑـﺔ ﺑﻌﺪﻫـﺎ ﺍﻟﺒـﺆﺭﻱ .29
ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻧـﺖ ﺻـﻮﺭﺓ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﲆ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ .8.6 cmﺍﺭﺳـﻢ ﳐﻄﻂ ﺍﻷﺷـﻌﺔ
،20.0 cmﱠ
ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ،ﻭﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﻜﺒﲑﻫﺎ.
ﻜﱪﺓ
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎ 2.0 cmﻋﲆ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ 3.4 cmﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺳـﺔ ﹸﻣ ﱢ .30
ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ،12.0 cmﻓﺘﻜﻮﻧﺖ ﳍﺎ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﲆ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ،4.7 cmﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ
ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ.
6-42
86
ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺷـﻌﺔ ﲣﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺔ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ .ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ
ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﺔ ﻭﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ )ﻣﺼ ﹼﻐﺮﺓ( .ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻋﻦ ﹰ
ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ،ﻛﲈ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮﺓ ﺳﺎﻟ ﹰﺒﺎ.
6-44
a
a b
b
87
ﻭﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 6-44bﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺪﺳـﺔ ﻣﻘﻌﺮﺓ ،ﳍﲈ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼ ﺍﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺎﻥ .ﱢ
ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺳـﺎﺕ .ﻓﻜﻠﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺘﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﺸﺘﹼﺖ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺘﹼﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﹸﺴ ﱢﺒﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ
ﻭﳜﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺤﺪﺑﺔ ﻳﻠﻐﻴﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺸـﺘﹼﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﹸﺴـ ﱢﺒﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮﺓ .ﹸ
ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ. ﺍﳌﺤﺪﺑﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﹼ
ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﻏﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻭﻏﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﲏ؟
88
ElectricalHand
hazard
protection Harmful / Irritant
Eye safety BiologicalThermal
hazardssafety Flammable
Explosive
ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣـﺎ ﺗﺮﲣﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻀﻼﺕ ﺗﱰﻛﱠـﺰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳉﺴـﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﲆ.ﺍﻟﺒﻌـﺪ ﺍﻟﺒـﺆﺭﻱ ﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﲔ
FirstElectrical
aid hazard Eye washHarmful
station/ Irritant Fire extinguisher
Biological hazards RadioactiveFlammable
safety
Hand protection
EyeSharp
safetyobjects safety
First aid
PoisonEye
Thermal safety safety
wash station ExplosiveOxidizer
Fire extinguisher
Corrosive
Radioactive safety
ﳑﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ، ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻀﻼﺕ ﻳﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺳﺔ.ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ
.ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ
.1
Electrical hazard Hand protection
Harmful / Irritant
Laser beamobjectsEye
Sharp safety
Hand protection
Biological
safety hazards Thermal safety
Poison safety
Lab. coat Eye Ecological
safety
Flammable OxidizerExplosive
hazards Thermal Carcinogenic
safety Corrosive Explosive
ﹸﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻴﻮﻥ
ﻻ ﺗ ﱢNearsightedness and farsightedness
.ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻔﻬﺎ
ﺻﻮﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺸـﺒﻜﻴﺔ؛ ﺇﺫ ﹼ
ﹰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ
First aid Electrical
Eyehazard
wash station Laser Harmful / Irritant
beam Fire hazard Lab.Biological
extinguisher hazards/ Irritant
coat Radioactive safety Flammable
Electrical Harmful Ecological hazards
Biological hazardsCarcinogenic Flammable
.2
؛Nearsightedness ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﴫ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ6-46a ﻭﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﱢ.ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻟﺘﻘﻊ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ
ﳑﺎ ﻻ،ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻌﲔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻌﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻤﺔ
Sharp objectsLab.
safety Poison safety
Oxidizer Corrosive
Laser beam coat Ecological
Sharp hazards
objects safety Carcinogenic
Poison safety Oxidizer Corrosive
Laser beam
Lab. coat
Laser beam
Ecological
hazards
Lab. coat
Carcinogenic
Ecological hazards
Carcinogenic
ﻭﺗﹸﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﺪﺳﺎﺕ. ﻓﺘﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ،ﻳﻤﻜﱢﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺸـﺒﻜﻴﺔ
.3
ﻟـﺬﺍ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ،6-46c ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ ﻣﻘﻌـﺮﺓ ﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻛﲈ ﱢ
5 cm
. ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ،ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ
12 V100 W ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱFarsightedness ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ6-46b ﻭﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﱢ
.4 ، ﻓﺘﺘﺸﻜﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ،ﻟﻠﻌﲔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻌﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻤﺔ
ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺻﻼﺑﺔ ﻋﺪﺳﺎﺕ، ﻋﺎ ﹰﻣﺎ45 ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻟﻸﺷﺨـﺎﺹ ﻓـﻮﻕ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻭﲢﺪﺙ ﺣـﺎﻟﺔ ﳑﺎﺛـﻠﺔ ﹰ
ﻭﻻ ﺗﺴـﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻀﻼﺕ ﺗﻘﺼﲑ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊـﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭ،ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨـﲔ
.5 ﺗﻜﻮﻥ
ﻭﺗﹸﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﺪﺳـﺎﺕ ﳏﺪﺑﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺐ؛ ﺇﺫ ﱢ.ﺍﻷﺟﺴـﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ
ﻓﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ،6-46d ﻳﺒـﲔ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ ﻛﲈ ﱢ،ﺻـﻮﺭﺍ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴـﺔ ﺃﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﺴـﺎﻣﻬﺎ
ﹰ
ﻭﻣﻦ ﹶﺛﻢ ﹼ،ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﲔ
.ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ
ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﻗﴫ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ؟ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﹸﻳﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﹼ
ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﲈ؟
.6
a b
.7
5 c d
.8
6
.9
65 6-46
c a
d
b
89
ﻋﻨﺪﻣـﺎ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻀـﻮﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﲔ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﺍﺟـﻪ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳍـﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﻧﻴﺔ .ﻓﺈﺫﺍ
ﺩﺧﻞ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺿﻮﺀ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﲔ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ 30°ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ
ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ،ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻧﻴﺔ 1.4ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ ،ﻓﺄﺟﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
30.0O .1ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺳﻨﻞ ﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ.
θ2 .2ﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻳﺴﺒﺢ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ؟
.3ﺃﳞﲈ ﺃﻛﱪ :ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺃﻡ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ؟ ﻭﻫﻞ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲢﺖ
ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺃﻡ ﺃﺑﻌﺪ ﳑﺎ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ؟
.4ﻟـﻮ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜـﻮﻥ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭ ﻟﺸـﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀـﻮﺀ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻣﺴـﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﳍﺎ ﻛﲈ ﰲ
ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ،ﻓﻜﻢ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ؟
C18-21A-845813
Final
Refractingtelescopes
ﻭﻳﺒﲔ
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﴎ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺗﻜﺒﲑ ﺻﻮﺭﻫﺎ .ﱢ
ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ 6-47ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﴫﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻠﺮﻱ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻮﻡ
ﻭﺍﻷﺟﺴـﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﻌﻴـﺪﹰ ﺍ ﺟﺪﹼﹰ ﺍ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺷـﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ .ﻭﺗﺪﺧﻞ
ﻭﺗﺘﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﻮﺻﻔﻬﺎ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﺆﺭﺓ
ﹼ ﺃﺷـﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸـﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺤﺪﺑﺔ،
ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺔ ﺍﻟﺸـﻴﺌﻴﺔ ،ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺴـﻢ .ﺛﻢ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻤﻨﺰﻟﺔ
ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺤﺪﺑﺔ .ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺑﺆﺭﺓ
ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﺔ
ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﺆﺭﲥﺎ .ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﹼ
ﻭﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﻴﺔ .ﻭﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ
ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺑﺔ .ﻭﻳﻌﺪﹼ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻻﹰ ﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻜﻴﺔ.
ﺩﺍﺋـﲈ .ﻭﺗﻌﻤـﻞ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﺪﺳـﺎﺕ ﻋﻴﻨﻴـﺔ ﳏﺪﺑـﺔ ﻻﻟﻮﻧﻴـﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﻈـﺎﺭ ﹰ
ﻫـﺬﻩ ﻋـﲆ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﺤﻴﻄـﺔ ،ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺨ ﹼﻠﺺ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﻏﺎﻥ ﺍﻟ ﹼﻠﻮﲏ ﺍﳌﺘﺸـﻜﹼﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ.
90
Hand protection Eye safety Thermal safety Explosive
ElectricalHand
hazard
protection Harmful / Irritant
Eye safety BiologicalThermal
hazardssafety Flammable
Explosive
FirstElectrical
aid hazard Eye washHarmful
station/ Irritant Fire extinguisher
Biological hazards RadioactiveFlammable
safety
Sharp objects safety
First aid
PoisonEye
safety
wash station
Oxidizer
Fire extinguisher
Corrosive
Radioactive safety
.2
First aid
Eye wash station
First aid
Fire extinguisher
Eye wash station
Radioactive
Firesafety
extinguisher
Radioactive safety
Binoculars
Laser beam Lab. coat Ecological hazards Carcinogenic
.3
6-48 ﻭﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ
ﱢ.ﻣﻜﱪﺓ ﻟﻸﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ
ﺻﻮﺭﺍ ﹼ
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﺎﺭ ـ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﴎـ ﹰ
ﱢ
ﺻﻐﲑﺍ ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﹰ ﻭﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﻛﻞ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﺎﺭ ﺗﻠﺴﻜﻮ ﹰﺑﺎ.ﺗﺼﻤﻴﲈ ﳌﻨﻈﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺟﻲ
ﹰ
.4 ﺛﻢ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﹶﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎﻥ، ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺑﺔ،ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺤﺪﹼ ﺑﺔ
ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﺔ،ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﲇ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﲇ ﻟﻴﻘﻠﺒﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮ
ﻭﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﱃ ﺇﻃﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻭﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﻴﺔ.ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ
ﻓﺈﻥ،ﺗﺰﻭﺩﻙ ﺍﳌﺴـﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻚ ﺑﺈﺣﺴـﺎﺱ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻖ ﻭﻛﲈ ﱢ.ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻈﺎﺭ
.5
ﳛﺴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ
ﳑﹼﺎ ﹼ،ﺍﳌﻨﺸـﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﻳﺆﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺌﻴﺘﲔ
.ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﺎﺭ
Cameras
. ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﴫﻱ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺁﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻛﺴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓ6-49a ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﱢ
ﻭﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ. ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﺮ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﻻﻟﻮﻧﻴﺔ،ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺁﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ
.6 ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ
ﹼ ، ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﹸﺸـﺒﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﺪﺳـﺔ ﳏﺪﺑﺔ ﻣﻔﺮﺩﺓ،ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﲆ ﻛﴪ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ
54 ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻩ، ﻭﺗﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻋﲆ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻮﺭ.ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻛﺴﺔ
.7
a b
.8
6-49
91
ba
ﺇﱃ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻭﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻋﲔ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪ .ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﳛﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺁﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ
ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻀﻐﻂ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ،ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﻓﱰﺓ ﻭﺟﻴﺰﺓ ،ﻛﲈ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ .6-49bﻭﺑﺪﻝ
ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ.
ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻮﺭ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﰲ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﹼ
Microscopes
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﺮ ﻋﺪﺳـﺘﺎﻥ ﳏﺪﺑﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻜﻲ ،ﺇﺣﺪﺍﳘﺎ ﺷﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﺔ .ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻭﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 6-50ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﴫﻱ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺠﻬﺮ ﰲ ﻣﺸـﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﺴـﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ .ﱢ
ﺗﻜﻮﺭﻫﺎ، ﺍﳌﺠﻬﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﹼﺐ ،ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﳉﺴـﻢ ﰲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺑﺆﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺔ ﺍﻟﺸـﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﹼ
ﻭﻣﻜﱪﺓ .ﺛﻢ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻤﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﻴﺔ؛ﹼ ﻓﺘﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺑﺔ
ﹼ
ﻭﻣﻜﱪﺓ
ﹼ ﻓﺘﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﺔ
ﹼ ﺇﺫ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺴـﻢ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﺆﺭﲥﺎ،
ﻣﻜﱪﺓ ﺟﺪﹼﹰ ﺍ.
ﻛﻮﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺌﻴﺔ .ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﱠﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﹼ
92
6-3
ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﹶ
ﺸـﺎﻫﺪ ﹸﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﺴﻜﻮﺏ .37 ﺍﳌﻜﱪﺓ ﻋـﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ
ﺗﹸﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺎﺕ ﹼ .31
ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺑﺔ؟ ﺃﻳﻀـﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ
ﺻـﻮﺭ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﺴـﺎﻡ ،ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﹰ
ﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﺎﺭ؟ .38 ﻭﺿﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ. ﺻﻮﺭﺍ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ .ﹼ
ﹰ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ
ﹼ
ﺍﻓـﱰﺽ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺭﻛﱠﺰﺕ ﺁﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ .39 .32ﻭﺿﻊ ﺟﺴـﻢ ﻃﻮﻟـﻪ 3.0 cm
ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻋﲆ ﺷـﺨﺺ ﻳﺒﻌﺪ ،2 mﺛﻢ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺗﹸﺮﻛﱢﺰﻫﺎ ﻋـﲆ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ 2.0 cmﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺳـﺔ ﳏﺪﺑـﺔ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ
ﻳﺘﻌـﲔ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ
ﻋـﲆ ﺷـﺠﺮﺓ ﺃﺑﻌﺪ ﻣـﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ،ﻓﻬـﻞ ﱠ .6.0 cmﺍﺭﺳـﻢ ﳐ ﹼﻄـﻂ ﺍﻷﺷـﻌﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳـﺪ ﻣﻮﻗـﻊ
ﲢﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻗﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﺃﻡ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﹰ ﺍ ﻋﻨﻪ؟ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻃﻮﳍﺎ.
ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳـﻤﺤﺖ ﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺃﺑﻴـﺾ ﺑﺎﳌﺮﻭﺭ .40 ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ 6-51ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﴈ
ﹼ .33
ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﺪﺳـﺔ ﳏﺪﺑﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ،ﻭﺿﺒﻄﺖ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ:
ﻷﺭﺑﻊ ﻋﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺭﻗﻴﻘﺔ .ﹼ
ﻟﺘﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﲪﺮ ،ﻓﻔﻲ ﺃﻱ
ﹼ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ . aﳏﺪﺑﺔ )ﻻ ﹼﻣﺔ(؟
ﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ؟ﲢﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﺘ ﹸ ﱢ
ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﹼ )ﻣﻔﺮﻗﺔ(؟
. bﻣﻘﻌﺮﺓ ﹼ
ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺪﺳـﺔ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻣـﻦ ﻏﻄﺎﺀﻱ .41
ﺳـﺎﻋﺘﲔ ﺯﺟﺎﺟﻴﲔ ،ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﺎﺀ .ﺍﻧﺴـﺦ
ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ 6-52ﰲ ﺩﻓﱰﻙ ،ﻭﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ
ﰲ ﺃﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ.
1 2 3 4
6-51
C18-17A-845813
ﺍﻟﺒﺴـﻴﻄﺔ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺯﻭﻏﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺳـﺎﺕ .34
Final
ﻓﴪ ﺫﻟﻚ .ﳌـﺎﺫﺍ ﻻ ﺗﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﺮ ﻟﻮﲏ .ﱢ
ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺮﻭﺳﻜﻮﺏ )ﺍﳌﺠﻬﺮ(؟
ﻓـﴪ ﳌـﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﹸﻌـﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻧﻴـﺔ ﻋﻨـﴫ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴـﻊ
ﹼ .35
6-52 ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ ﻟﻸﺷﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﲔ؟
ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺤﺪﺑـﺔ ﺃﻡ ﺍﳌﻘﻌـﺮﺓ
ﹼ .36
ﻳﻨﺒﻐـﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸـﺨﺺ ﺍﳌﺼـﺎﺏ ﺑﻘـﴫ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ؟ ﻭﺃﳞﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺏ
ﺑﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ؟
93
ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻨﺤﺮف اﻟﻀﻮء؟
n1 ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲢﺪﺙ ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺀ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭﻩθ2 ﻳﺼﻒ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺳﻨﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ
n1 sin θ1 = n2 sin θ2 : ﺣﻴﺚ،n2 ﺇﱃ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺷﻔﺎﻑ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭﻩ
ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻥ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻀـﻮﺀ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﻟﴪﻋﺘـﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ،1 ﺇﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻣـﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﻳﺴـﺎﻭﻱ
ﻭﺣﻴﺜﲈ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺳـﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴـﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺀ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺳﻨﻞ.1 ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﻳﺴـﺎﻭﻱ
n2 = sin θ1/sin θ2 :ﺒﺴﻂ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄﹸﻳ ﹼ
ﺛﻢ ﲢﺴﺐ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺳﺘﻘﻴﺲ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﰲ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻼﺕ ﺯﺟﺎﺟﻲ ﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ
.ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ
ﺃﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ؟،ﻫﻞ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺘﻐﲑ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ
ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ، ﺿﻊ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺟﻲ ﰲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔ.1 ﳐ ﹼﻄﻂ ﺍﻷﺷـﻌﺔ ﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻪ �
Hand protection
Eye safety
Thermal safety
Explosive
ﹰ
ElectricalHand
hazard
protection Harmful / Irritant
Eye safety BiologicalThermal
hazardssafety Flammable
Explosive
،A ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ
ﺍﳉﺎﻧـﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻟﻠﺨﻂ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻛﲈ ﻫﻮ ﱠ
Hand protection Laser
beamobjectsEye
Sharp safety
Hand protection
safety
Thermal safety
Poison safety
Lab. coat
Eye Ecological
safety
OxidizerExplosive
hazards Thermal Carcinogenic
safety Corrosive
Explosive
ﻭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﲆ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﳋﻂ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﱢ.N1 ﻭﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ � ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻣﻄﻔﺄ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ
.ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺼﻠﻪ
Laser beam
Lab. coat Ecological
hazards
Carcinogenic
Laser beam Lab. coat Ecological hazards Carcinogenic
N1
A
θ1
ﺩﺑﻮﺳﺎﻥ، ﻣﻨﻘﻠﺔ، ﻣﺴﻄﺮﺓ ﻣﱰﻳﺔ،ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻼﺕ ﺯﺟﺎﺟﻲ
B
، ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺿﻮﺋﻲ، ﻗﻠﻢ ﺭﺻﺎﺹ، ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻀﺎﺀ،ﻣﺴـﺘﻘﻴﲈﻥ
.ﺃﻗﻼﻡ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﻦ
θ2
N2 θ 2'
A
N 2'
D
94
θ2 θ2 θ1
n2 sin θ2 sin θ1
)(° )(° )(°
30 1
2
3
4
5
6
.1ﺍﺣﺴـﺐ sin θ1ﻭ sin θ2ﻟـﻜﻞ ﳏﺎﻭﻟـﺔ،
obeikaneducation.com
ﻭﺳﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﰲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ.
ﹼ
ﻭﺳﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﰲ
ﹼ .2ﺍﺣﺴـﺐ n2ﻟﻜﻞ ﳏﺎﻭﻟﺔ.
ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ.
95
Adaptive Optical Systems
96
Reflection and mirrors 6-1
ﻭﻓﻖ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺼﻨﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﻋﻨﺪ • ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ •
ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺼﻨﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ. ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ •
ﹸﻳﻄ ﱠﺒﻖ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺴـﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﳋﺸﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴـﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﳌﺼﻘﻮﻟﺔ ،ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ •
ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ •
ﺍﳋﺸﻦ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ،ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﺗﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻣﺸﺘﹼﺘﺔ.
ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ •
ﺩﺍﺋﲈ ،ﻭﺣﺠﻤﻬﺎ ﻳﺴـﺎﻭﻱ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳉﺴـﻢ ﻧﻔﺴـﻪ ،ﻭﳍﺎ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺗﻜﻮﳖﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﳌﺴـﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﺧﻴﺎﻟ ﹼﻴﺔ ﹰ
ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﹼ •
ﺍﳉﺴﻢ •
ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ،ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ.
ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ •
ﺗﻜﻮﳖﺎ ﻣﺮﺁﺓ ﻛﺮﻭ ﹼﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺷﻌﺎﻋﲔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ، ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﹼ •
ﻣﺮﺁﺓ ﻣﻘﻌﺮﺓ •
ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻋﲔ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺴﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩﳞﲈ ﻫﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ.
ﹸﻌﱪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ،ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻜﺒﲑ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ. ﳎﻤﻌﺔﻣﺮﺁﺓ ﱢ •
ﺗ ﹼ •
ﹸﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮﺓ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻘﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ. ﺗ ﱢ • ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ •
ﹸﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮﺓ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ. ﺗ ﹼ • ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ •
ﺩﺍﺋﲈ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﺔ ﻭﻣﺼﻐﺮﺓ. ﹸﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﳌﺤﺪﺑﺔ ﹰ
ﺗ ﹼ • ﻣﺮﺁﺓ ﳏﺪﺑﺔ •
ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻳﺎ ﰲ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺑﺄﺣﺠﺎﻡ ﻭﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ • ﻣﻔﺮﻗﺔ
ﻣﺮﺁﺓ ﱢ •
ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﺒﺔ .ﻭ ﹸﻳﻌﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﺴﻜﻮﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﻴﻮ ﹰﻋﺎ ﳌﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﱰﺍﻛﻴﺐ.
Refraction and dispersion 6-2
ﻳﻨﺤﺮﻑ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺫﻱ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ n1ﺇﱃ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭﻩ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ .n2 • ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ •
ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ •
ﺃﻱ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ .n ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ cﺇﱃ ﴎﻋﺘﻪ ﰲ ﹼ •
ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ •
ﻳﻨﺺ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺳﻨﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻋﲆ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﴐﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺟﻴﺐ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ •
ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺳﻨﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ •
ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﴐﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﲏ ﰲ ﺟﻴﺐ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ. ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ •
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭﻩ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻭﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ ،θc • ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﲇ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﲇ •
ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﺎ ﻛﻠ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻠ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻴﻪ ،ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﺬ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ.
ﹰ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻳﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ •
Lenses and vision correction 6-3
ﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﲑ mﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﹸﻋ ﹼﺮﻑ ﲠﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﲑ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺮﺁﺓ. ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ •
ﹸﻳ ﱠ •
ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺤﺪﺑﺔ •
ﹸﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺤﺪﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ،ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺗ ﱢ •
ﺍﳌﺠﻤﻌﺔ
ﱢ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ •
ﻣﻜﱪﺓ ﻭﻓ ﹰﻘﺎ ﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ.
ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺼ ﹼﻐﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﹼ ﺍﳌﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ •
ﻭﻣﻜﱪﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ. ﹼ ﹸﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺤﺪﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﺔ
ﺗ ﱢ • ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮﺓ •
ﺩﺍﺋﲈ ،ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﺔ ﻭﻣﺼ ﹼﻐﺮﺓ. ﺻﻮﺭﺍ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﹰ
ﹰ ﹸﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮﺓ
ﺗ ﱢ • ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻗﺔ
ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﱢ •
ﻟﻮﲏ ،ﻭﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﳍﺎ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻛﺮﻭﻳﺔ ﳍﺎ ﺯﻭﻏﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﻭﻱ. ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﳍﺎ ﺯﻭﻏﺎﻥ ﹼ • ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﲑ •
ﹸﻳﻌﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﲇ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ ﻋﻦ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﲔ. • ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ •
ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﴫﻳﺔ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﲆ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻟﻸﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ. • ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ •
ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺏ •
97
ﳐﺼﺼﺔ
ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﹸﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻳـﺎ ﺍﳌﺤﺪﹼ ﺑﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺃﳖﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﻳﺎ ﹼ .52
ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻠﻒ؟ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎﺕ .42
ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﳌﺤﺪﺑﺔ؟ .53 ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ :ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺑﺔ ،ﻣﻜﱪﺓ ،ﻣﺼ ﹼﻐﺮﺓ ،ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ.
ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴـﻘﻮﻁ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ .54
ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ
ﺻﻔﺮﺍ.
ﹰ
ﻣـﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ ﳛﺪﹼ ﺩ ﻣﻮﻗـﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺳـﺔ ،ﻏﲑ .57
ﺗﻘﻮﺱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ؟ ﹼ ﻛﻴﻒ ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻢ؟ .43
ﻋﻨـﺪ ﻋـﺮﺽ ﺻـﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺂﻟﺔ ﻋـﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻋﲆ ﺷﺎﺷـﺔ، .58
ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﹸﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ "ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ"؟ .44
ﱠ
ﻓـﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﺑﲔ Fﻭ 2Fﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺔ ﱢ
ﳎﻤﻌﺔ .ﻭ ﹸﻳﻨﺘﺞ
ﺗﻜﻮﳖﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ؟
ﺃﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﹼ .45
ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﱰﺗﻴﺐ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺑﺔ ،ﻓﻠﲈﺫﺍ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺸـﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ
ﺻﻒ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ .46
ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻻﹰ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ؟
ﺗﻜﻮﳖﺎ.
ﱢ
ﻭﺿـﺢ ﳌـﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﴫﻳـﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘـﺔ
ﹼ .59
ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﹼ ﺎﺳـﺎ ﺟـﺪﹼﹰ ﺍ
ﺣﺴ ﹰ
ﻓﻴﻠـﲈ ﻓﻮﺗﻮﺟﺮﺍﻓ ﹼﹰﻴـﺎ ﹼ
ﻳﻌﺘﻘـﺪ ﻃﺎﻟـﺐ ﺃﻥ ﹰ .47
ﺍﻟﻼﻟﻮﻧﻴﺔ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨـﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺸـﻒ ﻋـﻦ ﺍﻟﺼـﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﻟﻴـﺔ ،ﻓﻮﺿـﻊ
ﻣـﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻜـﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻫـﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒـﺆﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻌﲔ .60
ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ .ﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﰲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﹼ
ﻗﺼـﲑﺍ ﺟـﺪﹼﹰ ﺍ ﺑﺤﻴـﺚ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨـﻪ ﲡﻤﻴـﻊ ﺍﻟﻀـﻮﺀ ﻋﲆ
ﹰ ﻭﺿﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ.ﻳﻨﺠﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ؟ ﹼ
ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ؟
ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺃﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ؟ .48
ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﺎﺭ
ﹼ ﻣﺎ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ .61
ﻣـﺎ ﺍﳋﻠﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﲨﻴـﻊ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻭﻳﺔ .49
ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﴎ؟
ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮﺓ؟ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﺒﻪ؟
ﳌـﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺴـﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺸـﻴﺌﻴﺘﲔ ﰲ .62
ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻧﺼﻒ ﹸﻗﻄﺮ ﺗﻜﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮﺓ ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ .50
ﺃﻣﺮﺍ ﻧﺎﻓ ﹰﻌﺎ؟
ﺍﳌﻨﻈﺎﺭ ﹰ
ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ؟
ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻛﺴﺔ ﰲ ﺁﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ؟ .63
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺮﺁﺓ ﻛﺮﻭﻳﺔ، .51
ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﻜﺒﲑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ؟
6-54
100
ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺿﻮﺋﻲ ﻋﲆ ﺯﺟﺎﺝ ﻣﺴ ﱠﻄﺢ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ .89 ﻳﻘﻒ ﻃﺎﻟـﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻣـﺮﺁﺓ ﳏﺪﺑﺔ .85
ﺣﻮﺽ ﺳﻤﻚ ،ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ˚ 40.0ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺑﻴـﺖ ﺍﻷﻟﻌـﺎﺏ ،ﻓﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺗـﻪ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﻄﻮﻝ
ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ .ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ ،n =1.50 .0.60 mﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﻜﺒﲑ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ،__31ﻓﲈ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ؟
ﻓﺎﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ: ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺴـﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ ،6-58 ﹼ ﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ .86
.aﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ. ﻣﺒﻴﻨﹰﺎ ﻫﻞ ﻫـﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﻡ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ ،ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﺔ؟
ﻭﻫﻞ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻗﴫ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺃﻡ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻨﻪ؟
.bﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ.
ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ،6-2ﻭﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭ .90
ﺍﻷﳌﺎﺱ ﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻓﻴﻪ.
ﺍﺭﺟـﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉـﺪﻭﻝ ،6-2ﻭﺃﻭﺟـﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳـﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ .91
C F
ﻟﻸﳌﺎﺱ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ.
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺳﻤﻴﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ .92 6-58
،n =1.500ﰲ ﺻﻨﻊ ﺣﻮﺽ ﺳـﻤﻚ ،ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺲ
ﺿﻮﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻤﻜﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻘﻂ ﻋﲆ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﹸﲨﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺠﻢ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﺮﺁﺓ .87
ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ˚ ،35.0ﻓﲈ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻘﻌﺮﺓ .ﻣﺎ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﺼﻒ
ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ؟ ﺗﻜﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ 150 cm؟ﻗﻄﺮ ﹼ
6-2
ﻭﺿـﻊ ﻣﺼـﺪﺭ ﺿـﻮﺀ ﰲ .93
ﻗـﺎﻉ ﺣﻮﺽ ﺳـﺒﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﲆ ﻋﻤـﻖ 2.0 mﻣﻦ ﺳـﻄﺢ ﻳﻨﺘﻘـﻞ ﺷـﻌﺎﻉ ﺿـﻮﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺳـﺎﺋﻞ ﻣـﺎ ،ﻛﲈ ﰲ .88
ﺍﳌـﺎﺀ ،ﻭﻳﺒﻌـﺪ ﻋـﻦ ﻃـﺮﻑ ﺍﳊـﻮﺽ 1.5 mﻛـﲈ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ ،6-59ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺴـﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﺸـﻌﺎﻉ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ
ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ˚ ،30.0ﻭﻳﻨﻜﴪ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ˚.22.0
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ .6-60ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﻮﺽ ﳑﻠﻮ ﹰﺀﺍ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻤﺘﻪ.
.aﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺳﻨﻞ.
.aﻣـﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺼﻞ ﻓﻴﻬـﺎ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻃﺮﻑ
ﺧﺎﺭﺟﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ؟
ﹰ ﺍﳌﺴﺒﺢ .bﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﺴﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ
ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ،5-1ﻭﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ؟
.bﻫﻞ ﺗـﺆﺩﻱ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﲠـﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻩ
ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻋﻤﻖ ﺃﻡ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻋﻤ ﹰﻘﺎ ﳑﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ؟
2m
1.5 m
6-59
6-60
101
ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ 1 ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧـﺖ ﴎﻋـﺔ ﺍﻟﻀـﻮﺀ ﰲ ﺑﻼﺳـﺘﻴﻚ ﺷـﻔﺎﻑ .94
ﺍﳉﺴﻢ
ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ2
.1.90× 10 8 m/sﻭﺳـﻘﻂ ﺷـﻌﺎﻉ ﺿـﻮﺀ ﻋـﲆ
2F F F 2F ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳـﺘﻴﻚ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳـﺔ ˚ ،22.0ﻓﲈ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ
ﻳﻨﻜﴪ ﲠﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ؟
6-61
6-3
ﻭﺿﻊ ﺟﺴـﻢ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ 3.0 cmﻋـﲆ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ 15 cmﺃﻣﺎﻡ .95
ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻧﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻋﲆ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ 10 cm
ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ،ﹼ
ﺳﻘﻂ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺿﻮﺋﻲ ﻋﲆ ﻣﺮﺁﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﹾ ،28ﻓﺈﺫﺍ .99 ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ.
ﹸﺣ ﹼـﺮﻙ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻀـﻮﺀ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴـﻘﻮﻁ
ﻣﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ؟ .a
ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﹾ ،34ﻓﲈ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ؟
ﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﺒﲑ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ؟ .b
ﺍﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 6-62ﺇﱃ ﺩﻓﱰﻙ ،ﺛﻢ ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺃﺷﻌﺔ ﻋﲆ .100
ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﻗﻌﻬﺎ.
ﹼ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ؟ .c
ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ.
ﺗﺒﲔ ﻛﻴﻒ ﱠ ﱢ ﻣﻜﱪﺓ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ .ﻣﺎ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ
ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺻـﻮﺭﺓ ﹼ
ﹼ
ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ؟
ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺴـﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ ،6-61ﹼ ﹺﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ .98
1 ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺭﺳﻢ ﳐﻄﻂ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ،ﺛﻢ ﺃﺟﺐ ﻋﲈ ﻳﲇ:
C 2 F
1.0 m
ﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﻡ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ؟ .a
θ2
6-66
ﺗﻜﻮﺭﻫﺎ؟
ﺃﻡ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻬـﺎ ﺃﻗـﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄـﺮ ﹼ ˚5.0
103
ﻋﻨﺪﻣـﺎ ﺗﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒـﲑ .112 ﻳﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﺮﺗﻴـﺐ ﺑـﴫﻱ ﰲ .109
ﺍﻷﻗـﴡ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺠﻬﺮ ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺗﻜـﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﺴﻜﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﹸﻳﺴـﻤﻰ )ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻛﺎﺳﻴﺠﺮﻳﻦ( ﻛﲈ
ﻣﻨﻬـﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﲑ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ .ﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﺳـﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ .6-67ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﺴﻜﻮﺏ ﻣﺮﺁﺓ
ﻟﺘﻜـﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺔ؟ ﻭﻣـﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻔﻌﻠﻪ
ﹼ ﳏﺪﺑـﺔ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳـﺔ ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌـﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻴـﺔ ﻭﺑﺆﺭﲥﺎ.
ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﲆ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭﺿﺢ؟ ﺃﺟﺐ ﻋﲈ ﻳﲇ:
ﺗﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ؛ ﻷﳖﺎ ﻣﻄﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻠﺰﺍﺕ .ﺍﺑﺤﺚ .113
F
ﰲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺄﰐ ،ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﱠ
ﻣﻠﺨ ﹰﺼﺎ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ:
6-67
.aﺍﻷﻧـﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﻼﺀ ﺍﳌﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ،ﻭﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﻛﻞ
ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭﺳﻠﺒﻴﺎﺗﻪ. ﺻﻮﺭﺍ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ.
ﹰ ﺗﻜـﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﳌﺤﺪﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻔـﺮﺩﺓ
ﱢ .a
.bﺻﻘـﻞ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﻣﻨﻴـﻮﻡ ﺑﺪﺭﺟـﺔ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻮﻣﺔ، ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌـﺮﺁﺓ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﴍﺡ ﻛﻴـﻒ ﹼ
ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺯﺟﺎﺝ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺮﺁﺓ. ﺻﻮﺭﺍ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ؟
ﹰ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻳﺎ
ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺑﺔ؟
ﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﹼ .b
ﺍﺑﺤـﺚ ﰲ ﻧﻈـﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳـﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻵﻻﺕ .114
ﻭﻣﺎ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ؟
ﺍﻟﺒﴫﻳـﺔ ،ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸـﻔﺎﻓﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺁﻻﺕ
ﻋﺮﺿﺎ
ﻭﺣـﴬ ﹰ
ﱢ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳـﺮ ﺍﳋﺎﺻـﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﺴـﻜﻮﺏ، .110ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺿـﻮﺀ ﺃﺑﻴﺾ ﰲ ﻫﻮﺍﺀ
ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ
ﺗﺒﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﻛﻴـﻒ ﹼ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭﻩ ،1.0003ﻭﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﴍﳛﺔ ﺯﺟﺎﺟﻴﺔ
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﹼﹰﻳـﺎ ﻟﻠﺼـﻒ ﱢ
ﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ. ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳـﺔ ﺳـﻘﻮﻁ .45°ﻓـﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻣـﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭ
ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﲏ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﻒ ﻳﺴـﺎﻭﻱ 1.7708ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺀ
ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ،ﻭﻳﺴـﺎﻭﻱ 1.7273ﻟﻠﻀـﻮﺀ ﺍﻷﲪـﺮ ،ﻓـﲈ
ﻣﺎ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻮ ﱢﻟﺪﺓ ﰲ ﻭﺗﺮ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ،60.0 cm .115 ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭ )ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺘﺖ( ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﺤﴫ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﹸﻘـﺮ ﰲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘـﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳـﻂ ﻓﺄﺻـﺪﺭ ﻧﻐﻤـﺔ ﺗﺮ ﹼﺩﺩﻫـﺎ ﻋﻠـﲈ ﺑـﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻄـﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﻲ ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺀ
ﺍﻟﻄﻴـﻒ ﺍﳌﺮﺋـﻲ؟ ﹰ
440 Hz؟ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ،435.8 nmﻭﺍﻟﻄـﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﻲ ﻟﻠﻀـﻮﺀ
ﺍﻷﲪﺮ .643.8 nm
ﺃﻭﺟـﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳـﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ .111
ﺍﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭﻩ .1.31ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃـﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺟﺪﹼﹰ ﺍ ،ﻫﻞ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ
ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻠﻴﺪ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ
ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻮﻋـﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ ﳊﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ
ﻭﺿﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ. ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ؟ ﱢ
104
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧـﺖ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻷﳌـﺎﺱ ،1.24 × 108 m/s .5
ﻓﲈ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﳌﺎﺱ؟
1.24 C 0.0422 A
ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺮﺁﺓ ﻣﻘﻌﺮﺓ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ
ﺃﻳﻦ ﳚﺐ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺟﺴـﻢ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﱢ .1
2.42 D 0.413 B
ﻣﺼ ﹼﻐﺮﺓ؟
.6ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﲇ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﲇ ،ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﰲ ﺑﺆﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ A
ﺍﻟﻀـﻮﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺯﺟـﺎﺝ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴـﺎﺭﻩ 1.52ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌـﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ B
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧـﺖ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳـﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺟـﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻌـﻜﺎﺱ ﺍﻟـﻜﲇ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧـﲇ .8
ﻋﻨـﺪ ﺍﳊـﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﳌﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﳍـﻮﺍﺀ ˚ ،24.4ﻓﲈ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ F
ﱢ
ﻓﻜﺮ ◀
ﻣﺎ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺗ ﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺪﻳﺔ؟
ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺗﻔ ﺮﻳﻐﻬﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺮﻕ؟
www.obeikaneducation.com
106
Hand protection Eye safety Thermal safety Explosive
7-1
Electrostatics
Electrical hazard
Harmful / Irritant
Biological hazards
Flammable
First aid Eye wash station Fire extinguisher Radioactive safety
• ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ.
Hand protection Eye safety
Laser beam Lab. Thermal
coat safety Explosive
Ecological hazards Carcinogenic
• ﺍﻟﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺟﺴﻢ. .1ﺍﻧﻔﺦ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻧﲔ ،ﺛﻢ ﺍﺭﺑﻂ ﹼﹰ
ﻛﻼ ﻣﻨﻬﲈ ﺑﺨﻴﻂ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ . _21 m
• ﻛﻴﻔﻴـﺔ ﺗﻮﺯﻳـﻊ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴـﺔ ﻋـﲆ
ﺍﺩﻟـﻚ ﺃﺣـﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻮﻧﲔ ﺑﺜﻮﺑﻚ 5-8ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺸـﺤﻨﻪ ،ﺛﻢ
.2
ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ.
Electrical hazard Harmful / Irritant Biological hazards Flammable
• ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ. ﻋ ﹼﻠﻘـﻪ ﰲ ﺧﺰﺍﻧـﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻃﺎﻭﻟـﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑﳘﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺳـﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ،
ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﻼ ﴍﻳ ﹰﻄﺎ ﻻﺻ ﹰﻘﺎ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﳋﻴﻂ.
ﹰ
First aid Eye wash station Fire extinguisher Radioactive safety
• Charge ﺷﺤﻨﺔ • ﺍﺩﻟـﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﲏ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻧﻔﺴـﻬﺎ ،ﺛﻢ ﻋ ﹼﻠﻘﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ
.3
ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﺳﻜﻮﻧﻴﺔ • ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ.
Sharp objects safety Poison safety Oxidizer Corrosive
• Electrostatics
• Coulomb ﻛﻮﻟﻮﻡ • ﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﲏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺑﺒﻂﺀ ،ﹺ
ﻒ
ﻭﺻ ﹾ ﹼ .4
ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ •
Laser beam Lab. coat Ecological hazards Carcinogenic
108
ﺣﺘـﻰ ﺗﺘﻮ ﹼﻟـﺪ ،ﻛﲈ ﺃﳖﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻔﻘﺪ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺬﺏ .ﻟﻘﺪ ﻻﺣﻆ ﻗﺪﻣـﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﻏﺮﻳﻖ ﹰ
ﺁﺛﺎﺭﺍ ﳑﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ
ﺍﳌﺴﻄﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺪﻟﻮﻛﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺩﻟﻜﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﱪ )ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﻣﺎﻥ() .ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﺎﻓﺊ ﻋﻨﱪ ﻫﻲ
ﻭﺗﺴـﻤﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﻱ
ﹼ ﹸﺴـﻤﻰ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺬﺏ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ. "ﺇﻟﻜﱰﻭﻥ" ( ،ﻭﺗ ﹼ
ﺗﻔﺎﻋ ﹰ
ﻼ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎ ﹶﻡ ﺍﳌﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ.
ﻭﻟﻜـﻦ ﻛﻴـﻒ ﺗﺘﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴـﺔ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌـﺾ؟ ﻟﻺﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋـﲆ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺿﻊ
ﻋـﺪ ﹰﺩﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻃﺒﺎﻕ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﻣﻨﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﲆ ﺳـﻄﺢ ﻗﺒﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻧﺪﻱ ﺟﺮﺍﻑ ،ﺛﻢ ﺷـﻐﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ،ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻓﱰﺓ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ،ﺳﺘﻼﺣﻆ ﺗﻄﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻷﻃﺒﺎﻕ
ﺗﺘﺎﺑ ﹰﻌﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺔ ،ﻛﲈ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 7-3ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺃﺩﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺮﻫﺎ.
ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻃﺒﺎﻕ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﳖﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺒﺔ ،ﺃﻱ ﺃﳖﺎ ﺍﻛﺘﺴﺒﺖ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ
ﻧﻔﺴـﻪ ﻟﻠﻘﺒﺔ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻧﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺮ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺸـﺎﲠﺔ .ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ
ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺸـﺎﲠﺔ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻓﺮ .ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﻨﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ
ﺳـﺎﻕ ﺯﺟﺎﺟﻲ ﻣﺪﻟﻮﻙ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﻳﺮ) ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺔ( ﻣﻦ ﺳـﺎﻕ ﺑﻼﺳـﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺪﻟﻮﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮﻑ
)ﺳـﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ( ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻔﻪ ﺑﺨﻴﻂ ﻋﺎﺯﻝ ،ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﳖﲈ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﺫﺑﺎﻥ .ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ
ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔـﺔ ﺗﺘﺠـﺎﺫﺏ .ﻭﻗـﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠـﺎﺫﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺮ ﺑـﲔ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺗﺸـﺒﻪ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺟﺬﺏ
ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻟﻸﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻋﻦ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻼﻣﺲ.
ﻭﻗـﺪ ﺍﺻﻄﻠـﺢ ﻋﲆ ﺗﺴـﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻮﻣـﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺴـﻤﲔ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﲔ ﻣﺸـﺤﻮﻧﲔ ﺑﺸـﺤﻨﺘﲔ
ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺘﲔ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺘﲔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﳐﺘﻠﻔﺘﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻭﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﲈ ﰲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ،ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ
ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ .Electric dipole
ﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻧﻴﺔ؟
7-3
109
a
ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ؛ ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴـﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻦ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ .ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻋ ﹼﻠﻘﺖ
ﻗﻀﻴ ﹰﺒﺎ ﺯﺟﺎﺟ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻧﹰﺎ ﺑﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ،ﺛﻢ ﻗﺮ ﹼﺑﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻗﻀﻴ ﹰﺒﺎ ﺯﺟﺎﺟ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻧﹰﺎ ﺑﺸﺤﻨﺔ
ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻨﺎﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺒﺎﻥ .ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﹼﻗﺮﺑﺖ ﻗﻀﻴ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻧﹰﺎ ﺑﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻀﻴﺐ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﹰ
ﻣﺸـﺤﻮﻥ ﺑﺸـﺤﻨﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻓﺴﻴﺠﺬﺏ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﲈ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ،ﻭﺳـﻴﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻌ ﹼﻠﻖ ﻣﻘﱰ ﹰﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ.
c
ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻠﺨﻴﺺ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﺸـﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻭﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ
ﻛﲈ ﻳﺄﰐ:
• ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻧﻮﻋﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ :ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ.
• ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺑﻘﻮ ﻋﻦ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ.
• ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻓﺮ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﺫﺏ.
ﻻ ﻳﻌـﺪ ﺗﻨﺎﻓـﺮ ﺍﻷﻃﺒـﺎﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﺠـﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻜـﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺴـﻄﺮﺓ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴـﺐ ﺍﳌﻌ ﹼﻠﻖ ﰲ 7-4
ﻭﻋﻮﺿﺎ ﻋﻦ
ﹰ ﺍﳍـﻮﺍﺀ ﻃﺮﻳﻘـﺔ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳـﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫـﺎ.
ﻓﻠﺰﻳﺔ )ﺃﻭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ( ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﹼ
ﺍﻟﻜﺸـﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ،ﻳﱰﻛﹼﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺮﺓ ﹼ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﹼ
ﺗﺴـﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺘﲔ .ﻭﻳﺒﲔ
ﹼ ﹸﻣﺜ ﹼﺒﺘﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺳـﺎﻕ ﻓﻠﺰﻳﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺘﲔ ﻓﻠﺰﻳﺘﲔ ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺘﲔ ﺭﻗﻴﻘﺘﲔ،
ﹰ
ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺩﻻ .ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺘﲔ ﻣﻌ ﹼﻠﻘﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺣﺮﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺇﻧﺎﺀ ﻛﺸﺎ ﹰﻓﺎ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 7-5ﹼ
ﺯﺟﺎﺟﻲ ﺷﻔﺎﻑ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ؛ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺗﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ.
110
----
- --
-
-
-- -
- -
a
7-6
a
--- --- -- --
- - + + + + + + -- -
b -
- --
-
- -- -
- -
- -
+ + c + + -
-
-
-
- - - -- -
-- -
-- -- - - -
- - - - -- --
c
111
ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺍ ﻭﳐﺘﻠﻔﺘﲔ ﻧﻮ ﹰﻋﺎ ،ﻛﲈ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ .7-7cﻭﺗﺴـﻤﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺷـﺤﻦ ﺍﳉﺴـﻢ
ﹰ
ﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺑﺎﳊﺚ.
The unit of charge: the coulombﻳﺼﻌﺐ
ﻗﻴـﺎﺱ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺟﺴـﻢ ﻣﺒـﺎﴍﺓ .ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑ ﹼﻴﻨﺖ ﲡـﺎﺭﺏ ﻛﻮﻟﻮﻡ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜـﻦ ﺭﺑﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ،ﻟﺬﺍ ﲤ ﱠﻜﻦ ﻛﻮﻟﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻴﺎﺳـﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸـﺤﻨﺔ
ﻭﺳـﻤﻴﺖ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺸـﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﰲ
ﹼ ﺑﺪﻻﻟـﺔ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮ ﹼﻟﺪﻫﺎ.
ﺍﻟﻨﻈـﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌـﻲ ﻟﻠﻮﺣـﺪﺍﺕ SIﺍﻟﻜﻮﻟـﻮﻡ .Cﻭﻳﻌـﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻟـﻮﻡ coulombﺑﺄﻧـﻪ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭ
ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺿﻌـﺖ ﻋﲆ ﺑﻌـﺪ 1mﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳍـﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﺮ ﳑﺎﺛﻠـﺔ ﳍﺎ ﻟﺘﺄﺛﺮﺕ
ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ .9×109Nﻭﺍﻟﻜﻮﻟﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻳﺴـﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ 6.24×1018ﺇﻟﻜﱰﻭﻥ
ﻭﻳﺴـﻤﻰ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ
ﹼ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺮﻭﺗـﻮﻥ ،ﻭﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺷـﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﱰﻭﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﺗﺴـﺎﻭﻱ ،1.6×10-19 C
ﺷـﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﱰﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳـﻴﺔ .ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺼﺎﻋﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﲢﻤﻞ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ 5 Cﺇﱃ
.25 Cﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ -ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ -ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﲆ ﺷـﺤﻨﺔ ﺳـﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻗﺪ
ﺗﺼـﻞ ﺇﱃ ،106 Cﻭﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻘـﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳍﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻮﻟﺪ ﻗـﻮ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ
ﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺑﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺷـﺤﻨﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻪ .ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻷﺟﺴـﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﹸﻣﻌﺎ ﹶﺩﻝ ﻭ ﹸﻣ ﹶ
ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻓﺴـﺘﺘﻮﻟﺪ ﻗﻮ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ،ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺔ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ،
ﻣﺜﻼ ،ﻓﺈﳖﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮ ﹼﻟﺪ ﻗﻮ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ. 10-9 Cﹰ
Applications of electrostatic forcesﻟﻠﻘﻮ
ﻼ ﺗﺴـﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﻭﺳـﻜﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﺛـﺮﺓ ﻋـﲆ ﺍﳉﺴـﻴﲈﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘـﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ .ﻓﻤﺜ ﹰ
ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺴـﻨﺎﺝ )ﺍﻟﺴـﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗـﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﺎﻥ( ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳌﺪﺍﺧﻦ ﻛﲈ ﻫـﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ ،7-8ﳑـﺎ ﳛﺪﱡ ﻣـﻦ ﺗﻠﻮﺙ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ،ﻛﲈ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺷـﺤﻦ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄـﻼﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹼﹰ ﺍ
ﺑﺎﳊﺚ ،ﻭﺍﺳـﺘﻌﲈﳍﺎ ﻟﻄﻼﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﺑﻨﺴـﻖ ﻣﻮﺣﺪ ﻋﲆ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻴﺔ )ﻃﻼ ﹰﺀ
ﻣﻨﺘﻈـﲈ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﻻ ﺇﻋﻮﺟﺎﺝ( .ﻭﺗﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺁﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳـﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﺟﺮﺍﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﹰ
ﺍﻟﺴـﻜﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﳊﱪ ﺍﻷﺳـﻮﺩ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ،ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﺴـﺦ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻟﻠﻮﺛﻴﻘﺔ
ﻼ ﲡﻤﻊ ﺃﺛـﺎﺭﺍ ﺳـﻠﺒﻴﺔ ،ﻓﻤﺜ ﹰ
ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴـﺔ .ﻟﻜـﻦ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑـﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺘﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴـﻜﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﹰ
ﺷـﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺳـﻜﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﲆ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺳـﺒ ﹰﺒﺎ ﰲ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺴـﺒﺐ ﺗﻠﻔﻪ ،ﻛﲈ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ
ﺗﺼﻤـﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻌﻄـﻞ ﻣﻌـﺪﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻜﱰﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﻛﻨﺔ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﹼ
ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﹼﺐ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻧﻴﺔ ،ﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﱰﺍﻛﻢ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺁﻣﻨﺔ.
7-8
ﻣﺎ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ؟ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ؟
112
Hand protection Eye safety Thermal safety Explosive
First aid
Eye wash station
Fire extinguisher
Radioactive safety
Theelectricfield
Hand protection
Sharp objects safety
Eye safety
Poison safety
Thermal
safety
Oxidizer
ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳـ ﱠﺒﺐ ﺍﻧﺠﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺘﻬﺎ،ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﱃ ﲡﺮﺑﺔ ﺗﺄﺭﺟﺢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺗﻨﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ
Explosive
Corrosive
ﻟﻠﺼﻔﻴﺤـﺔ؟ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺗﺴـﺘﻤﺮ ﰲ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺘﲔ؟ ﻋﻨـﺪ ﺍﻗﱰﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ
ﻣـﻦ ﺇﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺘﲔ ﹸﺃﻋﻴﺪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺷـﺤﻨﺎﲥﺎ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﲡﻤﻌﺖ ﺷـﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﳐﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ
Hand protection Hand
Eye safety
protection
Thermal
Eye safety
Laser beam safety Lab.Thermal Explosive
coat safety Explosive
Ecological hazards
Carcinogenic
Electrical hazard Harmful / Irritant Biological hazards Flammable
ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﻴﺤﺘﲔ ﺃﺛﺮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺰ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﲈ،ﻃﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺪ
First aid Eye wash station Fire extinguisher Radioactive safety
ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﻗﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺫﺏ،ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺰ ﺍﳌﺤﻴﻂ ﲠﺎ
First aid
First aid
station
Eye wash
Fire extinguisher
Eye wash station
.2
Radioactive safety
Fire extinguisher
Radioactive safety
ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺮ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ
Sharp objects safety Poison safety Oxidizer Corrosive
ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﺣﻮﳍﺎ ﹰ
Laser beam Lab. coat Ecological hazards Carcinogenic
.3 ﺍﳊﻴﺰ ﺍﳌﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ
ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ، ﻭﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﳍﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﳏﺪﺩﺍﻥ.ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻴﻪ
ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﲡﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﲠﺎ،ﻋﲆ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺒﺒﺖ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ
.4 ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎF ﻟﻠﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓE ﻭﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ
. ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔq ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹰ ﺍ
.5
ﻭﺍﻓﱰﺽ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻭﺿﻌﺖ.q ﺟﺴﲈ ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻧﹰﺎ ﺑﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﹰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﹼ7-9 ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ
ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓF ﺛﻢ ﺣﺴـﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ،ﻣﺜﻼ ﹰA ﻭﻟﺘﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ،ﺷـﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﰲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ
؛ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍq' ﺳـﺘﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳـﺐ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺷـﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒـﺎﺭ.ﻓﻴﻬـﺎ
.6
ﻭﺇﺫﺍ.ﺗﻀﺎﻋﻔﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﻓﺴﺘﺘﻀﺎﻋﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ
ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ.F/q' ﻓﺴـﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﲆ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔq' ﻋﲆ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭF ﻗﺴـﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ
.7
ﻭﺍﳌﺴـﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔF ﻭﺇﻧﲈ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﲆ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ،ﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﻤـﺪ ﻋﲆ ﺷـﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒـﺎﺭ
.8 ﻭﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﹼ. ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﹸﻋ ﹼﺮﻓﺖ ﺳﺎﺑ ﹰﻘﺎ ﺑﺎﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲA ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﻭﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ
E q'
A
q
+
q'
7-9 q'
E E
113
ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ A؛ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲤﺜﻞ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ،ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
• ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ
E= F
__
'
ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
q ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻠﻲ.
ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻣﻘﺴﻮ ﹰﻣﺎ ﻋﲆ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻠﻚ • ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ.
ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ. • ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ.
ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ .ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺱ
ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ/ﻛﻮﻟﻮﻡ ).(N/C
ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﺳـﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﺍﻷﺳـﻬﻢ ﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴـﻞ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ،ﻛﲈ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ 7-9؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴـﻬﻢ ﻋﲆ ﺷـﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ
ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ،ﺑﻴﻨﲈ ﻳﺪﻝ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴـﻬﻢ ﻋﲆ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ .ﻭﻹﳚﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷـﺊ ﻋﻦ
ﺷـﺤﻨﺘﲔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﹴ
ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷـﺊ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻧﻔﺮﺍﺩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻠﻚ
ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺎ .ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺊ
ﹰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ،ﺛﻢ ﹸﳚﻤﻊ ﻫﺬﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻻﻥ ﲨ ﹰﻌﺎ
ﲡﻤﻊ ﻟﻠﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ .ﻭﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ 7-1ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋـﻦ ﺃﻱ ﹼ
ﻋﻦ ﲡﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ.
ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻫﻨﺎ ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﳚﺐ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹰ ﺍ؟
ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺔ .qﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﹼﺃﻻ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﲠﺎ
ﻷﻥ ﺷـﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﹰ
ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺷﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻞ ،ﳑﺎ ﻳﺴ ﹼﺒﺐ ﲢﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ qﺇﱃ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺁﺧﺮ
ﺗﻐﲑ ﺷـﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﰲ ' ،qﻭﻣﻦ ﹶﺛﻢ ﹼ
ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ،ﻓﻴﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﱃ ﹼ
ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻴﺎﺳـﻪ .ﻟﺬﺍ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹼﹰ ﺍ ،ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﳘﺎﻝ ﺗﺄﺛﲑﻫﺎ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ .q
ﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ؟ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﳛﺴﺐ؟
7-1
N/C
1×103
1×105
3×106
3×1011
114
1
ﹺﻗﻴﺲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ،3.0×10-6 Cﻓﺘﺄﺛﺮﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ
ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ 0.12 Nﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻳﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ 15°ﺷﲈﻝ ﺍﻟﴩﻕ .ﻣﺎ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ
ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ؟ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﲡﺎﻫﻪ؟
1
2
F
__ =E
'q
0.12 N
_________ =
3.0× 10-6
C F=0.12Nq'=3.0× 106C
ﺇﻥ ﹼﹰ
ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ.
ﻭﻳﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ 15°ﺷﲈﻝ ﺍﻟﴩﻕE = 4.0×104 N/C ،
3
ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ .N/C
ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ.
ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺗﺘﻔﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ .7-1
ﻳﺆﺛـﺮ ﳎـﺎﻝ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋـﻲ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫـﺎ 2.0×10-4 Nﰲ ﺷـﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺒـﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫـﺎ .5.0×10-6 Cﻣﺎ ﺷـﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ .1
ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ؟
ﹸﻭ ﹺﺿﻌﺖ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ 2.0×10-8 Cﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ،ﻓﺘﺄﺛﺮﺕ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ 0.060 Nﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲔ .ﻣﺎ ﺷﺪﺓ .2
ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ؟ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﲡﺎﻫﻪ؟
ﹸﻭ ﹺﺿﻌﺖ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ 3.0×10-7 Cﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﺪﺗﻪ 27 N/Cﻳﺘﺠﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﻨﻮﺏ .ﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ .3
ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ؟
ﹸﻭ ﹺﺿﻌـﺖ ﻛـﺮﺓ ﺑﻴﻠﺴـﺎﻥ ﻭﺯﳖـــــﺎ 2.1×10-3 Nﰲ ﳎـــــﺎﻝ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋــــﻲ ﺷـﺪﺗــــﻪ ،6.5×104 N/Cﻳﺘﺠﻪ ﺭﺃﺳـ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺇﱃ .4
ﺃﺳـﻔﻞ .ﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﳚـﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻧﻮﻋﻬـﺎ ،ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﹺ
ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴـﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﺓ
ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ،ﻭﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻣﻌ ﹼﻠﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ؟
115
7-10
a b
a
b
ElectricalHand
hazard
protection Harmful / Irritant
Eye safety BiologicalThermal
hazardssafety Flammable
Explosive
FirstElectrical
aid hazard Eye washHarmful
station/ Irritant Fire extinguisher
Biological hazards RadioactiveFlammable
safety
ﻭﺗﺸـﲑ ﺍﳌﺴـﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺧﻄـﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺷـﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ.ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ
First Poison
aid safety Eye wash station Fire extinguisher Radioactive
Firesafety
Sharp objects safety Oxidizer EyeCorrosive
.2
First aid wash station extinguisher Radioactive safety
ﻭﻛﻠﲈ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ،ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋـﻲ؛ ﻓﻜﻠـﲈ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻗﻮ
ﻭﻋﲆ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺷـﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺗﻘﻞ ﻛﻠﲈ،ﺍﳋﻄـﻮﻁ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻋـﺪﺓ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﺿﻌـﻒ
Sharp objectsLab.
safety Poison safety
Oxidizer Corrosive
Laser beam coat Ecological
Sharp hazards
objects safety Carcinogenic
Poison safety Oxidizer Corrosive
KMnO
ﺇﻻ، ﻭﻗـﺪ ﹸﻣ ﹼﺜﻠﺖ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺎ ﰲ ﹸﺑﻌﺪﻳﻦ.ﺍﺑﺘﻌﺪﻧـﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺔ ﻭﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﻠﲈ ﺍﻗﱰﺑﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ
4
4
Lab. coat
Laser beam
Ecological
hazards
Lab. coat
Carcinogenic
Ecological hazards
Carcinogenic
، ﻭﳘﻴـﺔ ﻻ ﻭﺟـﻮﺩ ﳍـﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗـﻊElectric field lines ﻭﺧﻄـﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋـﻲ
ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺟﺎ ﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺷـﺤﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﲔ ﺷـﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﹰ ﻭﺇﻧﲈ ﺗﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﻮﺻﻔﻬﺎ .5
ﻭﺗﻜـﻮﻥ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻭﺩﺍﺧﻠﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺔ، ﻭﻫـﻲ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ.ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴـﺔ MnO - 4
Cu +
2
ﺑﻴﻨﲈ ﺗﻘـﻞ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﻠﲈ، ﻭﺗﻜـﻮﻥ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺘﻬـﺎ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻛﻠﲈ ﺍﻗﱰﺑﻨـﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ،ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﻟﺒﺔ
.6
ﻭﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺬﻭﺭ ﺑﻌﺾ.ﺍﺑﺘﻌﺪﻧـﺎ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ
MnO -
،ﺍﻷﻋﺸﺎﺏ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﺑﺬﻭﺭ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻋﺸﺎﺏ ﻛﺎﻟﻜﺘﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﱰﻱ ﳛﻮﻱ ﺯﻳﺖ ﺍﳋﺮﻭﻉ
4
Cu +
2
116
7-11
E
P
+
E
ﺧﻄـﻮﻁ ،ﻭﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﻁ ﲤﺜـﻞ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋـﻲ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﻋﲆ ﺷـﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺬﻭﺭ
ﻓﺄﺻﺒﺤـﺖ ﻣﺘﺄﻳﻨـﺔ ،ﻭﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﺷـﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ،ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﲆ ﺷـﻜﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ
ﻭﺩﺍﺧﻼ ﰲPﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ .ﺃﻣﺎ
ﹰ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ
ﹰ ﻣﺴـﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺔ
ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﺛﻨﺎﺋـﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ،
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ،7–11ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﲣﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻭﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻛﲈ ﰲ+
ﳑﺎﺳﺎ ﻟﻠﺨﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ .ﺃﻣﺎ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﺸﺤﻨﺘﲔ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﹼﹰ
Aﻛﲈ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ،7–12ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ Aﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺘﲔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﻣﺘﺸﺎﲠﺘﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ
ﺻﻔﺮﺍ.
ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺩﻝ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﳏﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺗﺴـﺎﻭﻱ ﹰ
ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻓﺈﳖﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
ﻣﺎ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ؟
A
117
7-1
ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺘﲔ ﻓﺄﺻﺒﺤﺖ .10 ﹸﻳﺸﺤﻦ ﻗﻀﻴﺐ ﻣﻄﺎﻁ ﺑﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ .5
ﺷـﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋـﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻬـﲈ ، 2.00 × 104 N/C ﻋﻨـﺪ ﺩﻟﻜـﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮﻑ .ﻣﺎ ﻧـﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻋﲆ
ﹴ
ﻣﺘﺴـﺎﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻋﻠـﲈ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺷـﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
ﹰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻑ؟ ﻭﳌﺎﺫﺍ؟
ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺘﲔ. ﺍﻓﱰﺽ ﺃﻧـﻚ ﻋ ﹼﻠﻘﺖ ﻗﻀﻴ ﹰﺒـﺎ ﻓﻠﺰ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ .6
.aﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﰲ ﺇﻟﻜﱰﻭﻥ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻃﻮﻳﻼ ﺑﺨﻴﻮﻁ ﺣﺮﻳﺮ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﻣﻌﺰﻭﻻﹰ، ﹰ
ﺑﻴﻨﻬﲈ؟ ﺛﻢ ﻻﻣﺴـﺖ ﺃﺣـﺪ ﻃـﺮﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﻠـﺰﻱ ﺑﻘﻀﻴﺐ
.bﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣـﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻌﺰﻭﻟﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﲈ ﻭﺗﺄﺛﺮﺕ ﺯﺟﺎﺟﻲ ﻣﺸـﺤﻮﻥ ﻟﻔﱰﺓ ﻗﺼﲑﺓ .ﹺﺻ ﹾﻒ ﻛﻴﻒ ﹸﻳﺸﺤﻦ
ﺑﻘﻮﺓ 4 × 10-4Nﻓﲈ ﺷﺤﻨﺘﻬﺎ؟ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺰﻱ ،ﻭﺣﺪﺩ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ.
ﻋﻠﲈ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﱰﻭﻥ .1.6 × 10-19 Cﹰ ﺍﻓـﱰﺽ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ .7
ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺣﻮﻝ: .11 ﻗﻴـﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋـﻲ ﰲ ﻣـﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﻣﻌﲔ،
.aﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ. ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﺗﺴﺘﻜﺸـﻒ ﻭﺟـﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄـﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ
ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺀ؟ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﲢﺪﹼ ﺩ ﺷـﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ؟ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ
.bﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ. ﲣﺘـﺎﺭ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭ ﺷـﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒـﺎﺭ؟ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﲢـﺪﱢ ﺩ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ
ﺍﻓـﱰﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳـﺔ ﰲ .12 ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ؟
ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ 7-13ﻫﻲ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻗـﻮﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴـﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ .8
ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ؛ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﳏﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷـﺊ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺘﲔ 1.50×10-3 Nﰲ ﺍﲡـﺎﻩ ﺍﻟـﴩﻕ ﰲ ﺷـﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺒـﺎﺭ
ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﻟﺒﺘﲔ .ﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺔ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﻣﻮﺟﺒـﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫـﺎ ،2.40×10-8 Cﺃﻭﺟـﺪ ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻝ
ﻭﺿﺢ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ.
ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ؟ ﹼ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ.
ﻛﻴﻒ ﳜﺘﻠـﻒ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ .9
Eﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺷـﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋـﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ Fﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﰲ
ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ؟
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 7-13
ﹰ
ﺷـﻐﻼ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ .ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺭﻓﻌﺖ ﻛﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻚ ﺗﺒﺬﻝ
• ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ :ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ،ﳑﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ.
ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻮﻟﻮﻡ.
ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﳑﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺷﺤﻨﺘﲔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺘﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﲡﺬﺏ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﲈ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ،
• ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻘﺔ
ﺷﻐﻼ ﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺇﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺘﲔ ﻭﺇﺑﻌﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ .ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻟﺬﺍ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺬﻝ ﹰ
ﰲ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﱰﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ.
ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ :ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﲔ • ﹼﹰ ﺗﺒﺬﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻧﻘﻠﺖ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ،ﺣﻴﺚ ﲣﺘﺰﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ
ﻧﻘﻄﺘﲔ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﺖ. ﻋﲆ ﺷـﻜﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ،ﻭﻛﻠﲈ ﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ
• ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ. ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ¶Epﺃﻛﱪ.
ﻋـﲆ ﺍﻟﺮﻏـﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻋﺘـﲈﺩ ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴـﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﺛـﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺷـﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒـﺎﺭ ' qﻋﲆ
• ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫـﺎ ،ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻬـﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻥ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ
• ﻌﺮﻑ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ F
__ = Eﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ .ﻭ ﹸﻳ ﹼ
Electric current
• Ampere • ﺍﻷﻣﺒﲑ Electric potential differenceﺑـﲔ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﲔ ¶Vﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺸـﻐﻞ ﺍﳌﺒﺬﻭﻝ
'q
-5
-5
A V
ﻛﺎﳌﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 7–15ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺑﲔ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﲔ.
ﹼ
Electric current
ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺸـﺤﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻣﺸـﺤﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﹼ ﻻﺣﻈـﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻗـﺪ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﹼ
ﻛـﲈ ﰲ ﺍﻧﺘﻘـﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻛـﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻥ ﺩﻱ ﺟـﺮﺍﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻐـﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺮﺑﺖ ﻣﻨﻬـﺎ .ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ
ﺗﻴﺎﺭﺍ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ .ﻭﺗﻘﺴـﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺇﱃ
ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﻳﺴـﻤﻰ ﹰ 7-15
ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﺯﻟﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺷﺒﻪ ﻣﻮﺻﻠﺔ .ﻓﺎﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﲢﻮﻱ ﺷﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺣﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ
ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺳـﻮﺍﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ،ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﻋﺸـﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ،ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺄﺛﺮﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ
ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻧﺎﺷـﺌﺔ ﻋﻦ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ،ﻓﺈﳖﺎ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﲨﻴ ﹰﻌﺎ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﳏﺪﺩ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ
ﺍﳊﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺰﻳﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺇﻟﻜﱰﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ ،ﺑﻴﻨﲈ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺤﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ )ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ(
ﻣﺜـﻼ( ﺑﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﻫـﻲ ﺃﻳﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻭﺳـﺎﻟﺒﺔ .ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﹸﻭ ﱢﺻﻞ ﻃﺮﻓﺎ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ )ﺳـﻠﻚ ﻧﺤﺎﳼ ﹰ
ﳎﺎﻻ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻳﻨﺸﺄ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ،ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﱰﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻼ( ﻓﺈﻥ ﹰ
ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ )ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﹰ
ﺗﻴﺎﺭﺍ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ
)ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺓ( ﺑﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻳﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﺍﲡﺎﻫﻪ ،ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﹰ
ﻗﺪ ﴎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴـﻠﻚ .ﻭﻳﺴـﻤﻰ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺰﻣﻦ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ
Electric currentﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋـﻲ .ﻭﺗﻘـﺎﺱ ﺷـﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻮﺣـﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺒﲑ Ampere
ﻭﻳﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳـﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﱰ ،Ammeterﺍﳌﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ .7–16ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ
ﺍﻟﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋـﻲ ﺑﺄﻧـﻪ ﺗﺪﻓـﻖ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴـﺔ .ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋـﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴـﺔ ﺗﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴـﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻬﺪﻫﺎ ﺃﻋﲆ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻬﺪﻫﺎ ﺃﻗﻞ ،ﻭﻳﺴـﺘﻤﺮ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ
ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﲔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺟﻬﺪ ﺑﲔ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ.
ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﻛﲈ ﰲ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﻳﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﻧﺔ .ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ
ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰـﺎ ﺳـﲈﻉ ﺻﻮﲥﺎ ﻛﲈ ﰲ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﻌـﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺣﺐ ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ،ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳـﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﺛﺮ
ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻛﲈ ﰲ ﺇﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺑﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ،ﺃﻭ ﺇﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
10 10
0 0 0 0
10 10
-5
-5
A V
7-16
120
ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻟﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳋﺸـﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳـﺘﻴﻚ ﻓﺘﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻹﻣﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
ﺧﻼﳍـﺎ .ﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﺷـﺒﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴـﻠﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻣـﻮﺍﺩ ﺻﻠﺒﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﺗﻘـﻊ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ
ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻠـﺔ ﻭﺍﳌـﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻟـﺔ ،ﻭﻳﺘـﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜـﻢ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺻﻠﻴﺘﻬـﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻨـﺎﴏ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ
ﺇﻟﻴﻬـﺎ ﻛﺸـﻮﺍﺋﺐ .ﻭﺗﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﺷـﺒﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺻـﻼﺕ ﰲ ﺻﻨﺎﻋـﺔ ﺍﳋﻼﻳـﺎ ﻭﺍﻷﻟـﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺴـﻴﺔ
ﻭﺍﻟﱰﺍﻧﺰﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ .ﻭﺳﺘﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺻﻔﻮﻑ ﻻﺣﻘﺔ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ.
ﻭﻷﻥ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ )ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ( ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﲆ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ،ﻓﺈﳖﺎ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ
ﺇﱃ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ .ﻭﳍﺬﻩ Bﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ؛ ﹰ
ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﺗﻌﺪ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﺘﻴﺔ،
ﺃﻭ ﺍﳋﻠﻴـﺔ ﺍﳉﻠﻔﺎﻧﻴـﺔ )ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺸـﺎﺋﻌﺔ( ،ﺃﺣﺪ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﳌﺄﻟﻮﻓـﺔ؛ ﺇﺫ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗـﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴـﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ .ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺟﻠﻔﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣ ﹰﻌﺎ ﻳﺘﺸـﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ
ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ،ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ
C
ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ .ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ
ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺴﻴﺔ ،ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﲆ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
121 B
C
Energy in electric circuits ﻻﺣﻈـﺖ ﺃﻥ
ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﺤـﺮﻙ ﻛﲈ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ 7–17bﰲ ﻣﺴـﺎﺭ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ ،ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﺤـﺮﻙ ﰲ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ
ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ )ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ( ،ﺛﻢ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻠـﻮﺡ Bﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻞ ،Cﻭﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﱃ
ﺍﻟـﻠﻮﺡ Aﻟﺘﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮ .ﻭﺗﺴـﻤﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴـﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ
ﺑﺘﺪﻓـﻖ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋـﺮ ﹶﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ .ﻭﲢﺘـﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴـﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
)ﻣﻀﺨﺔ ﻟﻠﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ( ،ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﲆ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ A
ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﲆ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ،Bﻛـﲈ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﹰ
ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻘـﺔ ﻣـﻦ Bﺇﱃ .Aﻭﺗﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻔﻘﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ )(qV
ﻼ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﺤﺮﻙ ﻋـﲆ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻋـﱪ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺷـﻜﺎﻝ ﺃﺧﺮ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ .ﻓﻤﺜ ﹰ
ﻭﳛﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ )ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣـﺔ( ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺿﻮﺋﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺎﻗـﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﻴﺔ ،ﹼ
ﻭﲢﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺪﻓﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ. ﻭﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ،ﹼ
ﺗﻴﺎﺭﺍ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﹼﹰﺎ.
ﻓﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﲤﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﹰ
ﻭﺗﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻛﲈ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ . 7–18ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﱰ ) (Aﻳﻮﺻﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ
ﺩﻭﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﻔﺮﻉ ﰲ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ،ﺑﻴﻨﲈ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﺘﻤﻴﱰ ) (Vﺗﻔﺮﻉ ﰲ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ.
V
ﭬﻮﻟﺘﻤﻴﺘﺮ
I
ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
122
Conservation of chargeﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﻻ ﺗﻔﻨﻰ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺤﺪﺙ ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸـﺤﻨﺔ -ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﱰﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻳﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ
-ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋـﺮﺓ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻐـﲑ .ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﻛﻮﻟﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﰲ
ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﻓﺴـﻴﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﻔﺴـﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ
ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﲠﺎ ﺗﻔﺮﻋﺎﺕ،ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻔﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼﲥﺎ ﻓﺴﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﲇ ﻟﻠﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ
ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻘﺔ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﻉ ﲨﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﺴـﺎﻭ ﹰﻳﺎ ﻟﻠﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ .ﻟﺬﺍ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ
ﺃﻳﻀﺎ؛ ﺣﻴـﺚ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ¶Eﻳﺴـﺎﻭﻱ
ﳏﻔﻮﻇـﺔ .ﻛـﲈ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗـﺔ ﳏﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﹰ
.qVﻭﻷﻥ qﳏﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻜﲇ ﰲ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻟﻠﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲢﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ
ﺻﻔﺮﺍ.
ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﹰ
7-2
ﻳﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﱰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﴍﺓ .16 ﺭﺳـﲈ ﲣﻄﻴﻄ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻟﺪﺍﺋـﺮﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ
ﹰ ﺍﺭﺳـﻢ .13
ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻔـﺮﻉ )ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ( ،ﺑﻴﻨـﲈ ﻟﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻟـﻔﻮﻟﺘﻤﻴﱰ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋـﲆ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺼﺒـﺎﺡ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋـﻲ ،ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ
ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺗﻔﺮﻉ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ )ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ( .ﳌﺎﺫﺍ؟ ﺍﳌﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺳﻴﴤﺀ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺳـﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺟﻬﺪﻫﺎ 12 Vﻭﻣﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ ﲤﺎ ﹰﻣﺎ .14
ﺃﻥ ﲣﺘـﺰﻥ ﺷـﺤﻨﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫـﺎ .1.44×106 Cﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ
ﺍﻟﺸـﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺬﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ
ﺇﱃ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺷﺤﻨﻬﺎ؟
ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺇﻟﻜﱰﻭﻥ ﻋﱪ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻬﺒﻄﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ، .15
ﺑﻔـﺮﻕ ﺟﻬـﺪ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭﻩ .18000 Vﻣـﺎ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺸـﻐﻞ
ﺍﳌﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﱰﻭﻥ؟
Resistance and Ohm’s law 31.3- 31.4
ﻳﻤـﺮ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋـﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴـﺔ ﺍﳌﻐﻠﻘﺔ ،ﻟﻜﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺍﺳـﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ
1.1- 1.3 -1.4- 3.1-3.2- 3.4-4.1
ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺴﻠﻚ ﺑﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ )ﻧﺎﻳﻠﻮﻥ( ﻟﻦ ﻳﻤﺮ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ
ﻏﺎﻟ ﹰﺒﺎ؛ ﻓﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ -ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳـﺘﻴﻚ ﻭﺍﳋﺸـﺐ ﻭﻏﲑﻫـﺎ -ﲤﺎﻧﻊ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ
ﻛﻼ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴـﺔ • ﹼﹰ
ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋـﻲ )ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ( ﺧﻼﳍـﺎ ،ﻭﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌـﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲢﺪﺩ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ
ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻡ.
ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ،Resistanceﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﹼ • ﺑـﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﻠـﺰﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻼﻓﻠـﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ
ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﳌﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ ،ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺟﻬﺪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
ﻭﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ Rﻋﲆ ﻃﺮﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻞ ،ﺛﻢ ﻗﺴﻤﺔ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﻋﲆ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ،ﹼ ﻛﻼ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴـﺔ • ﹼﹰ
ﺑﺄﳖﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ Vﺇﱃ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ .I ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
• ﺑـﲔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴـﻞ ﺍﻟﺘـﻮﺍﱄ ﻭﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ
V
__ = R
I
ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻘﺴﻮ ﹰﻣﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ.
• Resistance ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ •
ﻭﻳﻌـﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ )(1 Ω ﺗﹸﻘـﺎﺱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ Rﺑﻮﺣـﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻡ ،Ohm • Ohm ﺍﻷﻭﻡ •
ﹼ
• Ohm's law ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﻡ •
ﺑﺄﻧـﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺷـﺪﺗﻪ 1 Aﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺑﲔ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻪ
• Ohmic ﻣﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺃﻭﻣﻴﺔ •
ﻭﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ 7-19ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺴـﻴﻄﺔ ﺗﺘﻜـﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ، ﹼ .1 V ﻣﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﻏﲑ ﺃﻭﻣﻴﺔ • Non - ohmic •
ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣـﺔ ،ﻭﺟﻬـﺎﺯ ﺃﻣﻴﱰ )ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺷـﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ( ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﻣ ﹰﻌـﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻔﺮﻉ .ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ • Power ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ •
__ = Rﻛﲈ ﻳﲇ: V
I
ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ • joule ﺍﳉﻮﻝ •
• watt ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻁ •
• Series circuit ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ •
12 V
• Parallel circuit ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ •
V 12 V ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ •
=I =
R 3Ω
• Electromotive force
=4A
• Open circuit • ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ
• Short circuit • ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻗﴫ
3Ω 4A
1 1 Ω 7-19
4A VA
3Ω
12V
124
ﻭﻗﺪ ﹸﺳ ﹼﻤﻴﺖ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻡ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻷﳌﺎﲏ ﺟﻮﺭﺝ ﺳﻴﻤﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﻡ ،ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺟﺪ ﺃﻥ
ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺑﲔ ﻃﺮﰲ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻭﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ،
ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺴـﻤﻰ ﻗﺎﻧـﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﻡ .Ohm's lawﻭﻻ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻣﻌﻈـﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺑﺘﻐﲑ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ
140Ω100W ﺃﻭ ﺍﲡـﺎﻩ ﺍﳉﻬـﺪ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻄ ﹼﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ .ﻭ ﹸﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﻧﻪ ﹸﳛ ﹼﻘﻖ ﻗﺎﻧـﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﻡ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻪ ﻻ
ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﲆ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺑﲔ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻪ.
ﻭﲢ ﹼﻘـﻖ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺻـﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺰﻳﺔ ﻗﺎﻧـﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﻡ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻔﺮﻭﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ،ﻭﺗﺴـﻤﻰ ﹸ
10 Ω
ﻣﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺃﻭﻣﻴﺔ ،Ohmicﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻻ ﹸﲢ ﹼﻘﻖ
ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﻡ ،ﻭﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﻏﲑ ﺃﻭﻣﻴﺔ .Non - ohmicﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺬﻳﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺒﺔ،
ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﲆ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻪ ،ﻛﲈ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﹸﳛ ﹼﻘﻖ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ
ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﳌﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻪ ﹰ
ﺃﻭﻡ .ﻭﺗﻌﺘﻤـﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣـﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﻋﲆ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻞ ﻭﻣﺴـﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﴈ ﻭﻧﻮﻉ
ﻣﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻪ .ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﲈﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻞ
ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ¹ﻭﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﻪ ،Aﻭﺗﻢ ﺭﺑﻂ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ:
¹
__ R =ρ
A
ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ
ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﴬﻭﺑﺔ ﰲ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻞ ﻣﻘﺴﻮ ﹰﻣﺎ ﻋﲆ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ.
ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ρﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﲈﺩﺓ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻟﻠﲈﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ.
ﻭﺗﻌـﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﲈﺩﺓ ﺑﺄﳖﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣـﺔ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ 1 mﻭﻣﺴـﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﻪ .1 m2
ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ .Ω.m
ﺇﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣـﺔ ﺍﻷﺳـﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺟﻬـﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴـﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀـﺔ .ﻓﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ
ﺳـﻠﻚ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ 1 mﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﺎﺩ ﹰﺓ ﰲ ﳐﺘﱪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ،0.03 Ωﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﻳﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ 0.004 Ωﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻟﻜﻞ
ﻣﱰ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻮﳍﺎ .ﻭﻷﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺟﺪﹼﹰ ﺍ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ ﳛﺪﺙ -ﻏﺎﻟ ﹰﺒﺎ -ﻧﻘﺼﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻫﺒﻮﻁ
ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺪ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ .ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺻﻨﻊ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺮﺍﻓﻴﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻭﺭﻓﻴﻌﺔ.
ﻭﻫﻨـﺎﻙ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘـﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺷـﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺩﺍﺋـﺮﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ؛ ﺣﻴـﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ
ﻭﻳﻮﺿﺢ
ﹼ __= . I
R
V
ﺷـﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ Iﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻐﻴـﲑ Vﺃﻭ Rﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﻬﲈ؛ ﻭﺫﻟـﻚ ﻷﻥ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 7–20aﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ؛ ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ Vﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ،6 Vﻭ Rﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ 30 Ωﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ
ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ .0.2 Aﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﹼ
ﻗﻞ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻄ ﹼﺒﻖ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﺗﻘﻞ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ
a AA b AA A
0.2
0.2 AA 0.1
0.1 AA 0.
0.
7-20
+
+ +
+ +
+
66 VV 30
30 Ω
Ω 33 VV 30
30 Ω
Ω 66 VV
a -
- -
- -
-
b
II II II
125
ﺃﻳﻀﺎ .ﻭﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 7–20bﺃﻥ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻄ ﹼﺒﻖ ﻋﲆ ﻃﺮﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﹼ
ﻗﻞ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﹰ
ﻣﻦ 6 Vﺇﱃ 3 V؛ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻴﺼﺒﺢ .0.1 Aﻭﺗﹸﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﺩ ﹰﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ
ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ،ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ .ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﴎﻋﺔ ﳏﺮﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ
ﻗﺼﲑﺍ )ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ( ،ﻟﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﻪ
ﹰ ﴎﻳﻊ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ
ﺑﻄﻴ ﹰﺌﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴـﻠﻚ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ )ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ( .ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺃﺧﺮ ﻋﲆ
ﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﻣﺴـﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻭﺿﺒﻄﻬﺎ،
ﻣﺜـﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜـﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳـﻄﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺼـﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺗﺒﺎﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ،ﻭﺗﻌـﺪﹼ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ
ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻐﲑﺓ.
The human body ﻳﻌﻤـﻞ ﺟﺴـﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺴـﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺻﻔـﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣـﺔ
ﻛﺎﻑ ﳉﻌـﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻴـﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻐـﲑﺓ؛ ﺣﻴـﺚ ﺗﻜـﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣـﺔ ﺍﳉﻠـﺪ ﺍﳉـﺎﻑ ﻛﺒـﲑﺓ ﺑﻘـﺪﺭ ﹴ AÉ```«`MC’G ™``e §``HôdG
ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡـﺔ ﻋـﻦ ﺍﳉﻬـﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻐـﲑﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺘﺪﻟـﺔ ﺿﻌﻴﻔـﺔ .ﺃﻣـﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺻﺒـﺢ ﺍﳉﻠـﺪ ﺭﻃ ﹰﺒـﺎ ﻓﺴـﺘﻜﻮﻥ
ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘـﻪ ﺃﻗـﻞ .ﻭﻗـﺪ ﻳﺮﺗﻔـﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋـﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗـﺞ ﻋـﻦ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻬـﻮﺩ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺴـﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ
ﺧﻄـﺮﺓ .ﻭﻳﻤﻜـﻦ ﺍﻹﺣﺴـﺎﺱ ﺑﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋـﻲ ﺻﻐـﲑ ﻳﺼـﻞ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻴﻤـﺔ ﻗﺮﻳﺒـﺔ ﻣـﻦ
1 mAﰲ ﺻـﻮﺭﺓ ﺻﺪﻣـﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴـﺔ ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺔ .ﺃﻣـﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮﻫـﺎ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ 15 mA
ﻓﻘـﺪ ﺗـﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺴـﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻌﻀـﻼﺕ .ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ
ﻣﻦ 100 mAﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ.
ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻷﻭﻣﻴﺔ.
2
ﺳﻠﻚ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ 1.8 mﻭﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﻪ 0.3 mm2ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ
.5 ×10-6 Ω.mﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
1
?=R ¹= 1.8 m
A = 0.3 ×10-6 m2
ρ = 5 ×10-6 Ω.m
2
¹
__ R =ρ
A
ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ.
5 × 10 Ω.m × 1.8 m
-6
ρ A¹
_____________ = R = 30 Ω
0.3 × 10-6 m2
3
ﺗﻢ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ .Ω
ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻞ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹰ ﺍ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻖ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻪ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ.
126
3
ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺑﲔ ﻗﻄﺒﻴﻬﺎ 30.0 Vﺑﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ .10.0 Ωﻣﺎ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ؟
1
ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﲆ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﻣﻴﱰ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ.
V I
ﻭﺿﺢ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺻﻄﻼﺣﻲ. ﹼ
R
?=I R = 10.0 Ω V = 30.0 V
2
C22-09A-845813
3nd Proof ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ I = V/Rﻹﳚﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ:
V
__ = I
R
R =10.0 Ω ،V = 30.0 V
30.0 V
______ =
10.0 Ω
= 3.00 A
3
ﹸﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺒﲑ .A
ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ 3.00 Aﻣﻨﻄﻘ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ.
ﺍﻓﱰﺽ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﲨﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺑﻴﺢ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ،ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ.
ﺇﺫﺍ ﹸﻭﺻـﻞ ﳏـﺮﻙ ﺑﻤﺼـﺪﺭ ﺟﻬـﺪ ،ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺤـﺮﻙ ﰲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺸـﻐﻴﻠﻪ ،33 Ωﻭﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌـﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ .17
،3.8 Aﻓﲈ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺟﻬﺪ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ؟
ﺍﳌﺠﺲ؟
ﹼ ﳎﺲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺟﻬﺪﻫﺎ .3.0 Vﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﻤﺮ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ 2.0×10-4 Aﰲ ﹼ .18
ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ 2mﻭﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﻪ 0.3mm2ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻪ .8 Ω .19
ﺳـﻠﻚ ﻣﻮﺻـﻞ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﻘﻄﻌـﻪ 1.0 mmﻭﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴـﺔ ،1.5×10-6 Ω.mﻛﻢ ﳚـﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ﻟﺘﺼﺒﺢ .20
ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ 20 Ω؟
127
Electrical power and energy
ﻋﻨـﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺷـﻜﺎﻝ ﺃﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ
ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺤﺴـﺐ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣـﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ .ﻭﻳﺴـﻤﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨـﻲ ﹼ
ﻣـﻦ ﺷـﻜﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺁﺧـﺮ ﺍﻟﻘـﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴـﺔ Power؛ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ،P = E/t :ﺣﻴﺚ ﹸﲤ ﹼﺜـﻞ Pﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ
ﲢﻮﻟﺖ ﺧﻼﻟـﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ .sﻭﺗﹸﻘﺎﺱ ﺤﻮﻟﺔ ،ﻭ tﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﹼ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴـﺔ ،ﻭ Eﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗـﺔ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﹼ
ﺍﳌﺤﻮﻟـﺔ ﺑﻮﺣـﺪﺓ ﺍﳉـﻮﻝ ) .joule (Jﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻘـﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴـﺔ ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺳـﻬﺎ ﹼ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗـﺔ
ﺑﺤﺴـﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ،J/sﻭﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻁ ،wattﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﳍﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ .Wﻭ ﹸﻳﻌﺮﻑ
ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻮ ﹼﻟﺪ
ﲢﻮﻝ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ 1 Jﺧﻼﻝ ﺛﺎﻧﻴـﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ .ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﹼ 1 Wﺑﺄﻧـﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺁﻟـﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﹼ
ﹴ
ﻓﻌﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﺪ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ 1 Jﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﳛﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻤﻌﺪﻝ 1 J/sﺃﻭ .1 Wﻭﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﳛﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﲆ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﹼ
ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﲆ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ Vﺑﲔ ﻃﺮﰲ ﺍﳌﺴـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﻘﻮﻟﺔ ،qﻛﲈ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﹰ
ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ؛ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ:
E = qV
128
ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻡ ﺃﻭﻡ ) (V = IRﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﲆ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺻﻮﺭ ﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ،ﻛﲈ ﻳﲇ:
P = IV
__( = = IV
V
R
)V = __
V2
R
Hﻋﻨـﺪ ﻣـﺮﻭﺭ ﺗﻴـﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋـﻲ ﰲ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣـﺔ ﻓﺈﳖـﺎ eating resistance
ﺗﺴـﺨﻦ؛ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺴـﺒﺐ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻡ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﱰﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺫﺭﺍﲥﺎ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﲆ
ﺯﻳـﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻟﻠـﺬﺭﺍﺕ ،ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣـﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ .ﻟﻘﺪ ﹸﺻ ﹼﻤﻤﺖ
ﻛﻞ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳌﺪﻓﺄﺓ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴـﺨﲔ ﻭﺃﺳـﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﺴـﺨﲔ ﰲ ﳎ ﹼﻔﻒ ﺍﻟﺸـﻌﺮ ﹼ
ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗـﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ .ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘـﺎﺕ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻟﻴﺔ ،ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ
ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺤــﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ،7-21ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ. ﹼ
ﺤﻮﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﳊﺴـﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﱠ
ﺤﻮﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺎﻗـﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﰲ ﻼ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﺴـﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴـﺔ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﱠ
ﺃﺧـﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ،ﻓﻤﺜـ ﹰ
ﻣﺴـﺨﻦ ﻣﻐﻤـﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺗﺴـﺨﲔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﱰﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴـﺔ tﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﱢ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣـﺔ
ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ:
E = Pt
E = Pt
E = I2 Rt ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ
)(R
E = __ t
V2
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﺔ ﻣﴬﻭﺑﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ،ﻛﲈ ﺃﳖﺎ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ
ﻣﴬﻭ ﹰﺑﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ،ﻭﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﻣﻘﺴﻮ ﹰﻣﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ،ﻭﻣﴬﻭ ﹰﺑﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ.
7-21
129
2
ﻭ ﹼﻟﺪﺕ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺟﻬﺪﻫﺎ 6.0 Vﹰ
ﺗﻴﺎﺭﺍ ﺷﺪﺗﻪ 0.50 Aﰲ ﳏﺮﻙ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻄﺮﻓﻴﻬﺎ.
ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ:
.aﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺻﻠﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺤﺮﻙ.
.bﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺻﻠﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺤﺮﻙ ،ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺪﺓ .5.0 min
1
ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺗﺒﲔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺐ ﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﻤﺤﺮﻙ،
I
ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺤﺮﻙ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺐ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
V I
ﻭﺿﺢ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺻﻄﻼﺣﻲ.
ﹼ
?=P V = 6.0 V
?=E I = 0.50 A
t = 5.0 min
2
.bﺗﻌﻠﻤﺖ ﺳﺎﺑ ﹰﻘﺎ ﺃﻥ .P = E/tﺣﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟـ Eﻹﳚﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺻﻠﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺤﺮﻙ.
E = Pt
3
ﺗﻢ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﻁ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﳉﻮﻝ.
ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺻﻐﲑﺍﻥ ﻧﺴﺒ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ ﻟﻠﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﻄﻘ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ.
130
5
Heating a resistanceﻋﻨـﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋـﻲ ﰲ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻓﺈﳖﺎ
ﺳﺨﺎﻥ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻪ 10.0 Ωﻋﲆ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺟﻬﺪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ .120.0 Vﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ: ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﹼ
ﺗﺴـﺨﻦ؛ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺴـﺒﺐ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻡ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﱰﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺫﺭﺍﲥﺎ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﲆ
.bﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﺘﺠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺨﺎﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ .10.0 s .aﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺨﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺬﺭﺍﺕ ،ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ .ﻟﻘﺪ ﹸﺻ ﹼﻤﻤﺖ ﻛﻞ
I
ﺍﻟﺘﺴـﺨﲔ ﻭﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﺴـﺨﲔ ﰲ ﳎ ﹼﻔﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﹼ
ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
ﻭﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ
ﺍﳌﺪﻓﺄﺓ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ
1
ﻣﻦ
ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ .ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘـﺎﺕ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﻬـﺰﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻟﻴــــﺔ -ﻛﺘﻠـﻚ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ.
ﺍﺭﺳﻢﻃﺎﻗـﺔ
ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴـﺔ ﺇﱃ
ﻋﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﴏ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺟﻬﺪ
ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺤــﺔ ﹼﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ - 7–21ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ. ﹼ
120.0 V 10.0 Ω ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ،120.0 Vﻭﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ 10.0 Ω
ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷـﻜﻞ Eﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ
lectric power
ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛـﻢ ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔP =،
? ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴـﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ
R =10 ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺁﺧـﺮ ،ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﺤـﻮﻝ
.0 Ω
I
ﻗﻤﺔ ﻣﻮﻗﺪﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺗﺴـﺨﲔ ﰲ ﹼ ﺃﻭ = E
ﻣﻐﻤـﻮﺭﺍ ﰲ ﺍﳌـﺎﺀ? ،
ﹰ 120ﹸﻣ = ﱢ
ﺴـﺨVﻨﹰﺎ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ
ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣـﺔ .ﻓـﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ.0 V
ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩ ﺑﴪﻋـﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻹﻳﺼﺎﻟﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ t = 10 ﺗﺘﺪﻓﻖ
ﻣﺜﻼ ﻓﺴـﻮﻑ.0 s ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋـﻲ ﹰ
ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺑﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﻮﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ
ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ .ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ
2
C22-13A-845813 ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﱰﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ tﺳﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ:
Final .aﻷﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ Rﻭ Vﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ .P = V2/R
(120.0 V)2 E = Pt
P = ________ = 1.44 kW
10.0 Ω
V=120.0VR=10.0Ω
P = I 2R ﻭﻷﻥ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ: ﻹﳚﺎﺩ ﺣﻞ .b
V2
__ = P
R
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ
E = Pt t=10.0sP=1.44kW
ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ= )= (1.44 kW) (10.0 s
ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﲢﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ،ﻛﲈ ﰲ 14.4 kJ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ :
3
ﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻁ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳉﻮﻝ.
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ، 102×102×10-1 =103:ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻴﻠﻮﻭﺍﻁ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ.
ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻬﻲ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ،103×101=104 :ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺍﺭ 10000ﺟﻮﻝ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ )ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ(.
ﻣﺮ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﺗﻪ 0.50 Aﰲ ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺑﲔ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻪ ،125 Vﻓﲈ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ
ﺇﺫﺍ ﹼ .21
ﺇﱃ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺿﻮﺋﻴﺔ؟ ﺍﻓﱰﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﳌﺼﺒﺎﺡ .100%
ﺗ ﹶﹶﻮ ﹼﻟﺪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﺗﻪ 2.0 Aﰲ ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ .ﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺑﲔ .22
ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻪ 12 V؟
ﻣﺎ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ 150 Wﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺟﻬﺪﻩ 220 V؟ .23
ﻳﻤﺮ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺷـﺪﺗﻪ 210 Aﰲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺪﺀ ﺗﺸـﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴـﻴﺎﺭﺓ .ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺑﲔ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ 12 Vﻓﲈ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ
ﹼ .24
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺧﻼﻝ 10.0 s؟
ﻣﺼـﺒﺎﺡ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﹸﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ .0.90 Wﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺑﲔ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻪ 3.0 Vﻓﲈ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻪ؟ .25
ﺳﺘﺤﻮﳍﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﹼ ﲢـﻮﻝ ﺩﺍﺋـﺮﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴـﺔ ﻃﺎﻗـﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫـﺎ 2.2×103 Jﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﹸﺸ ﹼﻐﻞ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ .ﺣﺪﹼ ﺩ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ
ﱢ .26
ﺗﺸﻐﻞ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ.
131
ﺗﻴﺎﺭﺍ ﺷﺪﺗﻪ 0.50 Aﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺟﻬﺪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ .120 Vﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ: ﻳﺴﺤﺐ ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﹰ .27
.bﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺼﺒﺎﺡ. .aﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﺒﺎﺡ.
ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﻛﹸﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ 75 Wﺑﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺟﻬﺪ ،125 Vﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ: ﹺ .28
.bﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﺒﺎﺡ. .aﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺼﺒﺎﺡ.
ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ،ﺇﺫﺍ ﹸﺃﺿﻴﻔﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ،ﻓﲈ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ: .29
.aﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺑﲔ ﻃﺮﰲ ﺍﳌﺼﺒﺎﺡ.b .ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﹸﺃﺿﻴﻔﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ.c .ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺼﺒﺎﺡ.
ﺳﺨﺎﻥ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻪ 15 Ωﻋﲆ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺟﻬﺪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ .120 Vﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ: ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﹼ .30
.bﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺨﺎﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ .30.0 s .aﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺨﺎﻥ.
.cﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ.
ﺇﺫﺍ ﹸﻭ ﹺﺻﻠﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ 39 Ωﺑﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺟﻬﺪﻫﺎ 45 Vﻓﺎﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ: .31
.aﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ .b.ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ .5.0 min
Series and parallel circuits
A
ﻳﻤﻜـﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻧﻤـﻮﺫﺝ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻮﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﺳـﻔﲇ ﻛﲈ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ 7-22
ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺟﺎ ﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ .ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻨﺤﺪﺭ ﻣﺎﺀ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﹰ
Aﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺴـﻔﲇ ،Bﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ
ﻋـﻦ ﺍﳌﺴـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴـﻠﻜﻪ ﻣﺎﺀ ﺍﳋـﺰﺍﻥ ، Aﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻨﺤﺪﺭ ﺟـﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺋﻪ ﰲ ﻣـﴪﺍﺕ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ.
B
ﻭﺑﻐـﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈـﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﺴـﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﺤـﺪﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻓـﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠـﲈﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻖ
ﻟﻠﺨﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺴـﻔﲇ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ .ﺇﻥ ﺍﳌﺴـﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﺤﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﺴـﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ Aﻣﺸﺎﲠﺔ ﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ 7-22
ﰲ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ،ﻭﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻣﺸـﺎﲠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ،
ﻭﺍﳌﺴـﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻖ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻣﺸـﺎﲠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴـﺔ .ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ A
ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ﰲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻚ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻛﻠﲈ ﺩﻋﺖ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ. B
Series circuitsﹶﻭ ﹶﺻﻞ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻃـﻼﺏ ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺣﲔ ﻣﺘﲈﺛﻠﲔ
ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ .7-23ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﻏﻼﻗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻃﻠﺐ
ﺑﻄﺮﰲ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ،ﻛﲈ ﻫﻮ ﹼ
ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻢ ﺗﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺪ ﺳﻄﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺼﺒﺎﺣﲔ.
ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻄﻮﻉ ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﲆ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻪ ،ﻓﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ
-
+
132
Electrical hazard Harmful / Irritant Biological hazards
Hand protection Flammable
Eye safety Thermal safety Explosive
ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻓﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﻄﻮ ﹶﻋﺎ ﺍﳌﺼﺒﺎﺣﲔ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﲔ؛.ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ
First aid Eye wash station ElectricalFire extinguisher
hazard HarmfulRadioactive
/ Irritant safety Biological hazards Flammable
ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲣﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻻ ﲡﺪ ﳍﺎ،ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﻟﻠﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ
ﻭﺃﺿﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ.ﺃﻱ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﲏ
Sharp objects safety Eye safety
Hand protection Poison safety Thermal safety
First aidOxidizer Explosive Corrosive
Eye wash station Fire extinguisher Radioactive safety
.ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺼﺒﺎﺣﲔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺳﻄﻮﻋﻴﻬﲈ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﲔ
ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻔﺴـﻪ ﺳـﻴﻤﺮ ﰲ ﱟ:ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ
ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﻄﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺼﺒﺎﺣﲔ؟
Hand protection Eye safety
Electrical hazard Laser beam Harmful / Irritant ThermalBiological
Lab. coat safety
Sharphazards
Ecological
objects Explosive
safety hazards Flammable Carcinogenic
Poison safety Oxidizer Corrosive
ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﳌﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﲇ ﰲA ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﺴـﻮﻑ ﺗﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﲇ ﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ
.1
First
aid objects safety
Sharp
Eye wash station
Poison safety
Fire extinguisher
Oxidizer
Radioactive safety
Corrosive
ﻣﻬﲈ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻭﺷـﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﺴـﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴـﻠﻜﻬﺎA ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻛﺘﲈﻝ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥB ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ
ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﺭﻧﺖ ﻧﻤـﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻓﺴـﺘﺪﺭﻙ.ﺍﳌـﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﺑـﲔ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﲔ
Sharp objectsLaser
safetybeam
Poison safety
Lab. coat
Oxidizer
Ecological hazards
Corrosive
Carcinogenic
ﺗﺬ ﹸﻛﺮ ﳑﹼﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﺘﻪ ﺳـﺎﺑ ﹰﻘﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻔﻨﻰ.ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﻗـﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟـﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ
.2 ، ﻭﻫﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻔﻨﻰ،ﻣﺴـﺎﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﹰ ﺍ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﺴـﻠﻜﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ
ﹰ ﻭﻷﻥ ﻟﻠﺸـﺤﻨﺔ.ﻭﻻ ﺗﺴـﺘﺤﺪﺙ
Laser beam
Lab. coat
Ecological hazards
Carcinogenic ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲣﺮﺝ
ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﹸﻭ ﹺﺻﻠﺖ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ.ﺃﻱ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ
ﻣﻨﻬﺎ؛ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﰲ ﹼ
.3 ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗـﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﲨﻴﻌﻬﺎ،7-24 ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ ﻛﲈ ﻫﻮ ﹼ،ﺃﺟﻬـﺰﺓ ﺃﻣﻴـﱰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ
ﻛﻞ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺋﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺴـﻤﻰ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﰲ ﱢ
ﹼ .ﺳـﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺴـﺎﻭﻳﺔ
.Series circuit ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺴـﺎﻭ ﹰﻳﺎ ﰲ ﺃﺟـﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋـﺮﺓ ﲨﻴﻌﻬـﺎ ﻓـﲈ ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ ﻳﺴـﺘﻬﻠﻜﻪ ﺍﳌﺼﺒـﺎﺡ ﻹﻧﺘـﺎﺝ
ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗـﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻴـﺔ؟ ﺗﺬﻛﹼﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﻌـﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ ﱡ
ﺗﻮﻗﻊ .4 ﻟﺬﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﺮﻕ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬـﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻫﺒﻮﻁ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ.P = IV ﻭﲤ ﹼﺜـﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗـﺔ ﹸ،ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴـﺔ
ﻭﻷﻥ.ﺳـﺘﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺷـﻜﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷـﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﱪ ﺍﳌﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ
ﹼ
ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ، ﻓﺈﻥ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺑﲔ ﻃﺮﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ،R = V/I ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﹼ
ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺮ .5 .V = IR ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﳍﺒﻮﻁ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﹰﹼ
Current and resistance in a series circuit
ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ﻭﺭﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﲈ ﺩﺭﺳـﺘﻪ ﺳـﺎﺑ ﹰﻘﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗـﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳌﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﲇ
ﻟﻠﻬﺒﻮﻃـﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴـﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔـﺔ ﻟﻠـﲈﺀ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳋـﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺴـﻔﲇ ﻳﺴـﺎﻭﻱ
ﺍﳍﺒﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﲇ ﻟﻠﲈﺀ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﲔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺸـﺒﻪ ﺍﳍﺒﻮﻁ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴـﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﰲ
ﺃﻱ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻭﻋﲆ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻳـﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬــﺪ ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ ﻳﻮ ﹼﻓﺮﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﺪ ﺃﻭ ﹼ.ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋـﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ
RA
+
V
،B ﻭA ﻣﺴـﺎﻭﻳ ﹰﺔ ﳎﻤـﻮﻉ ﺍﳍﺒﻮﻁ )ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺼﺎﻥ( ﰲ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬـﺪ ﰲ ﻛﻼ ﺍﳌﺼﺒﺎﺣﲔ،Vﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ
-
V = ﻣﺼﺪﺭVA + VB :ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﲤﺜﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ
RB
ﺍﴐﺏ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋـﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﰲ،ﻭﻹﳚـﺎﺩ ﺍﳍﺒﻮﻁ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬـﺪ ﻋﱪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ
: ﻭﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻛﻼ ﺍﳌﺼﺒﺎﺣﲔ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ.ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ
7-24
: ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ،VB = IRB ﻭVA = IRA
.V = ﻣﺼﺪﺭI(RA + RB) ﺃﻭV = ﻣﺼﺪﺭIRA + IRB
133
ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ:
ﻣﺼﺪﺭV
_______ = I
RA + RB
ﻳﻤﻜـﻦ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﻧﻔﺴـﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺸـﻤﻞ ﺃﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣـﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺘـﻮﺍﱄ ،ﻭﻟﻴﺲ
ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘـﲔ ﻓﻘـﻂ .ﻭﺳـﻴﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻔﺴـﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋـﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴـﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻬـﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ
ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ Rﺗﺴـﺎﻭﻱ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻲ ﺍﳌﺼﺒﺎﺣﲔ ،ﻭﺗﺴـﻤﻰ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ
ﻟﻠﺪﺍﺋـﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴـﺔ .ﺇﺫﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣـﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌـﺔ ﳌﺠﻤﻮﻋـﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻟﺔ ﻋـﲆ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ ﻫﻲ
ﻌﱪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓ ،ﻭ ﹸﻳ ﹼ 1V
ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﳌﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ …R = RA + RB +
ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﳌﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓ.
ﹴ
ﺗـﻮﺍﻝ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳـﺔ ﺟﻬﺪﻫﺎ .90 Vﻣﺎ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﻭﺻﻠـﺖ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣـﺎﺕ 5 Ωﻭ 15 Ωﻭ 10 Ωﰲ ﺩﺍﺋـﺮﺓ ﹺ .32
ﻟﻠﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ؟ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ؟
ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺟﻬﺪﻫﺎ 9 Vﺑﺜﻼﺙ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ ﰲ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ .ﺇﺫﺍ ﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺇﺣﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﹺ .33
ﻓﺄﺟﺐ ﻋﲈ ﻳﲇ:
.aﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ؟
.bﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ؟
.cﻫﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻐﲑ ﰲ ﺟﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ؟
134
7-25
RC RB RA
A
ﺍﳋـﺰﺍﻥ Aﰲ ﻋـﺪﺓ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ،ﺣﻴـﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺑﻌـﺾ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﹰ
ﻛﺒﲑﺍ ،ﻭﰲ
ﺑﻌﻀﻬـﺎ ﺍﻵﺧـﺮ ﺃﻗﻞ ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻈﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﲇ ﻣﺴـﺎﻭ ﹰﻳﺎ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﱡﻘـﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ.
7-26 ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻴـﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲤﺮ
ﹶ ﻭﺑﺎﳌﺜـﻞ ﻳﻜـﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟـﻜﲇ ﰲ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﺴـﺎﻭ ﹰﻳﺎ
ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﺴـﺎﺭﺍﺕ ،ﻣﻊ ﺗﺴـﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺑﲔ
ﻃﺮﰲ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ.
ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﹴ
ﺗـﻮﺍﺯ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ؟ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺷـﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﹼ ﻣـﺎ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ
120 V ﻣﺜﻼ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺑﲔ ﻃﺮﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻓﺮﻉ ﻋﲆ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻪ .ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 7-26ﹰ
38 A A ،120 Vﻭﻳﻌﻄـﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﺍﳌـﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣـﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ،I = V/Rﻭﺑﺎﳌﺜﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﺴـﺎﺏ
24 Ω 5A ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ 24 Ωﻛﲈ ﻳﲇ ،I = (120 V)/(24 Ω) = 5.0 A :ﺛﻢ ﲢﺴـﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ
A
ﺍﳌـﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘـﲔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻳﲔ .ﻭﻳﻜـﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﲇ ﺍﳌـﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮ ﹼﻟﺪ ﻣﺴـﺎﻭ ﹰﻳﺎ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ
120 V
V ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ،ﻭﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ .38 A
ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ 6 Ωﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ؟ ﻭﻫﻞ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ 24 Ω؟
9Ω 13 A
A
120 V ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﲆ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻭﻋﲆ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺑﲔ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻬﺎ .ﻭﻷﻥ ﺃ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﲈ
ﱂ ﻳﺘﻐـﲑ ﻓـﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﹰﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ .ﻭﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ 9 Ω؛
V
20 A
6Ω
A ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻓـﺮﻭﻉ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘـﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺑﻌﺾ .ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﲇ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﰲ
120 V ﺍﳌﻮ ﹼﻟـﺪ ﻓﻴﺘﻐﲑ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ،ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ 6 Ωﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ
ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺭﻳﻦ .18 A
V
C23-08A-845813
135 Final
Electrical hazard Harmful / Irritant Biological hazards
Hand protection Flammable
Eye safety Thermal safety
I
=_____
120 V
38 A .1
Electrical hazard
First aid Harmful Eye
/ Irritant
wash station BiologicalFire
hazards
extinguisher
Laser beam Flammable
Radioactive Lab.
safety
coat Ecological hazar
ﻻﺣـﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻗـﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜـﻼﺙ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﲆ
First aid objects safety
Sharp Eye wash station
Poison safety Fire extinguisher
Oxidizer Radioactive safety
Corrosive
ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ،ﻣﺴﺎﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﹰ ﺍ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺗﹸﻀﻴﻒ
Sharp objectsLaser
safetybeam Poison safety
Lab. coat Oxidizer
Ecological hazards Corrosive
Carcinogenic
ﹰ .2
.ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﲇ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﹰﺎ .3
Laser beam
Lab. coat
Ecological hazards
Carcinogenic
ﹴ
ﻻﺣﻆ ﹰ،ﺗـﻮﺍﺯ
ﺃﻭﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﲇ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋـﺮﺓ ﻫﻮ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﳊﺴـﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣـﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌـﺔ ﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ
ﻫـﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔـﺮﻭﻉIC ﻭIB ﻭIA ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ،ﺍﻟﺘﻴـﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻔـﺮﻭﻉ
: ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﲇ ﻓﺈﻥIﻭ .4
I = IA + IB + IC
ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ،ﺃﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻓﺴـﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺴـﻪ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺑﲔ ﻃﺮﰲ ﹼ .5
: ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔRA ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ
.6
IA = __
V
R A
:ﻭﺑﻨﺎ ﹰﺀ ﻋﲆ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻛﲈ ﻳﲇ
__
R = V + __
V __
RA +V
V __
RB RC
ﻧﻮﺟـﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌـﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜـﻼﺙ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﲆ،V ﻭﺑﻘﺴـﻤﺔ ﻃـﺮﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻋﲆ
.ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ
136
ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟـﻮﻉ ﺇﱃ ﻣـﺎ ﺩﺭﺳـﺘﻪ ﻋـﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴـﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣـﺎﺕ ،ﻭﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒـﺎﺭ ﺃﺟﻬـﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴـﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ
V
ﻳﻘﻴﺲ12ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﳚﺐ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ
ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ،ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﱰ V
I
ﺩﺍﺋـﲈ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ .ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﺘﻤﻴﱰ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺑﲔ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﲔ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﹰ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ .7-27
I
ﻛﲈ3ﰲ
Ω
ﻳﻮﺻﻞ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻌﻬﲈ
ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ ﻭﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﰲ ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﲔ
+
12 V
C22-12A-845813
Final
6
3Ω
2
ﻷﻥ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﻋﲆ ﹼ
ﻛﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ،ﻟﺬﺍ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ I = __VRﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺮﻉ. .a
__ = IA
V
_____ =
90.0 V
= 1.50 A RA = 60.0 Ω،V = 90.0 V
RA 60.0 Ω
__ = IB
V
_____ =
90.0 V
= 3.00 A RB = 30.0 Ω،V = 90.0 V
RB 30.0 Ω
__ = IC
V
_____ =
90.0 V
= 4.50 A RC = 20.0 Ω،V = 90.0 V
RC 20.0 Ω
137
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ. .b
__
1
__ =
1
__ +
1
__ +
1
R RA RB RC
_____ =
1
_____ +
1
_____ +
1
_____ =
1
60.0 Ω 30.0 Ω 20.0 Ω 10.0 Ω
RA=60.0 Ω ،RB=30.0 Ω ، RC= 20.0 Ω
R=10.0 Ω
__ = I
V
R
_____ =
90.0 V
=9.00 A R=10.0Ω،V=90.0V
10.0 Ω
3
ﻭﺻﻠـﺖ ﺛـﻼﺙ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣـﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮﻫـﺎ 120.0 Ωﻭ 60.0 Ωﻭ 40.0 Ωﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺟﻬﺪﻫﺎ ،12.0 Vﺍﺣﺴـﺐ ﹺ .34
ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ:
.aﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ.
.bﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﲇ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ.
.cﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ.
ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﻧـﺎ ﺧﻔـﺾ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣـﺔ ﻓﺮﻉ ﰲ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣـﻦ 150 Ωﺇﱃ 93 Ωﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣـﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ .ﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ .35
ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﳚﺐ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ؟ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ؟
ﹸﻭﺻﻠـﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣـﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ 12 Ωﻭﻗﺪﺭﲥﺎ 2 Wﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺑﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣـﺔ ﺃﺧﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ 6.0 Ωﻭﻗﺪﺭﲥﺎ .4 Wﻣﺎ ﺃﻗﴡ .36
ﻓﺮﻕ ﺟﻬﺪ ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﺎﻥ؟ ﻭﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﲔ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ ﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ؟
138
Electromotive force
ﻋﻠﻤـﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋـﻲ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﻟﻠﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﱪ ﻣﻮﺻـﻞ ،ﻭﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ
ﻓﺮﻕ ﺟﻬﺪ ﺑﲔ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﲔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﲈ .ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴـﺔ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺟﻬﺪﻫﺎ ﺃﻋﲆ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺟﻬﺪﻫـﺎ ﺃﻗﻞ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ
ﻣﺜﻼ( ﻹﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ .ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﻣﺴـﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻗـﺪﺭﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ )ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﹰ
ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴـﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻐﻠـﻖ )ﺩﺍﺋـﺮﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ( ﻓﻼ ﺑـﺪ ﻟﻠﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳـﺔ ،ﻭﻫـﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﺪﻓﻊ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ )ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﻟﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺐ ﳍﺎ( ﻭﺧﺎﺭﺟﻬﺎ )ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺐ ﺇﱃ
ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺐ ﳍﺎ( ﻟﺘﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻐﻠﻖ؛ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﺇﱃ
ﺣﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻔﻊ .ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﺬﻟﻪ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﰲ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﻟﺐ ﺇﱃ
ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺐ ،ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﻟﺐ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﺑـ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻌﺔ
ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ) Electromotive force (emfﻟﻠﻤﺼﺪﺭ .ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ :
emf (Ɛ) = W / Qﻭﻟﻠﻌﻠـﻢ ﻓـﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺴـﺖ ﻗـﻮﺓ ،ﻭﺇﻧﲈ ﻫﻲ ﻓﺮﻕ
ﺟﻬـﺪ ،ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﺑﻮﺣـﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﺖ ) ،(Vﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣـﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻌـﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
r
ﺗﺴـﺎﻭﻱ 6Vﻓﻬـﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨـﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺑﲔ ﻗﻄﺒﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺴـﺎﻭﻱ .6Vﻟﻜـﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻛﺄﻱ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ
R
ﺃﺧـﺮ ﳍـﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺴـﻤﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣـﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳـﺔ ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﳍﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣـﺰ rﻭﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ
ﻋـﲆ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﲥـﺎ ،ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺴـﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻻ ﺑـﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ
ﺭﺳﲈ ﲣﻄﻴﻄ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ،rﰲ ﺍﳊﺴـﺒﺎﻥ .ﻭﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 7-28ﹰ
ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ Rﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ .ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺛﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ
7-28 ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳـﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ ﺑﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻬـﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻋﲆ
r ﺍﻟﺘـﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻳﻘﻠـﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ،ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻫـﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻴـﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ )ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
R ﺻﻔﺮﺍ( ،ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻭﺟـﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻟﻴـﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴـﺔ ﹰ
ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﳊﻈﺔ ﺗﺸـﻐﻴﻞ ﺳـﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻀﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺑﻴﺢ ،ﺣﻴﺚ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺧﻔﻮﺗﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺇﺿﺎﺀﲥﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ .ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻌﺔ
ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ:
Ɛ = I (R +r) = V +Ir
ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﻛﲈ ﻳﲇ:
V = Ɛ -Ir
ﺣﻴﺚ rﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺪﺭ ،ﺑﻴﻨﲈ Rﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ،ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ
Vﲤﺜـﻞ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﲇ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳـﺔ ،ﺑﻴﻨﲈ Irﲤﺜﻞ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﲇ )ﺑﲔ ﻗﻄﺒﻴﻬﺎ(،
ﺻﻔـﺮﺍ ،ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ Ɛ = Ir
ﹰ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧـﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋـﺮﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣـﺔ Open circuitﻓﺈﻥ Vﺗﺼﺒﺢ
ﺍﻭ .I = Ɛ /rﻣـﻦ ﻫﻨـﺎ ﻳﻤﻜـﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺄﳖـﺎ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺑﲔ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ.
139
S hort circuit ﲢـﺪﺙ ﺩﺍﺋـﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘـﴫ Short circuitﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋـﺮﺓ
ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴـﺔ ،ﻋﻨﺪﻣـﺎ ﺗﺼﺒـﺢ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺟـﺪﹼﹰ ﺍ ،ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌـﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﺒﲑ ﺟﺪﹼﹰ ﺍ.
ﻓﻌﻨـﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴـﻞ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﻬـﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺗﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣـﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ
ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ،ﳑﺎ ﻳـﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳـﻼﻙ ،ﻭﻗﺪ ﹰ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴـﺔ ﺃﻛﺜـﺮ ﻛﻠﲈ ﺷـ ﹼﻐﻠﻨﺎ
ﹸﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﰲ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﺼﻬﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻟﺔ ﻟﻸﺳﻼﻙ ،ﻓﻴﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﱃ
ﺗﻼﻣﺲ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﻭﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻗﴫ ﻭﻗﺪ ﹸﲢﺪﺙ ﺣﺮﻳ ﹰﻘﺎ.
ﺗﻌﻤـﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻬـﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻃـﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴـﺔ ﺑﻮﺻﻔﻬﺎ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺳـﻼﻣﺔ ﻋـﲆ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ
ﺗﻴـﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴـﺔ ﺯﺍﺋـﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋـﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴـﺔ ﻧﺎﺗـﺞ ﻋـﻦ ﺗﺸـﻐﻴﻞ ﻋـﺪﺩ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﻬـﺰﺓ
ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴـﺔ ﻋـﲆ ﺍﳌﻘﺒـﺲ ﻧﻔﺴـﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺩﺍﺋـﺮﺓ ﻗﴫ ﰲ ﺃﺣـﺪ ﺍﻷﺟﻬـﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
ﻳﻤﺮ ﻓﻴﻬـﺎ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﺒﲑ
ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺼﻬـﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋـﻲ ﻋﺒـﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﺼـﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻠﺰ ﺗﻨﺼﻬـﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﹼ
ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ .7-29aﻭﺳـﻤﻚ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺰﻳﺔ ﹸﳛـﺪﹼ ﺩﻩ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟـﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ
ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴـﺔ ،ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻓﻴﻬـﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺄﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳـﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻠﻔﻬﺎ .ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺮ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ
ﺃﻛـﱪ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻠـﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺗﻨﺼﻬﺮ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻭﺗﻘﻄـﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻦ
ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋـﺮﺓ ،ﻭﺗﺼﺒـﺢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋـﺮﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ )ﻻ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻓﻴﻬـﺎ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ( .ﻭﻫـﺬﺍ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﲪﺎﻳـﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ
ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ 7-29bﻗﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ،ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺁﱄ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻒ .ﹼ
ﻋـﲆ ﻓﺘـﺢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺴـﻤﻮﺡ ﲠﺎ؛ ﻷﻥ
ﻛﺒﲑﺍ ﻗـﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺮﺍﺋﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺃﴐﺍﺭ ﺃﺧﺮ. ﺧﻄﺮﺍ ﹰ
ﻣـﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻳﺸـﻜﻞ ﹰ
ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻋﲆ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ.
a
b
a7-29
b
140
7
ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ 24 Vﻭﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ 0.5 Ωﻭﺻﻞ ﻗﻄﺒﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ،5.5 Ωﺍﺣﺴﺐ:
.aﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ.
.bﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺑﲔ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
1
ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ emfﻭ rﻭ R
?= 1 emf = 24 V
? = ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔV r = 0.5 Ω
R = 5.5 Ω
2
=4A
V=IR .b
= ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔV 4 A × 5.5 Ω
= 22 V
3
ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ Aﻭﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ .Vﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﻔﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ.
ﺇﺫﺍ ﴐﺑﻨﺎ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻓﺴﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ،24 V
ﻭﻫﻮﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ .ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺑﲔ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻌﺔ
ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳍﺒﻮﻁ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ )ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ( .ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﻔﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﺎﺓ.
ﻭﺻﻠـﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘـﺎﻥ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺘـﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺍﳘـﺎ 3 Ωﻭ 2.5 Ωﻋـﲆ ﺍﻟﺘـﻮﺍﱄ ،ﺛﻢ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻃﺮﻓﺎﳘـﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻗﻮﲥـﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻌﺔ .37
ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ 12 Vﻭﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ 0.5 Ωﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﲔ.
ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺍﳘﺎ 3 Ωﻭ 6 Ωﻭﺻﻠﺘﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ،ﺛﻢ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻃﺮﻓﺎﳘﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻗﻮﲥﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ .38
24 Vﻭﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ 0.4 Ωﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﲔ.
141
7-3
ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ، .e ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 7-30ﻭﺑﺎﻓﱰﺍﺽ .39
ﻫﻞ ﺍﳌﺼﺒﺎﺣﺎﻥ 2ﻭ 3ﻣﺘﲈﺛﻼﻥ؟ ﺃﻥ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺑﻴﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋـﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﲈﺛﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺮﻭﻉ
ﻫـﻞ ﻫﻨـﺎﻙ ﻃﺮﻳﻘـﺔ ﳉﻌـﻞ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺑﻴـﺢ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛـﺔ ﰲ .f a, b, cﺃﺟﺐ ﻋﲈ ﻳﲇ:
ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ ﺗﹸﴤﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺼﺒﺎﺣﺎﻥ A
B
ﻭﺿﺢ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ. 2ﻭ 3ﻣﺘﲈﺛﻠﲔ؟ ﹼ I3 A I1 I2 A
PCU
143
ﻓﺎﳉﻬﺪ ﻫﻮ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ.ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ
ﻭﺳـﺘﺠﻤﻊ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ. ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﲢﺪﹼ ﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺟﻬﺪ،ﻳﺪﻓـﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ
. ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ، ﻭﺗﻌﺪ ﺭﺳﻮ ﹰﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺼﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ،ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ
ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ؟ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ؟
ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺣﻮﺍﻣﻞ،1.5 V ﺟﻬﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎD ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ .SI ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﻓ ﹰﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ�
ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣـﺔ،10 kΩ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣـﺔ،500 µA ﻭﺃﻣﻴـﱰ، ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳـﺎﺕ�
ﻭﲬﺴـﺔ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ،40 kΩ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ،30 kΩ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ،20 kΩ .ﺍﻟﻜﲇ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ
.ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻤﺸﺎﺑﻚ ﻓﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﺎﺡ
ﹼ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗـﺔ ﺑـﲔ ﺍﳉﻬـﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟـﻜﲇ ﺍﳌـﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ�
.ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ
Hand protection Eye safety Thermal safety Explosive
. ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻣﻠﻬﺎ.1
ﻭﺃﻣﻴﱰ،10 kΩ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣـﺔ، ﺭﻛﹼﺐ ﺩﺍﺋـﺮﺓ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﲆ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.2
Hand protection EyeSharp
safetyobjects safety
First aid PoisonEye
Thermal safety safety
wash station ExplosiveOxidizer
Fire extinguisher Corrosive
Radioactive safety
.500 µA
Electrical hazard
Hand protection
Harmful / Irritant
beamobjectsEye safety
Hand protection
Biological hazards
Thermal safety
Eye Ecological
safety
Flammable
OxidizerExplosive
Thermal Carcinogenic
safety Corrosive Explosive
�
LaserSharp safety Poison safety
Lab. coat hazards
ﹼ.6
Laser beam Lab. coat hazards Carcinogenic
Laser beam Lab. coat Ecological hazards Carcinogenic
.20 kΩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ
ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﹰ40 kΩ ﻋﲆ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ،5 ﻭ4 ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺗﲔ ﹼ.7
.30 kΩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ
B ﺍﳉﺰﺀ
10 1.5
10 1.5
10 1.5
ﻛﻴـﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑـﲔ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ .3 ﻭﺩﻭﻥ
ﺃﺿـﻒ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳـﺔ ﺛﺎﻧﻴـﺔ ﺟﻬﺪﻫـﺎ 1.5 Vﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋـﺮﺓ ،ﹼ .9
ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﲏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﲏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻧﺸﺄﺗﻪ؟ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﳉﻬـﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺟـﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ .2ﻋﻨﺪﻣـﺎ
ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﺍﻓﱰﺿﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ؟ .4 ﺩﻭﻥ ﳎﻤـﻮﻉ ﺟﻬـﻮﺩ ﺗﺴـﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻛﺜـﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳـﺔ ﻭﺍﺣـﺪﺓ ﹼ
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﻮﺻﻔﻬﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺪ ﰲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ .2
ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ 9ﻣﻊ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺪ ﹼ
ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ .1.5 V .10ﹼ
ﻣﺎ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤـﺮ ﰲ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ .1
ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ 9ﻣﻊ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺪ ﹼ
ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ .1.5 V .11ﹼ
ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﻬـﺪ 3.0 Vﻭﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣـﺔ 20 kΩ؟ ﻛﻴـﻒ ﺣـﺪﹼ ﺩﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ
ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ؟
ﺑﺎﻻﺳـﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗـﻚ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺣﺼﻠـﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬـﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑـﺔ، .2 ﻣﺘﻐﲑﺍ
ﹰ ﺍﺭﺳـﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺻﻔﻪ .1
ﻫـﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺷـﺘﻘﺎﻕ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ؟ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ،ﻋﲆ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳌﺤﻮﺭ ،xﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ
ﻣﺴـﺎﻋﺪﺓ :ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑـﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ، ﻋﲆ ﺍﳌﺤﻮﺭ .y
ﻭﺍﻓﱰﺽ ﺃﳖﺎ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﲤﺮ ﰲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ. ﻣﺘﻐﲑﺍ
ﹰ ﺍﺭﺳـﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺻﻔﻪ .2
ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺘﻔﻖ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻚ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ؟ ﻭﺿﺢ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ. .3 ﻣﻘﺎﺑـﻞ ﺍﳉﻬـﺪ ،ﻋﲆ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻀـﻊ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳌﺤـﻮﺭ ،xﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ
ﻋﲆ ﺍﳌﺤﻮﺭ .y
ﻣـﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣـﻞ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺗﺆﺛـﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ A .3
ﺇﺿﺎﻓـﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ؟ ﻭﻛﻴـﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ
اﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎء ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ؟
ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ Bﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ .4
www.obeikaneducation.com
ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻓﺔ؟ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻫﺬﻩ
ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ؟
145
Electrostatics 7-1
ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﹸﲢﺘﺠﺰ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ. • • ﺷﺤﻨﺔ
ﻳﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺟﻬـﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻔـﺎﻥ ﺩﻱ ﺟﺮﺍﻑ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴـﺪ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ،ﺑﻴﻨﲈ ﻳﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺸـﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ •
ﻟﻠﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ،ﻭﲤﻴﻴﺰ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ. • ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺔ
ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﳊﺚ ﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ. • • ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺸﺎﲠﺔ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻓﺮ ،ﺑﻴﻨﲈ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﺫﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ. •
• ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
ﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻟﻮﻡ .C •
ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﻴﺰ ﺍﳌﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﺄﺛﲑﻫﺎ. • • ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﳘﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ ،ﻭﲣﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻭﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻟﻠﺸـﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ، •
ﻭﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
ﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ .N/C •
Potential difference and electrtic current 7-2
ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ. • ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ •
ﺻﻔﺮﺍ.
ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﲔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﲈ ﹰ • ﺍﻷﻣﺒﲑ •
ﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺒﲑ ،ﺑﻴﻨﲈ ﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﺖ. • ﺍﻷﻣﻴﱰ •
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﱰ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ،ﺑﻴﻨﲈ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﺘﻤﱰ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ. • ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ •
ﻓﻮﻟﺖ •
ﻣﺼﺪﺭﺍ ﻟﻠﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
ﹰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ ﳛﻮﻱ •
ﻓﻮﻟﺘﻤﻴﱰ •
ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺒﲑ .A •
Resistance and electronotive force 7-3
ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲢﺪﺩ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﻤﺮ ﰲ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ. • ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ •
ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻘﺴﻮ ﹰﻣﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ. • ﺍﻷﻭﻡ •
ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﻡ •
ﻳﻨﺺ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﻡ ﻋﲆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﲔ ﻃﺮﰲ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻭﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ. •
ﻣﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺃﻭﻣﻴﺔ •
ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺰﻳﺔ ﲢﻘﻖ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﻡ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺃﻭﻣﻴﺔ. • ﻣﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﻏﲑ ﺃﻭﻣﻴﺔ •
ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﲢﻘﻖ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﻡ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﻏﲑ ﺃﻭﻣﻴﺔ. • ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ •
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﴬﻭﺑﺔ ﰲ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ،ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻁ .W • ﺍﳉﻮﻝ •
ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻁ •
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﺔ ﻣﴬﻭﺑﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ. •
ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ •
ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﹰﺎ ،ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ،ﺑﻴﻨﲈ • ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ •
ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﹰﺎ ،ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻭ ﹰﻳﺎ ﳌﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ •
ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ. ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ •
ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻗﴫ •
ﻣﺸـﻄﺖ ﺷـﻌﺮﻙ ﰲ ﻳـﻮﻡ ﺟﺎﻑ ﻓﺴـﻮﻑ ﹸﻳﺸـﺤﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﹼ .45
ﺍﳌﺸـﻂ ﺑﺸـﺤﻨﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ .ﻫﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺷـﻌﺮﻙ
ﻭﺿﺢ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ. ﹰ
ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺩﻻ؟ ﹼ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 7-31
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﳉـﻮﺍﺭﺏ ﻣﻦ ﳎ ﹼﻔﻔﺔ
.46
ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 7-32ﻟﻺﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ .55-58
ﺍﳌﻼﺑـﺲ ﺗﻜـﻮﻥ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰـﺎ ﻣﻠﺘﺼﻘـﺔ ﺑﻤﻼﺑـﺲ ﺃﺧﺮ.
ﳌﺎﺫﺍ؟
4
7-32
ﺷﺤﻨﺘﲔ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺘﲔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﻣﺘﲈﺛﻠﺘﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ. .a
ﻛﻴﻒ ﳚﺐ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻓﻮﻟﺘﻤﱰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺟﻬﺪ ﺍﳌﺤﺮﻙ؟ .55 ﺷﺤﻨﺘﲔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺘﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻭﳍﲈ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ. .b
ﻛﻴﻒ ﳚﺐ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺃﻣﻴﱰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺤﺮﻙ؟ .56 ﻟﻮﺣﲔ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﲔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ. .c
147
ﻛﺸـﺎﻑ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺸـﺤﻮﻥﻭﺿﺢ ﻣﺎ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻟﻮﺭﻗﺘﻲ ﹼ ﹼ .66 ﻣﺎ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺻﻄﻼﺣﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺤﺮﻙ؟ .57
ﺑﺸـﺤﻨﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺒـﺔ ﻋﻨـﺪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳـﺐ ﻗﻀﻴـﺐ ﻣﺸـﺤﻮﻥ
ﻣﺎ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ: .58
ﺑﺎﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴـﺔ ﺇﻟﻴـﻪ ،ﻣـﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﻋـﺎﺓ ﻋـﺪﻡ ﳌـﺲ
ﲢﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ؟
.aﹼ
ﻟﻠﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ:ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﹼ
ﲢﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ؟ .bﹼ
.aﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ.
.cﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﲆ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻭﺇﻏﻼﻗﻬﺎ؟
.bﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ.
.dﲢﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ؟
ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﳉﺴـﻴﻢ ﻣﺸـﺤﻮﻥ .67
ﻣﻮﺟـﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺧـﻞ ﳎـﺎﻝ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋـﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻣـﺎ ﹸﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﺍﳉﺴـﻴﻢ ﲢﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲢﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
ﺻﻒ ﹼ .59
ﻟﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﹸﺣ ﱠﺮ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ؟ ﻣﺘﻮﻫﺞ.
.aﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﹼ
ﻳﺒـﲔ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ 7–33ﺛـﻼﺙ ﻛـﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺸـﺤﻮﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﹼ .68 .bﳎ ﹼﻔﻔﺔ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ.
ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺤـﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸــﻜﻞ .ﺍﻟﻜـﺮﺗﺎﻥ
ﻧﻔﺴــﻪ .ﺑﺎﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﹼ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﺴﺎﻋﺔ.
.cﻣﺬﻳﺎﻉ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﹼ
yﻭ zﺛﺎﺑﺘﺘـﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻬـﲈ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻜــﺮﺓ xﺣـﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﺮﻛـﺔ. ﻋﻨـﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻗـﴫ ﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﻮﺻﻞ ﻃﺮﰲ ﺳـﻠﻚ .60
ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻜـﺮﺓ xﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺗﲔ yﻭ zﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻧﺤﺎﳼ ﺑﻘﻄﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ.
ﻣﺘﺴـﺎﻭﻳﺔ .ﺣﺪﹼ ﺩ ﺍﳌﺴـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ xﰲ ﺳﻠﻮﻛﻪ، ﻓﴪ ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺫﻟﻚ.ﹼ
ﻣﻔﱰﺿﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﻱ ﻗﻮ ﺃﺧﺮ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﺕ. ﹰ ﺍﺷـﺘﻖ ﻭﺣـﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘـﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺪﻻﻟـﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ
ﹼ .61
ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ .MKS
+
ﻓﻴﻢ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﺷـﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﱰﻭﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﻭﺗﻮﻥ؟ .62
ﻭﻓﻴﻢ ﺗﺘﺸﺎﲠﺎﻥ؟
ﹰ
ﻣﻮﺻﻼ ﺃﻡ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻥ ﲢﺪﹼ ﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﺎ .63
148
.76ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﺷـﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫـﺎ 6.0×10-6 C ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺟﻬﺪﻫﺎ 3.0 Vﻣﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ
ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﰲﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺷـﺪﺗﻪ ،50.0 N/Cﻛﲈ ﻫﻮ ﹼ ، 25×10-3 Aﻓﻬـﻞ ﲢ ﹼﻘـﻖ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﻗﺎﻧـﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﻡ؟
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ .7–35ﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ؟ .71ﺇﺫﺍ ﹸﻏ ﹼ
ـﲑ ﻣﻮﻗـﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﻴـﱰ ﺍﳌﺒـﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ 7–20a
q = 6.0 ×10-6 C ﻟ ﹸﻴﺼﺒـﺢ ﺃﺳـﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ ،ﻓﻬﻞ ﺗﺒﻘـﻰ ﻗـﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﱰ
ﻭﺿﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ.ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ؟ ﹼ
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﻘﻠـﺖ ﺻﺎﻋﻘﺔ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﺷـﺤﻨﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ .72
E = 50.0 N/C 25 Cﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ،ﻓﲈ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﱰﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﻘﻮﻟﺔ؟
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 7-35 ﺷـﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﱰﻭﻥ ﺗﺴـﺎﻭﻱ ،-1.60×10-19 Cﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ
ﻳﻤـﺮ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ 0.50 Aﰲ ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ .77 ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ.
ﺑﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺟﻬﺪﻩ ،120 Vﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ: ﻣـﺎ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭ ﺷـﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺒـﺎﺭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﺖ ﻟﻘـﻮﺓ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ .73
.aﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺻﻠﺔ. 1.4×10-8 Nﻋﻨـﺪ ﻧﻘﻄـﺔ ﺷـﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ
.bﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺧﻼﻝ .5.0 min 5.0×10-4 N/C؟
ﹸﻭ ﹺﺻﻠـﺖ ﳎ ﹼﻔﻔـﺔ ﻣﻼﺑـﺲ ﻗﺪﺭﲥﺎ .78 ﻳﻮﺿـﺢ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ 7–34ﺷـﺤﻨﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺒـﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫـﺎ ﹼ .74
4200 Wﺑﺪﺍﺋـﺮﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴـﺔ ﺟﻬﺪﻫﺎ ،220 Vﺍﺣﺴـﺐ ،1.0×10 Cﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻘﻮﺓ ،0.30 Nﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ -5
ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ. ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ .ﻣﺎ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ؟
ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 7-36ﻟﻺﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ: .79
.aﻣﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﱰ؟
.bﻣﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﺘﻤﱰ؟
.cﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺻﻠﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ؟
x -5
150
ﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ؟ .5
21.4 Ω C 8.42 Ω A
52.0 Ω D 10.7 Ω B
ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﱰﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﹼ
ﻛﺸﺎﻑ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻥ .1
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ 100 Wﺑﺴﻠﻚ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ .6 ﺑﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺻﺎﰲ ﺷﺤﻨﺘﻪ 7.5×10 C؟
-11
ﻓـﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬـﺪ ﺑـﲔ ﻃﺮﻓﻴـﻪ 120 Vﻓﲈ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﰲ 7.5×10-11 Aﺇﻟﻜﱰﻭﻥ
ﺍﳌﺼﺒﺎﺡ؟ 2.1×10-9 Bﺇﻟﻜﱰﻭﻥ
1.2 A C 0.8 A A 1.2×108 Cﺇﻟﻜﱰﻭﻥ
D B
2A 1A 4.7×108 Dﺇﻟﻜﱰﻭﻥ
ﻳﻤﺮ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ 2.0 Aﰲ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﲆ ﳏﺮﻙ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻪ ﹼ .7 ﺗﺴـﻤﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺷـﺤﻦ ﺟﺴـﻢ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻼﻣﺴـﺘﻪ .2
،12 Ωﻣـﺎ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗـﺔ ﺍ ﹸﳌ ﹼ
ﺤﻮﻟـﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺸـﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺠﺴﻢ ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻥ:
ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ؟ Cﺍﻟﺘﺄﺭﻳﺾ Aﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ
2.9×103 J C 4.8×101 J A
1.7×105 J D 2.0×101 J B ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ D ﺍﳊﺚ B
ﻣــﺮ ﺗﻴـﺎﺭ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭﻩ 5.00 mAﰲ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣـﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫـﺎ ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺸـﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ؟
ﺇﺫﺍ ﹼ
.3
.8
50.0 Ωﰲ ﺩﺍﺋـﺮﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﲈ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ Aﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺗﹸﺸﺘﹼﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ.
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﻔﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ؟ Bﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﺑﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ.
1.25×10-3 W C 1.00×10-2 W A Cﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ
2.50×10-3 W D 1.00×10-3 W B ﺟﺎﻧ ﹰﺒﺎ.
ﺩﺍﺋﲈ ﺑﻮﺻﻔﻪ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ، Dﻷﻥ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﱰﻭﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﹰ
ﻭﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﱰﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ.
ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﹴ
ﺗﻮﺍﻝ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺟﻬﺪﻫﺎ 8.0 Vﻭﺃﺭﺑﻊ .9 .4ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺄﺛﺮﺕ ﺷـﺤﻨﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫـﺎ 2.1×10-9 Cﺑﻘـﻮﺓ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ
ﻣﻘــﺎﻭﻣــﺎﺕ R1= 4.0 Ω :ﻭ R2 = 8.0 ΩﻭR3 = 13.0 Ω ،14 Nﻓﲈ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮ؟
ﻭ .R4 = 15.0 Ωﺍﺣﺴـﺐ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﰲ 0.15×10-9 N/C A
ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﻔﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ؟ 6.7×10-9 N/C B
29×10-9 N/C C
6.7×109 N/C D
ﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻄﻲ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ
ﻟﻺﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ .5
RA
151
اﻟﻜﻬﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ
Electromagnetism 8
10AP.7 -10AP.6
ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌـﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﲑﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ •
ﺍﻷﺧﺮ.
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﻭﲣﻄﻴﻄﻪ. •
ﺍﺳـﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻥ ﻣـﺮﻭﺭ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋـﻲ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ •
ﻳﻮ ﱢﻟﺪ ﳎﺎﻻﹰ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ.
ﺍﺳـﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺮﻛـﺔ ﻣﻮﺻـﻞ ﻳﴪﻱ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ •
ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻋـﲆ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺗﻮﻟﺪ
ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﲆ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﲈ.
ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ. •
ﺗﺸـﻜﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗـﺔ ﺑـﲔ ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـﻴﺔ
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑــﺎﺋﻲ ﺣﺠـــﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻟﻸﺭﻛﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬـﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴــﺔ:
ﺍﳌﻮﻟـــﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ،ﻭﺍﳌﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ،
ﻭﺍﳌﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
ﺍﳌﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺗﹸﺆ ﱢﺩﻱ ﺍﳌﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ
ﻣﻬﲈ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ،ﻭﺃﺳـﻬﻤﺖ ﰲ ﺩﻭﺭﺍ ﹼﹰ
ﹰ
ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻻﺕ ،ﻭﺗﻌﻤﻞ
ﻋﲆ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﰲ
ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ.
ﱢ
ﻓﻜﺮ ◀
ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﺤـﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬ ﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﲆ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬ ﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﻴﺔ؟
www.obeikaneducation.com
152
Magnetism8-1
ﻣﺎ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﰲ ﺟﺴﻢ ﳑﻐﻨﻂ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ
Hand protection Eye safety Thermal safety Explosive
ﺿـﻊ ﺃﻣﺎﻣـﻚ ﻗﻀﻴ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺃﻓﻘ ﹼﹰﻴـﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜـﻮﻥ ﻗﻄﺒﻪ
Electrical hazard hazard
Electrical
HarmfulHarmful
/ Irritant/ Irritant
Biological hazardshazards
Biological
Flammable
Flammable
.1
(ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـﻴﺔ )ﻓﲑﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ
ﹰ • ﻳﺼﻨﻊ
.ﺍﻟﺸﲈﱄ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ
First aidFirst aid Eye wash
Eyestation
wash station Fire extinguisher
Fire extinguisher Radioactive safety safety
Radioactive
.ﺑﻄﺮﻕ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ
Sharp objects safety safety
Sharp objects Poison Poison
safety safety Oxidizer
Oxidizer Corrosive
Corrosive
154
8-3
ﺍﻟﺸـﲈﱄ ﻹﺑﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﻳﺸـﲑ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺸـﲈﻝ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻄـﺐ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺍﳉﻨﻮﰊ
Sharp objects safety Poison safety First aidOxidizer Corrosive
Eye wash station Fire extinguisher Radioactive safety
Hand protection
Eye safety
Laser beam
Thermal safety
Lab. coat
Ecological
Sharp objects
Explosive
safety hazards Carcinogenic
Poison safety
ﻛﻴـﻒ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﻧﻂ ﰲ ﺍﳌـﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ؟.ﻟـﻸﺭﺽ ﺑﺎﻟﻘـﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺸـﲈﱄ ﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﰲ ﳍﺎ
Oxidizer
Corrosive
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻻﻣﺲ،ﺃﻭﻻ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﺗﻔﴪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴـﻠﻮﻙ؟ ﹰ.ﻟﻠﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴـﺲ ﳚـﺬﺏ ﺃﻱ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ
Laser beam Lab. coat Ecological hazards Carcinogenic
.2 ،ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﺎ
ﹰ ﺛﻢ ﻻﻣﺲ ﺍﳌﺴﲈﺭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﻓﺴﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﳌﺴﲈﺭ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ،ﻣﺴـﲈﺭﺍ
ﹰ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ
ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ.ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـﺎ
ﹰ ﻓﺎﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﻳﻤﻐﻨﻂ ﺍﳌﺴـﲈﺭ ﻟﻴﺼﺒﺢ.8-3 ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ ﻛﲈ ﻫﻮ ﹼ
ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺑﻌﺪﺕ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﻓﺴـﻴﻔﻘﺪ ﺍﳌﺴـﲈﺭ ﺑﻌﺾ.ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻗﻄﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴـﲈﺭ ﻋـﲆ ﻗﻄﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ
. ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳﻄﻮﻝ ﺟﺬﺑﻪ ﻟﻸﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ،ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺘﻪ
.3 ﻭﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻭﻉ )ﺣﺪﻳﺪ،8–3 ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺮﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﹼﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﹼ
ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ( ﹰ
ﻓﺴـﺘﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻭﻉ ﻳﻔﻘﺪ ﻛﻞ،ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴـﲈﺭ
ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﻟﻸﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﴍﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ؛ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻭﻉ
ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﺴـﲈﺭ ﻓﻴﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﲆ ﻓﻠﺰﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺮ )ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻓﲑﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـﻴﺔ( ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻪ.ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ
.ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺘﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﻢ
ﺗﺘﻮﻟـﺪ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴـﺲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋـﻢ Permanent magnet
ﻭﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺠﻬﺮﻱ ﻟﻠﲈﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ.ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻧﻔﺴـﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﻟﺪﺕ ﲠﺎ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﲈﺭ
ﹸﻳﺼﻨـﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﻧﻂ.ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴـﺘﺤﺜﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ
.4 ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ.ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳـﺒﻴﻜﺔ ﺣﺪﻳـﺪ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﲆ ﺧﻠﻴﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﻣﻨﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻴـﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻮﺑﺎﻟﺖ
ﺗﻨﺘﺞ- ﻭﻣﻨﻬـﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺩﻳﻤﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﳉﺎﺩﻭﻟﻴﻨﻴﻮﻡ- ﳎﻤﻮﻋـﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﴏ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺩﺭﺓ
.ﻣﻐﺎﻧﻂ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﺟﺪﹼﹰ ﺍ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺄﺣﺠﺎﻣﻬﺎ
ﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﲑﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ؟ ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﹰ
.ﻣﺜﺎﻻ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ
155
a b 8-4
a
b
Magnetic fields around permanent magnets
ﻋﻨﺪﻣـﺎ ﲡـﺮﻱ ﲡﺮﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـﲔ ﺗﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘـﻮ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﲈ -ﺳـﻮﺍﺀ ﺃﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﻮﺓ
ﲡـﺎﺫﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻨﺎﻓـﺮ -ﲢـﺪﺙ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻗﺒـﻞ ﺗﻼﻣﺴـﻬﲈ .ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻧﻔﺴـﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺻﻔـﺖ ﲠﺎ ﻗﻮﺓ
ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘـﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﳎـﺎﻝ ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ،ﻳﻤﻜﻦ
ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻮ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻟﺪﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ .ﻭﻫﺬﺍ
ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ Magnetic fieldﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ.
ﻳﻤﻜـﻦ ﲤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﺑﺎﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑـﺮﺍﺩﺓ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪ؛ ﻓﻜﻞ
ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـﺎ ﺑﺎﳊـﺚ .ﻭﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺓ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ
ﹰ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺓ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ
ﻭﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 8-4aﺑﺮﺍﺩﺓ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪﹼ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﺇﺑﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﲤﺎ ﹰﻣﺎ.
ﰲ ﳏﻠـﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﻠﻴﴪﻭﻝ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﲢﻴـﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ .ﻭﻳﻤﻜـﻦ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ
ﺭﺳـﲈ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ
ﹰ ﺍﻷﺑﻌـﺎﺩ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺎﻝ .ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ 8-4bﺗﺮﺗﺒﺖ ﺑـﺮﺍﺩﺓ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪ ،ﻭﺃﻋﻄﺖ
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ،ﻭﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﲆ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ .ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﱪﺍﺩﺓ
ﻳﺘﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺑﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﺎ. ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻛﻴﻒ ﹼﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﹸﻈﻬﺮ ﹰ
Magnetic field lines ﻻﺣـﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺧﻄـﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻝ
ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴـﴘ Magnetic field linesﺗﺸـﺒﻪ ﺧﻄـﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋـﻲ ﰲ ﺃﳖـﺎ ﻭﳘﻴﺔ،
ﻭﺗﺰﻭﺩﻧﺎ ﺑﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻟﺸـﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ.ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺘﺴـﺎﻋﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ،ﱢ
ﻭﻳﺴـﻤﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺧﻄـﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲣـﱰﻕ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺴـﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ
ﹼ
.Magnetic fluxﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓـﻖ ﻋـﱪ ﻭﺣـﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺴـﺎﺣﺔ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳـﺐ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳـﺎ ﻣـﻊ ﺷـﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻝ
ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ .ﻭﻛﲈ ﺗﻼﺣﻆ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 8–4ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﻣﺮﻛﹼﺰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺒﲔ؛
ﺣﻴـﺚ ﻳﻜـﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴـﴘ ﻋﻨﺪﳘـﺎ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣـﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ .ﺃﻣـﺎ ﻛﺜﺎﻓـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓـﻖ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ
Magnetic flux densityﻓﺘﻌـﺮﻑ ﺑﺄﳖـﺎ ﻋـﺪﺩ ﺧﻄـﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴـﴘ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲡﺘﺎﺯ
ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ،ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺴﻼ ).(T
ﻌـﺮﻑ ﺍﲡـﺎﻩ ﺧﻂ ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺑﺄﻧـﻪ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸـﲑ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺸـﲈﱄ ﻹﺑﺮﺓ
ﻭ ﹸﻳ ﹼ
ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ .ﻭﳛﺪﺩ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ
156
Hand protection Eye safety Thermal safety Explosive
Sharp objects safety
Poison safety
First aidOxidizer
Corrosive
Eye wash station
Fire extinguisher
Radioactive safety
Hand protection
Hand protection Laser beam Eye safety
Eye safety ThermalThermal
Lab. coat safety safety
Sharp Ecological
objects Explosive
Explosive
safety hazards Carcinogenic
Poison safety Oxidizer Corrosive
ElectricalElectrical
hazard hazard HarmfulHarmful
/ Irritant/ Irritant Biological
Biological hazardshazards
Laser beam
Flammable
Flammable Lab. coat Ecological hazards Carcinogenic
safety
Sharp objects
Sharp objects safety
Poison safety
Poison safety
Oxidizer
Oxidizer
Corrosive
Corrosive
beam
Laser
Lab. coat
Ecological hazards
Carcinogenic
Laser beam Lab. coat Ecological hazards Carcinogenic
.ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﲔ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﲠﲔ
First aid Eye wash station ElectricalFire extinguisher
hazard HarmfulRadioactive
/ Irritant safety Biological hazards Flammable
Forces on objects
Sharp objects safety Poison safety First aidOxidizer Corrosive
Eye wash station Fire extinguisher Radioactive safety
ﺃﺧـﺮ؛ ﻓﺎﳌﺠﺎﻝ
N ﺑﻘـﻮ ﰲ ﻣﻐﺎﻧﻂ S ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـﻴﺔS ﺗﺆﺛـﺮin magnetic
N fields
Hand protection
Hand protection Laser beam
Eye safety
Eye safety
ThermalThermal
Lab. coat safety safety
Sharp
Ecological
objects
Explosive
Explosive
safety hazards Carcinogenic
Poison safety
Oxidizer
Corrosive
Biological Laser beam Flammable Lab. coat Ecological hazards Carcinogenic
ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺴـﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﺛـﺮﺓ ﰲ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺟﻨﻮﰊ ﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ،ﰲ ﺍﲡـﺎﻩ ﺧﻂ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ
.2
First aid
Eye wash station
Fire extinguisher Radioactive
safety
First aid Eye wash station Fire extinguisher Radioactive safety
ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﲏ ﳛﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ.ﺁﺧﺮ ﲡﺬﺑﻪ ﰲ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ
safety
Sharp objects
Poison safety
Oxidizer
Corrosive
beam
Laser
Laser beam
Lab. coat
Lab. coat
.3
Ecological hazards
Ecological hazards
Carcinogenic
Carcinogenic
ﻋﻨﺪﻣـﺎ ﺗﻮﺿـﻊ ﻋﻴﻨـﺔ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳊﺪﻳـﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺑﺎﻟـﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻜﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ .4
، ﻭﺗﺘﻤﻐﻨﻂ ﺑﺎﳊﺚ،ﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴـﺲ ﺩﺍﺋـﻢ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻝ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺧـﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨـﺔ
ﻭﺗﺒـﺪﻭ ﺧﻄـﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﻛﺄﳖـﺎ ﲣﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄـﺐ ﺍﻟﺸـﲈﱄ ﻟﻠﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﻭﺗﺪﺧـﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻃﺮﰲ
ﺗﺘﺠﺎﺫﺏ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ
ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ،ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﻠﻌﻴﻨﺔ
ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺏ
ﺛﻢ ﲣﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ، ﻭﲤﺮ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ،ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ .5
. ﻓﺘﻨﺠﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ،ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﲈﱄ ﻟﻠﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﻗﻄ ﹰﺒﺎ ﺟﻨﻮﺑ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ
Comparing between electric
.6
ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻭﻟﻪ
N ﻭﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
S ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴـﴘN ﱞand magnetic
ﻛﻞ ﻣـﻦ C fields
.7
ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﻌﺾ8-1 ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ. ﻭﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﺷـﺒﻪ ﻭﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﺧﺘـﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﲈ،ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ
.ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻪ ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﲈ
8-1
1
ﺳﻠﻚ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻋﲆ
ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﺪﺗﻪ 20Aﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻋﲆ ،ﻣﺎ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﺒﻌﺪ
10 cmﺷﲈﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ؟ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﲡﺎﻫﻪ؟
1
ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﳐﻄ ﹰﻄﺎ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ،ﻭﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ.
ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ.
ﳑﺎﺳﺎ ﻟﻠﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ.
ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﲤﺜﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ،ﺛﻢ ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﹼﹰ
?? =B ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ I= 20 A
ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ r= 10 cm
2
µ I
___ = B
˚
2πr
)B = (4π × 10-7 T.m/A) (20A)/2π (10×10-2m
r= 10cmI=20A
= 4 ×10-5 T
ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﻭﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﲈﺱ ﻟﻠﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ
ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ.
3
ﺇﺫﺍ ﴐﺑﻨﺎ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﰲ 2 πrﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﻦ ﴐﺏ ˚ µﰲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ.
ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﻭﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﲈﺱ ،ﻧﺠﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ.
ﺳﻠﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﲈﻥ ﻃﻮﻳﻼﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﲆ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ،ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﲈ ،12cmﻭﳛﻤﻼﻥ ﺗﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ 4Aﻭ 8Aﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ .11
ﻧﻔﺴﻪ .ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻘﻊ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﲈ.
ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴـﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﺑﻖ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ 4Aﻭﺑﻘﻴﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻧﻔﺴـﻪ ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ،ﻓﺎﺣﺴـﺐ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ .12
ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻘﻊ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﲈ.
162
Magnetic field near a coilﻳﻮ ﹼﻟـﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻴـﺎﺭ
ﳎﺎﻻ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺣﻮﻝ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﳊﻠﻘـﺔ .ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋـﻲ ﺍﳌـﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺳـﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﹰ
ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻟﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﻋﲆ ﺃﻱ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﳊﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺴـﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺳـﺘﺠﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ
ﺩﺍﺋﲈ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﻧﻔﺴـﻪ .ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ 8-12aﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴـﴘ ﺩﺍﺧـﻞ ﺍﳊﻠﻘـﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﹰ
ﺧﺎﺭﺟﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ،ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﹰ ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﻠﻘـﺔ
ﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺴـﻠﻚ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻟﻮﻟﺒﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻼ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ .ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﱢﹰ ﺩﺍﺋﲈ
ﺍﳊﻠﻘﺔ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﹰ
ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ ،8-12bﺛـﻢ ﲤﺮﻳﺮ ﺗﻴـﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ، )ﺣﻠـﺰﻭﲏ( ،Solenoidﻛـﲈ ﻫـﻮ ﹼ
ﻓﺴﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺣﻮﻝ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ .ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ
ﺍﳌﻠـﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻟﺒﻲ ﻣﺴـﺎﻭ ﹰﻳﺎ ﳌﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡـﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻔﺎﺗﻪ .ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳـﴪﻱ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻣﻠﻒ
ﺳـﻠﻜﻲ ﻳﺼﺒـﺢ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﻳﺸـﺒﻪ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋـﻦ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ .ﻭﻋﻨﺪ
ﺗﻘﺮﻳـﺐ ﺍﳌﻠـﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﴪﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﻣﻌ ﹼﻠﻖ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻃﺮﰲ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺳـﻴﺘﻨﺎﻓﺮ ﻣﻊ
ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﺎ
ﹰ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﳌﲈﺛﻞ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ،ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﴪﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ
ﻣﻠﻒ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻟﻪ ﻗﻄﺒﺎﻥ ،ﺷـﲈﱄ ﻭﺟﻨﻮﰊ .ﻭﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻦ ﴎﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ﱟ
ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ .ﻭﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳـﺐ ﺷـﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﰲ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺷـﺪﺓ
ﺍﻟﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﺍﳌـﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻣﻊ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻟﻔﺎﺗﻪ؛ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـﻴﺔ ﻟ ﹼﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺴـﺎﻭﻳﺔ ،ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ
ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﻧﻔﺴـﻪ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓـﻖ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ
ﻭﺗﻘﻞ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻋﻨﻪ.
ﺃﻳﻀـﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻗﻀﻴـﺐ ﺣﺪﻳﺪﻱ )ﻗﻠﺐ ( ﹸﻳﻤﻜـﻦ ﺯﻳـﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴـﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﹰ
ﺩﺍﺧـﻞ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻳﻪ .ﻓﻴﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻋﲆ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ
ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ؛ ﻷﻥ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻟﺒﻲ ﻳﻮ ﹼﻟﺪ ﹰ
ﳎﺎﻻ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ،ﲤﺎ ﹰﻣﺎ ﻛﲈ
8-12
ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ.
ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ Second right hand ruleﰲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ
a ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﴎﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺻﻄﻼﺣﻲ .ﲣﻴﻞ
ﺩﻭﺭﺕ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻚ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﴎﻳﺎﻥ ﹰ
ﻣﻌﺰﻭﻻ ،ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﹼ ﺃﻧﻚ ﲤﺴﻚ ﺑﻴﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﻣﻠ ﹼﹰﻔﺎ
b ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ ،8-12ﻓﺴﻴﺸـﲑ ﺇﲠﺎﻣـﻚ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺻﻄﻼﺣـﻲ ،ﻛـﲈ ﻫﻮ ﹼ
ﺍﻟﺸﲈﱄ ﻟﻠﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
a b
I
I I
N I
S
I I
163
- +
Using electromagnet
Electric bellﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘـﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﻧﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ
ﺇﻥ ﻣـﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ﻣﻠﻔﻪ ﻳﻮﻟﺪ ﹰ
ﳎﺎﻻ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻳﺴـﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺳـﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ
ﺍﻟﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ،ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﳚﺬﺏ ﻣﻄﺮﻗﺔ ﺍﳉـﺮﺱ ﺛﻢ ﻳﻔﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﹸﻔﺘﺢ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﻭﻻ
ﻳﴪﻱ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺗﻪ .ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﺘﺤﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺟﺬﺏ
ﺍﳌﻄﺮﻗـﺔ ﻟﺘـﴬﺏ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪ ﺛﻢ ﺇﻓﻼﲥﺎ .ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺷـﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﱰﻧﺖ
ﻭﺍﲨـﻊ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﴬﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺟـﺮﺱ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ،ﺛﻢ ﺗﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻣـﻊ ﺯﻣﻼﺋﻚ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ
ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﺍ ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﹰ ﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋـﺔ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺟﺮﺱ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ،ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐ
ﻭﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻤ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ،ﺛﻢ ﹶﻗﺪﱢ ﻣﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳉﺮﺱ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﻚ ﻛﲈ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ
ﹰ
ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ .8-13
ﻣﺎ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻳﴪﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ
ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ؟
164
8-2
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳـﻚ ﺑﻜـﺮﺓ ﺳـﻠﻚ .16 .13
ﻭﻗﻀﻴـﺐ ﺯﺟﺎﺟـﻲ ﻭﻗﻀﻴـﺐ ﺣﺪﻳـﺪﻱ ﻭﺁﺧـﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﻳـﴪﻱ ﺗﻴـﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋـﻲ ﰲ ﺳـﻠﻚ ﻣﺴـﺘﻘﻴﻢ
ﺍﻷﻟﻮﻣﻨﻴﻮﻡ ،ﻓﺄﻱ ﻗﻀﻴﺐ ﺗﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﲈﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﻨﻮﺏ .ﺃﺟﺐ ﻋﲈ ﻳﺄﰐ:
ﻭﺿﺢ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ.ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﳚﺬﺏ ﻗﻄ ﹰﻌﺎ ﻓﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ؟ ﹼ .aﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺑﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻟﻮﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎ
ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ .17 ﺍﻟﺸﲈﱄ ﺍﲡﻪ ﴍ ﹰﻗﺎ .ﻣﺎ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ؟
ﺟﻴـﺪﹰ ﺍ ،ﻓـﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺃﻥ ﲡﻌـﻞ ﻗﻮﺗـﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠـﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺪﻳـﻞ .bﺇﱃ ﺃﻱ ﺍﲡـﺎﻩ ﺗﺸـﲑ ﺇﺑـﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠـﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺿﻌـﺖ
ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻣﺘﻐﲑﺓ ﻓﻬﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳑﻜﻦ؟ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ؟
ﻭﺿﺢ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ. ﹼ ﻣﺎ ﺷـﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ .14
ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺳـﻠﻚ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ .18 ﻋـﲆ ﺑﻌﺪ 1 cmﻣﻦ ﺳـﻠﻚ ﻳـﴪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴـﺎﺭ ،ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ
ﻳـﴪﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺷـﺪﺗﻪ 25 Aﻣﻦ ﺃﺳـﻔﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻜﻞ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺄﰐ؟
ﺃﻋﲆ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻋﲆ ﻣﺴـﺘﻮ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺔ .ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﺷﺪﺓ .aﺷـﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴـﴘ ﻋـﲆ ﺑﻌـﺪ 2 cmﻣﻦ
ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴـﴘ ﻋﻨـﺪ ﻧﻘﻄـﺔ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟـﴩﻕ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ.
ﻭﺗﺒﻌﺪ ﻋﻨﻪ .5 cm .bﺷـﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴـﴘ ﻋـﲆ ﺑﻌـﺪ 3 cmﻣﻦ
ﺳـﻠﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺿـﻊ ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﻋﲆ .19
ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ.
ﺑﻌـﺪ 20 cmﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔـﺮﺍﻍ ،ﹸﻣ ﱢﺮﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﲈ ﺗﻴﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﻠﻒ
ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـﺎ ﹼ
ﹰ ﺻﻨﻊ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ .15
ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﲈ 10 Aﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ. ﺳﻠﻚ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﲈﺭ ،ﺛﻢ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻃﺮﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ،
.aﺍﺣﺴـﺐ ﺷـﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴـﴘ ﻋﻨـﺪ ﻧﻘﻄـﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻃﺮﰲ ﺍﳌﺴـﲈﺭ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ .8-14ﹼ ﻛﲈ ﻫﻮ ﹼ
ﺗﻨﺼـﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﲈ .ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﺴـﻤﻰ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ؟ )ﺍﳌﺪﺑﺐ ﺃﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﻄﺢ( ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻄ ﹰﺒﺎ ﺷﲈﻟ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ؟
ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ؟
.bﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻜـﺲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺃﺣﺪﳘـﺎ ،ﻓﻜﻢ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ
ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ؟
- +
8-14
C24-06A-845813
ﺑﻴﻨـﲈ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻣﺒـﲑ ﻳﺪﺭﺱ ﺳـﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﻧﻂ ﻻﺣـﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋـﻲ ﻳﻮﻟﺪ ﳎﺎﻻﹰ
ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﺸﺎ ﹰﲠﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ .ﻭﻷﻥ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ
ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴـﴘ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﻧﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﻤﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻓﱰﺽ ﺃﻣﺒﲑ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﰲ 30.8- 30.9
ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﴪﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ.
1.1- 1.4 -1.3-1.5- 3.1-3.3- 3.4-
4.2- 4.1
N
S
166
F B
F
B I
8-16 I
ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 8-16؛ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻟﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ،The third right -hand ruleﹼ
ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ Bﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ،ﻭﳛﺪﹼ ﺩ ﺍﲡﺎﻫﻪ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﺳﻬﻢ .ﻭﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ
ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋـﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻟﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﺍﺟﻌﻞ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﻳﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨـﻰ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ،ﻭﺍﺟﻌﻞ
ﺇﲠﺎﻣﻚ ﻳﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺻﻄﻼﺣﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ،ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﰲ
ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻋﲆ ﺑﺎﻃﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻒ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ .ﻭﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ
ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ )×( ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ )•( ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ
ﺇﱃ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔ.
ﻛﻴﻒ ﲢﺪﺩ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ
ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ؟
167
2
ﻳﴪﻱ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﺪﺗﻪ 5.0 Aﰲ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻋﲆ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ
ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ،ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ 0.10 mﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ 0.20 Nﻓﺎﺣﺴﺐ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ .B
1
I ﺭﺳﲈ ﲣﻄﻴﻄ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﻠﻚ ،ﻣﺒﻴﻨﹰﺎ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺳﻬﻢ،
ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﹰ
ﻭﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ Bﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ .F
B
ﺣﺪﹼ ﺩ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻟﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ.
L ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻭﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﲨﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪﺓ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺑﻌﺾ.
F ?=B I = 5.0 A L = 0.10 m
F = 0.20 N
2
C24-11A-845813
Final
ﺇﻥ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ Bﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ،ﻭﻷﻥ Iﻭ Bﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪﺍﻥ ﻓﺈﻥ:
F = ILB
__ = B
F
IL
_________ = B
0.20 N
)(5.0 A)(0.10 m
F=0.20NI=5.0AL = 0.10 m
3
ﻧﻌﻢ ،ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﻴﺲ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺴﻼ ،Tﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ.
ﻛﺒﲑﺍ ،ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ.
ﻧﻌﻢ ،ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﳚﻌﻼﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﹰ
ﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻳﴪﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ؟ .20
ﺣﺪﹼ ﺩ ﻣﺎ ﳚﺐ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ.
ﻳﴪﻱ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ 8.0 Aﰲ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ،0.50 mﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ .0.40 Tﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ .21
ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ؟
ﺳﻠﻚ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ 75 cmﻳﴪﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ 6.0 Aﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ،ﻓﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ .0.60 N .22
ﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮ؟
ﺳـﻠﻚ ﻧﺤـﺎﳼ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ،40.0 cmﻭﻭﺯﻧﻪ .0.35 Nﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺃﻓﻘ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ .ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴـﻠﻚ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴـﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ،6.0 Aﻓﲈ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ .23
ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﻓ ﹰﻴﺎ ﳌﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ )ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ(؟
ﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﴪﻱ ﰲ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ 10.0 cmﻭﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ 0.49 T .24
ﻟﻴﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ 0.38 N؟
168
a b
Electrical hazard Harmful / Irritant Biological hazards
Hand protection Flammable
Eye safety Thermal safety Explosive
ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ
Sharp objects safety Eye safety
Hand protection Poison safety Thermal safety
First aidOxidizer Explosive Corrosive
Eye wash station Fire extinguisher Radioactive safety
ﻭﻳﻌﻤـﻞ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻋﲆ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﳎـﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺣـﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﺮ.ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴـﴘ
.1
Hand protection Eye safety
Electrical hazard Laser beam Harmful / Irritant ThermalBiological
Lab. coat safety
Sharphazards
Ecological
objects Explosive
safety hazards Flammable Carcinogenic
Poison safety Oxidizer Corrosive
ﻭﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ. ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـﻴﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒـﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ،ﻓﻴـﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
ﻣﻦ ﺳـﻠﻚ ﺳـﻤﻴﻚ ﻣﺴـﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﲔ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ8-18a ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻛﲈ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ
Electrical hazard
First aid Harmful Eye
/ Irritant
wash station BiologicalFire
hazards
extinguisher
Laser beam Flammable
Radioactive Lab.
safety
coat Ecological hazards Carcinogenic
ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴـﻠﻚ ﺗﺘﻮﻟﺪ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـﻴﺔ.ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺣﺴـﺎﺱ
First aid objects safety
Sharp Eye wash station
Poison safety Fire extinguisher
Oxidizer Radioactive safety
Corrosive
.2
8-18a
Sharp objectsLaser
safetybeam
Poison safety
Lab. coat
Oxidizer
Ecological hazards
Corrosive
Carcinogenic ﻭﻫﺬﻩ، ﳑﺎ ﻳﺴـﺒﺐ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻗـﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ،ﺗﺪﻓـﻊ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﻟﻸﺳـﻔﻞ ﻓﻴﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﻘـﻮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ
.ﺍﻟﺰﻳـﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻌـﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴـﻠﻚ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻌﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ
Laser beam Lab. coat Ecological hazards Carcinogenic
ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺴـﻠﻚ،8-18b ﻭﻳﻤﻜـﻦ ﻗﻴـﺎﺱ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﺓ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﺧﺮ ﻛـﲈ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ
.3
ﻭﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺴـﻠﻚ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺰﺍﻥ،ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﺗﺮﻓﻌﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻋﲆ
ﺛﻢ ﻧﺰﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺯﳖﺎ.ﻧﻌﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻄ ﹰﻌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺼﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺃﺧﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﺰﻥ
ﹰ
ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴـﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ
.4
.ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ
ﺑﻌـﺪM
utual force between two parallel wires
ﻓـﱰﺓ ﻭﺟﻴﺰﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﺳـﺘﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻛﺘﺸـﺎﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺺ ﻋﲆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﲡـﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ
.5
ﺍﺳـﺘﻄﺎﻉ ﺃﻣﺒﲑ،ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷـﺊ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺳـﻠﻚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪﹰ ﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﴎﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻪ
ﻳﻮﺿﺢ
ﹼ.ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﲔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﴪﻱ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺑﻘﻮ
ﺣﻴﺚ ﳛﺪﹼ ﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ،ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴـﻠﻜﲔ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺣﻮﻝ ﱟ8-19a ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ
ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ
ﻭﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴـﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻟﻠﻴـﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﻋﲆ ﱟ.ﺑﺎﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋـﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻟﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ
.6
.ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻜﲔ
- - - +
169
Hand protection Eye safety Thermal safety Explosive
Electrical hazard
First aid
Harmful Eye
/ Irritant
wash station
BiologicalFire
hazards
extinguisher
Laser beam
Flammable
Radioactive Lab.
safety
coat
Ecological hazards
Carcinogenic
15cm
First aid objects safety
Sharp Eye wash station
Poison safety Fire extinguisher
Oxidizer Radioactive safety
Corrosive
(a) .2
(b)
Sharp objectsLaser
safetybeam Poison safety
Lab. coat Oxidizer
Ecological hazards Corrosive
Carcinogenic
b
.3
ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﲢﺪﺩ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ،ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﲠﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻜﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ
10A
ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﺫﺏ ﺍﻟﺴـﻠﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ8-20a ﻭﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ.ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺫﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺮ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﲈ
ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻛﺴـﺔ؛8-20b ﺑﻴﻨﲈ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ،ﺗﻴـﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﻧﻔﺴـﻪ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﲈ
.ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻫﲔ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻛﺴﲔ ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺮ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﲈ
ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣـﺎ ﻳﻤـﺮ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ﺳـﻠﻜﲔ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻭﺭﻳﻦ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﲈ ﰲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻣﺴـﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﰲ
ﻓﻴﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻛﻞ،(ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻛﺴـﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﲠﺎ ﺍﻟﺴـﻠﻚ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ )ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﺩﻟﺔ .4
؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ8-20b ﻭﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ8-20a ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ.ﻣﻨﻬـﲈ ﰲ ﺍﲡـﺎﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﻟﻶﺧـﺮ
: ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ،F21 ﺑﻴﻨﲈ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﲏ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ،F12 ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﲏ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ
.5
. ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚF12 = -F21
ﻋﲆ1 m ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺳـﻠﻜﲔ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﲈ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﺴـﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﲠﺎ ﱞ
.6
: ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﲈ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ1m ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﻋﲆ ﺑﻌﺪ
.7
µ ° I 1 I 2L
F = _______
2πr
:ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻥ
.8
µ ° = 4π × 10-7 T.m/A
:ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ
4π × 10-7 T.m/A ×(1 A) ×(1 A) ×(1 m)
F = _________________________ = 2 × 10-7 N 6 .9
2π ×(1 m)
.10
ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺷـﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋـﻲ ﹼAmpere ﻭﻣـﻦ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻳﻤﻜـﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻣﺒـﲑ
ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﰲ
87
ﻃﻮﻝ ﱟ،ﺳﻠﻜﲔ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﲔ
ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ،(1m) ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﲈ،(1m) ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﲈ
.11
.2 × 10-7 N
170
3
ﺳﻠﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﲈ 2.0 cm
ﻳﴪﻱ ﻓﻴﻬﲈ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ 10.0 Aﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ .ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﲠﺎ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﰲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ
ﺍﻷﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ.
1
ﺭﺳﲈ ﲣﻄﻴﻄ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﻠﻜﲔ ﻭﺣﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﲈ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﲈ،
ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﹰ
ﻭﺣﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﲈ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﲈ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ،ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪﺩ
ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﲠﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻜﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ.
?=F r = 2.0 cm I1=I2 = 10.0 A
µ = 4π × 10-7 T.m /A
°
)(a L=1m
2
ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻜﲔ ﰲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﻘﻮﺗﲔ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺘﲔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﻣﺘﻌﺎﻛﺴﺘﲔ ﰲ
ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ.
µ I1 I2 L
______ = F
°
2πr
4π × 10-7 × 10.0A × 10.0 A × 1m
__________________________ = F
2π × 2.0 × 10 m
-2
3
ﻧﻌﻢ ،ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ .N
ﻧﻌﻢ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﲈ ﻗﻮﺓ ﲡﺎﺫﺏ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﳘﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ
ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺻﻐﺮ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ.
ﺧﺎﺭﺟﺎ ﻣﻦ
ﹰ ﺳـﻠﻜﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻳﻼﻥ ﻣﺴـﺘﻘﻴﲈﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﲆ ﺑﻌـﺪ ،10.0 cmﻳﴪﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭﻩ 5.0 A .25
ﹰ
ﺩﺍﺧﻼ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺤﺔ .ﺍﺣﺴـﺐ ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﳌﺴـﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤـﺔ ،ﺑﻴﻨـﲈ ﻳـﴪﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ 7.0 A
ﺑﻴﻨﻬﲈ.
ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ،ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﲠﺎ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﰲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ. .26
171
ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ
ﳏﻮﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ
8-21
ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ
ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻣﺔ
360◦
ﻓﺮﺷﺎﺓ
ﳏﻮﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ
ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 8-21ﳏﺪﺩ ﺑﻤﻠﻒ ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﲏ ﻣﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ،ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﲆ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ،ﻭﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪﻱ .ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ
ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻃـﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ nILB؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﲤﺜـﻞ nﻋﺪﺩ ﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ،ﻭ Bﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ،
ﻭﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ Iﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬـﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ،ﺑﻴﻨﲈ ﲤﺜﻞ Lﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻟﻔﺔ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ.
ﻭﻳﺘـﻢ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ،ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ .ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ،ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺤﺮﻙ ،ﺑﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺤﺮﻙ.
172
8-3
ﻣﺎ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ .31 ﲣﻴـﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺳـﻠﻜﹰﺎ ﻳﻤﺘـﺪ ﴍﻕ - .27
ﻳﴪﻱ ﰲ ﺳـﻠﻚ ﻣﺴـﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻃﻮﻟـﻪ 4.8 cmﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻏـﺮﺏ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣـﺪﹰ ﺍ ﻣـﻊ ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴـﴘ ﺍﻷﺭﴈ،
ﺃﻗـﴡ ﻗـﻮﺓ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـﻴﺔ ﺗﺆﺛـﺮ ﻓﻴـﻪ 0.0800 Nﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﻳـﴪﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﴩﻕ ،ﻓﲈ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﰲ
ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ 0.0800 T؟ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ؟
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧـﺖ ﺃﻗـﴡ ﻗـﻮﺓ .32 ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ ﻣﺴـﺘﻮ ﻣﻠﻒ .28
ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـﻴﺔ ﺗﺆﺛـﺮ ﰲ ﺳـﻠﻚ ﻣﺴـﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻃﻮﻟـﻪ 1m ﺍﳌﺤـﺮﻙ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﻻ ﺗﻨﺘـﺞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮ ﻋﺰ ﹰﻣﺎ
ﻳـﴪﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴـﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋـﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ 8.75 Aﺗﺴـﺎﻭﻱ ﻭﺿﺢ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ،ﻓﻬﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ؟ ﹼ
،0.04 Nﻓﲈ ﺷـﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴـﴘ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ.
ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ؟ ﺳـﻠﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳـﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻌـﺪ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﲈ .29
ﻫﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﱠﺃﻻ ﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﻳﴪﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ .33 12.0 cmﻳـﴪﻱ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﲈ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ
ﺗﻴـﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋـﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﰲ ﳎـﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻗﻮﺓ 6 Aﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ:
ﻓﴪ ﺫﻟﻚ.
ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ؟ ﹼ .aﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﲠﺎ ﻛﻞ
ﻛﻴـﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻨـﻚ ﻣﻌﺮﻓـﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺗـﲔ .34 ﻣﻨﻬﲈ ﰲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ.
ﺑﲔ ﺳـﻠﻜﲔ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳـﲔ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﲈ ﺗﻴـﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻧﺎﲡﺘﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ .bﺍﺣﺴـﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴـﴘ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻘﻊ
ﺍﳉـﺬﺏ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴـﴘ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﲈ ﻭﻟﻴﺴـﺘﺎ ﻧﺎﲡﺘـﲔ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻮﺓ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﲈ.
ﺇﻟﻜﱰﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ؟ .cﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ؟
ﻳـﴪﻱ ﺗﻴـﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋـﻲ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭﻩ .30
24 Aﰲ ﺳـﻠﻚ ﻣﺴـﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﻃﻮﻳـﻞ ،ﻭﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ
ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ 8.8 × 10-6 Nﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ
ﻣﻦ ﺳـﻠﻚ ﺁﺧﺮ ﹴ
ﻣﻮﺍﺯ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻋـﲆ ﺑﻌﺪ 7.0 cmﻣﻨﻪ .ﻣﺎ
ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﲏ؟
ﹴ
ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳋﺸـﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔ ﱢﻠﲔ ـﺖ ﻣﻠ ﹼﹰﻔـﺎ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ 1mﻋـﲆ
.1ﺛ ﱢﺒ ﹾ � ﳛﺪﱢ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺊ ﻋﻦ ﱟ
ﻣﻠﻒ،
ﹴ ﹴ
ﺑﺎﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﴍﻳـﻂ ﻻﺻـﻖ ،ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻜـﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴـﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻪ.
ﻭﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﱢ
.2ﹺﺻ ﹾـﻞ ﳖﺎﻳﺘﹶـﻲ ﺍﳌﻠـﻒ ﺑﺒﺎﻗـﻲ ﺍﻷﺟﻬـﺰﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻـﺔ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﻛﻴﻒ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﺷـﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ � ﱢ
First aid
Eye wash station
Fire extinguisher
Radioactive safety
ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻛﲈ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ )ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻦ ﺑﺄﻣﻴﱰ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺧﺎﺭﺟﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻴﻪ.
ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻣﻴﱰ(.
Sharp objects safety Poison safety Oxidizer Corrosive
.4ﹶﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ،ﻣﻊ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷـﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺣﻠﺰﻭﲏ )ﻟﻮﻟﺒﻲ( ﻣﻦ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻣﻌﺰﻭﻝ
ﺠﺲ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟ ﹼﻠﻔـﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﹺ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
174
ﺍﺭﺳـﻢ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴـﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺷـﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴـﴘ ﺍﳌﺘﻮ ﹼﻟﺪ ﹴ
ﻣﺮﺍﺕ، ﻏﲑ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﻋﺪﺓ
.3 .5ﱢ
ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠـﻒ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴـﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ،ﻭﻋـﺪﺩ ﺍﻟ ﹼﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺳﺠﻞ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ.ﹴ
ﱢ
ﺍﻷﻃﻮﺍﻝ؟
ﻳﻤـﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ .6ﺛ ﱢﺒ ﹾﺖ ﺷـﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﻋﻨﺪ ،2Aﻭﻃﻮﻝ
ﳌﻠﻒ ﱡﻛﻴـﻒ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺷـﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﱟ .4 ﹴ
ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ؟ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ، ﺍﳌﻠـﻒ ﻋﻨـﺪ ،1mﺛـﻢ ﱢ
ﻏﲑ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻟﻔـﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﻋـﺪﺓ
ﻭﺳﺠﻞ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ.ﹴ
ﱢ
ﻣـﻦ ﺧـﻼﻝ ﲡﺮﺑﺘﻚ ،ﻣـﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺷـﺪﺓ .1
ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﳌﻠﻒ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ؟
ﻣﻠﻒ،
ﻣـﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺷـﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋـﻲ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﰲ ﱟ .2
ﻭﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺍﳌﺘﻮ ﹼﻟﺪ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ؟
175
ﳎﺴﺎ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻫﻮﻝ .ﻭﲢﺘﻮﻱ
ﻃﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻬﻨﺪﺳﻮﻥ ﹼﹰ
ﹼ The Hall Effect
ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳـﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻮﺩﺍﺀ ﻋﲆ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺭﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ
ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﳉﺴـﻴﲈﺕ ﺍﳌﺸـﺤﻮﻧﺔ
ﺍﻟﺴـﻠﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣـﻊ ﺃﺳـﻼﻙ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻟﺔ ﲠﺎ ،ﻛـﲈ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳـﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻄﻲ.
ﺑﻮﺍﺳـﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـﻴﺔ ﻗﺎﺩﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺛﻮﺭﺓ ﰲ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ
ﻭﺗﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﻓﻮﻟﺘﻴﺔ ﻫﻮﻝ ﺑﻤﻀﺨﻢ ﺻﻐﲑ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ
ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ،ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﺍﻟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺟﺔ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ،ﻭﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ
ﺃﺧﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﺘﺸﻔﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﻫﺎ.
ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻧﻚ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴـﻴﺎﺭﺓ؛ ﻓﺠﻤﻴﻌﻬـﺎ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺗﻴـﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
ﺇﺫﺍ ﲢـﺮﻙ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴـﺲ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳌﺠﺲ ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﻓﻖ
ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻋﺮﻳﺾ ﻭﻣﺴﻄﺢ ﰲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ.
ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻫﻮﻝ ﻓﺴـﻮﻑ ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﻢ ،ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺠﺲ ﻟﻠﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺪ ﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ. +
-
+
-
ﺗﻜـﻮﻥ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻘـﻮ ﻟﻠﻤﺠـﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴـﴘ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺳـﻄﺢ
ﺍﻟﴩﻳـﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻳﺾ ،ﻭﻫـﺬﺍ ﳚﻌﻞ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﱰﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻘـﺔ ﺗﱰﻛﹼﺰ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﺟﺎﻧـﺐ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﴩﻳﻂ .ﻭﻫـﺬﺍ ﻳـﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺘـﺞ ﻓﻮﻟﺘﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ
ﻳﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﴪﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺟﺔ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ
ﻃـﺮﰲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﴩﻳﻂ ﺗﺴـﻤﻰ ﻓﻮﻟﺘﻴﺔ ﻫـﻮﻝ ،ﻳﻌﺘﻤـﺪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﲆ
ﺩﺍﺋـﲈ ﹸﻳﺮﺑﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟـﺪﻭﻻﺏ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣـﻲ .ﻭﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ
ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـﺎ ﹰ
ﹰ
ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ.
ﻟﻠـﺪﻭﻻﺏ ﻳﻘـﱰﺏ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺠﺲ .ﻭﲢـﴡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻀﺎﺕ
ﺃﻳﻀﺎ
ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ،ﻛﲈ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺯﻣﻨﻬﺎ .ﻭﺗﹸﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺠﺴﺎﺕ ﹰ ﺍﻛﺘﺸـﻒ ﺍﻟﻌـﺎﱂ ﺇﺩﻭﻳـﻦ ﻫﻮﻝ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛـﲑ ﻋـﺎﻡ 1879ﻡ .ﻭﰲ
ﰲ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﺖ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﴩﺍﺭﺓ ﰲ ﳏﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ؛ ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻵﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻛﺘﺸـﻔﺖ ﺍﻷﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ
ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﺍﳌﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﲆ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻧﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺠﺲ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ؛ ﻷﻥ ﻓﻮﻟﺘﻴﺔ ﻫﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻷﴍﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ
ﻓﻮﺭﺍ ﴍﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ.
ﻧﺒﻀﺔ ﺟﻬﺪ ،ﻓﻴﻄﻠﻖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻝ ﹰ ﺻﻐـﲑﺓ .ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﺎﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺟﺪﹼﹰ ﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴـﻠﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺷـﺒﻪ
ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻞ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻮﻟﺘﻴﺔ ﻫﻮﻝ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻬﺎﻥ ﲠﺎ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻫﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ
ﳌـﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﻮﺿـﻊ ﻗﻄ ﹶﺒﺎ ﻓﻮﻟﺘﻴـﺔ ﻫﻮﻝ ﺑﺤﻴـﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﺎﻥ .1
ﺗﺰﻭﺩﻧﺎ ﺇﺷـﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻮﻟﺘﻴﺔ ﺗﺄﺛـﲑ ﻫﻮﻝ ﺑﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ
ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﱢ
ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺑﻠـﲔ؟ ﻭﻣـﺎﺫﺍ ﳛـﺪﺙ ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﻮﺿﻌـﺎ ﻛﺬﻟـﻚ؟
ﻫﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﻗﻮﻱ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ .2 ﻭﻳﺰﻭﺩﻧـﺎ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﺘﻴـﺔ
ﱢ ﻋـﻦ ﺇﺷـﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸـﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛـﺔ،
ﰲ ﴍﻳـﻂ ﻓﻠـﺰﻱ ﻣﻮﺻـﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻐـﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣـﺔ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﻭﴎﻋﺘﻬﺎ.
ﺍﻟﴩﻳﻂ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻫﻮﻝ؟
176
Magnetism: 8–1
ﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺸﺎﲠﺔ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻓﺮ ،ﻭﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﺫﺏ. • ﻗﻄﺐ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ •
ﲣﺮﺝ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﲈﱄ ﻟﻠﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﻭﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﰲ ﻗﻄﺒﻪ ﺍﳉﻨﻮﰊ. • ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ •
ﺩﺍﺋﲈ ﺣﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﻔﻠﺔ.
ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﹰ • ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ •
ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ. • ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ •
ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﲑﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﺠﺬﺏ ﻟﻠﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ. • ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺩﻝ •
ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﻌﺪﻡ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺩﻝ. • ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﲑﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ •
ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﻭﳘﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ. •
ﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻼ. • • ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻴﺪ
ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﻳﴪﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﲆ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﻣﺘﺤﺪﺓ • ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ
ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰ ﻭﻣﺮﻛﺰﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ .ﻭﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﻠﲈ ﺍﻗﱰﺑﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ. • ﻣﻠﻒ ﻟﻮﻟﺒﻲ )ﺣﻠﺰﻭﲏ(
ﺗﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﴎﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ﺳـﻠﻚ • • ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﻃﻮﻳﻞ.
ﳛﺴـﺐ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺳـﻠﻚ ﻣﺴـﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﻳﴪﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻦ •
µ I
___= B ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ˚ :
2πr
• ﺍﳉﺮﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ.
• ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺳﻠﻜﲔ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﲔ ﻳﻤﺮ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﲈ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﲡﺎﺫ ﹰﺑﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
ﻭﺗﻨﺎﻓﺮﺍ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻫﲔ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻛﺴﲔ .ﻭﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺸﱰﻙ
ﹰ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ
ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﲈ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﲈ.
ﺑﻴﻨﻬﲈ ﻭﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﹼ
ﹸﺃ ﹺ
ﺧﻔـﻲ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴـﺲ ﺻﻐـﲑ ﰲ ﻣﻮﻗـﻊ ﳏـﺪﹼ ﺩ ﺩﺍﺧـﻞ .48
ﻛـﺮﺓ ﺗﻨـﺲ .ﺻﻒ ﲡﺮﺑـﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﳍـﺎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺫﺏ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ. .36
ﻣﻮﻗـﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄـﺐ ﺍﻟﺸـﲈﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻄـﺐ ﺍﳉﻨـﻮﰊ ﺻﻒ ﻛﻴﻒ ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ .37
ﻟﻠﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ. ﺍﳌﺆﻗﺖ.
ﺍﻧﺠﺬﺑﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻓﻠﺰﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﻛﺒﲑ. .49 ﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﴏ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﻴﻮ ﹰﻋﺎ.
ﱢ .38
ﺻـﻒ ﻛﻴـﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻌﺮﻓـﺔ ﻣـﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧـﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻭﺑـﲔ ﺧﻄـﻮﻁ
ﺻﻐـﲑﺍ ،ﹼ
ﹰ ﺍﺭﺳـﻢ ﻗﻀﻴ ﹰﺒـﺎ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ .39
ﺩﺍﺋﲈ؟
ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﺎ ﹰ
ﹰ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﺎ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﹰﺎ ﺃﻡ
ﹰ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴـﴘ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺗﻈﻬـﺮ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ،ﻭﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﲠﺎ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺑﺮﺓ .50 ﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ.
ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﺭﺳـﻢ ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺑـﲔ ﻗﻄﺒﲔ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـﻴﲔ .40
ﻭﺿﺢ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ.ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﲠﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ؟ ﹼ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﲠﲔ ﻭﺑﲔ ﻗﻄﺒﲔ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﲔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﲔ.
ﺍﻓﱰﺽ ﺃﻧﻚ ﲥﺖ ﰲ ﻏﺎﺑﺔ ،ﻟﻜﻨﻚ ﲢﻤﻞ ﺑﻮﺻﻠﺔ، .51 ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﺎ ﺟﺰﺃﻳﻦ ﻓﻬﻞ ﲢﺼﻞ ﻋﲆ ﻗﻄﺒﲔ
ﹰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﴪﺕ .41
ﻭﻟﺴﻮﺀ ﺍﳊﻆ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﲪﺮ ﺍﳌﺤﺪﺩ ﻟﻠﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﲈﱄ ﻭﺿﺢ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ.
ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﲔ ﺷﲈﱄ ﻭﺟﻨﻮﰊ؟ ﹼ
ﻏﲑ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ،ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻚ ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺳﻠﻚ. ﺻـﻒ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻟﻠﻴـﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ .42
ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﲈﱄ ﻟﻠﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ؟ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ
ﺳـﻠﻚ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻋﲆ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻃﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﱪ ،ﻳﴪﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ .52 ﻳﴪﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
ﺗﻴﺎﺭ .ﺻـﻒ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘﲔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻷﻗـﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﲠﲈ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣـﺮ ﺗﻴـﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋـﻲ ﰲ ﺳـﻠﻚ ﻋـﲆ ﺷـﻜﻞ ﻣﻠـﻒ
ﺇﺫﺍ ﹼ .43
ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻪ. ﻟﻮﻟﺒﻲ )ﺣﻠﺰﻭﲏ( ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻢ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ
ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻟﺪﺓ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ.
178
ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 8-24ﻟﻺﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ: .58 ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﺍﲡـﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴـﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠـﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴـﴘ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ .53
ﺃﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺒﺎﻥ؟ .a ﺇﻣـﺮﺍﺭ ﺗﻴـﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ﺳـﻠﻚ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻜـﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ
ﺃﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﲈﱄ؟ .b
ﺻﻔﺮﺍ؟
ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹼﹰ ﺍ ﺃﻭ ﹰ
ﺃﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﳉﻨﻮﰊ؟ .c
ﺳﻠﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﴪﻱ ﻓﻴﻬﲈ ﺗﻴﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺎﻥ. .54
.aﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴـﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻛﺴـﲔ ﻓﺄﻳـﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ
ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ 8-25ﺍﺳـﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﲔ .59
ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴـﻠﻜﲔ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ
ﳐﺘﻠﻔـﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘـﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴـﺲ .ﺃﻳﻦ ﻳﻘـﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ
ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻨﻬﲈ ﻣﻨﻔﺮ ﹰﺩﺍ؟
ﺍﳉﻨﻮﰊ ﻟﻠﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ؟
.bﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴـﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡـﺎﻩ ﻧﻔﺴـﻪ ﻓﺄﻳـﻦ ﻳﻜـﻮﻥ
ﺻﻔﺮﺍ؟
ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﲇ ﹰ
ﺷﻜﻼ ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻄﺒﲔ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـﻴﲔ ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﹰ .55
ﺭﺳـﲈ
ﹰ ﻣـﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﻧﻘﻄـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﻣﺘﻀﻤﻨﹰﺎ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 8-25
ﳋﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﲈ.
ﻣـﺎﺫﺍ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻟﻠﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﺍﳌﻌﻠـﻖ ﺑﺎﳋﻴﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ .56
8-1 ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 8-22ﻣﻨﻪ؟
ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﹼ
ﺳـﻠﻚ ﻃﻮﻟـﻪ 1.50 mﻳـﴪﻱ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﺗﻴـﺎﺭ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭﻩ .60
،10.0 Aﻭﺿـﻊ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ،
ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﺛـﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﻪ .0.60 Nﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ
ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ؟ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 8-22
ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ
ﻳﴪﻱ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﻲ ﰲ ﺳـﻠﻚ ،ﻛﲈ ﻫﻮ ﹼ .61
ﻣـﺎﺫﺍ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻟﻠﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﺍﳌﻌﻠـﻖ ﺑﺎﳋﻴﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ .57
ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ .8-26ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴـﻠﻚ ﰲ ﺩﻓﱰﻙ ،ﺛﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 8-23ﻣﻨﻪ؟
ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﹼ
ﺍﺭﺳـﻢ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺊ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ
ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ.
I
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 8-23
1
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 8-26
4 2
C24-28A-845813ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ 8-27
.62ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺻﻄﻼﺣـﻲ 3
Final
ﺧﺎﺭﺟﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﰲ ﺩﻓﱰﻙ،
ﹰ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 8-24
179
8-2 ﺛﻢ ﺍﺭﺳـﻢ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺊ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ
ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ.
ﺳـﻠﻚ ﻃﻮﻟـﻪ ،0.50 mﻳـﴪﻱ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﺗﻴـﺎﺭ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭﻩ .65
،8.0 Aﻭﺿـﻊ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻋﲆ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ،
ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﺛـﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﻪ .0.40 Nﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 8-27
ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ؟
ﻳﺒـﲔ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ 8-28ﻃـﺮﻑ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴـﺲ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋـﻲ .63
8-3 ﻳﴪﻱ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
ﻳﴪﻱ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ 5.0 Aﰲ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ،0.80 m .66 .aﻣﺎ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﻠﻘﺎﺕ؟
ﻭﺿـﻊ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻋﲆ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴـﴘ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ .0.60 T .bﻣﺎ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﳊﻠﻘﺎﺕ؟
ﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﻪ؟
ﻳـﴪﻱ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ 6.0 Aﰲ ﺳـﻠﻚ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ،25 cm .67
ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻣﻮﺿﻮ ﹰﻋﺎ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ
ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭﻩ 0.30 Tﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳـﺎ ﻋﻠﻴـﻪ ،ﻓـﲈ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﺓ
I
ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﻪ؟
ﻳﴪﻱ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ 4.5 Aﰲ ﺳـﻠﻚ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ،35 cm .68 ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 8-28
ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻣﻮﺿﻮ ﹰﻋﺎ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﻗﻴﺴﺖ ﻗﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺮ ﺑﲔ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﲔ .64
0.53 Tﻭﻣﻮﺍﺯ ﹰﻳـﺎ ﻟـﻪ ،ﻓﲈ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﻪ؟ ﺧﺰﻓﻴـﲔ ،ﻭﻭﺟـﺪ ﺃﳖـﺎ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋـﲆ ﺍﳌﺴـﺎﻓﺔ ،ﻛﲈ ﻫﻮ
ﺳـﻠﻚ ﻃﻮﻟـﻪ 625 mﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣـﺪ ﻣﻊ ﳎـﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ .69 ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ .8-2 ﹼ
ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭﻩ ،0.40 Tﺗﺄﺛـﺮ ﺑﻘـﻮﺓ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫـﺎ ،1.8 Nﻣـﺎ .aﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻛﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ.
ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻪ؟ .bﻫﻞ ﲣﻀﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﱰﺑﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﴘ؟
ﻳﺆﺛـﺮ ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴـﴘ ﺍﻷﺭﴈ ﺑﻘـﻮﺓ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫـﺎ .70 ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ 8–2
0.12 Nﰲ ﺳـﻠﻚ ﻋﻤـﻮﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻃﻮﻟـﻪ .0.80 m )F (N ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ )d (cm
3.93 1.0
ﻣﺎ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴـﻠﻚ؟ ﺍﺳـﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺍﺭ 0.40 1.2
5.0×10-5 Tﻟﻠﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﻟﻸﺭﺽ. 0.13 1.4
0.057 1.6
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧـﺖ ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﻳﺆﺛـﺮ ﲠـﺎ ﳎـﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴـﴘ .71 0.030 1.8
0.018 2.0
ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭﻩ 0.80 Tﰲ ﺳـﻠﻚ ﻳـﴪﻱ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﺗﻴـﺎﺭ 0.011 2.2
7.5 Aﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ،3.6 Nﻓﲈ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ؟ 0.0076 2.4
0.0053 2.6
0.0038 2.8
0.0028 3.0
180
ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎ.
ﹰ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ .a ﺳﻠﻚ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻳﴪﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ .72
ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ. .b 225 Aﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟـﴩﻕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ ،ﻭﻫﻮ ﹴ
ﻣﻮﺍﺯ ﻟﺴـﻄﺢ
ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ. .c ﺍﻷﺭﺽ.
ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ .d .aﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﲠﺎ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺍﻷﺭﴈ
ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻬﺎ 5.5 Ω ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﱰ ﻣﻨﻪ؟ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ:
ﺍﺣﺴـﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻃﻮﻝ .75 = 5.0 x 10-5 Tﺃﺭﺽ B
ﻣـﻦ ﺳـﻠﻚ ﻣﺴـﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﻳـﴪﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺷـﺪﺗﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ؟ .b
11 Aﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺷﺪﺗﻪ .0.77 T ﺗﹸﺮ ،ﻫﻞ ﺗﻌﺪﹼ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﱪﺝ .c
ﺍﺣﺴـﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺣـﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻃﻮﺍﻝ .76 ﻭﺿﺢ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ.ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﺴﻠﻚ؟ ﹼ
ﺍﳌﺘﺒﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺳـﻠﻜﲔ ﻣﺴـﺘﻘﻴﻤﲔ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﲔ ﻭﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﲔ ﻳـﴪﻱ ﺗﻴـﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋـﻲ ﰲ ﺣﻠﻘــﺔ ﺳـﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﻐﻤﻮﺭﺓ .73
ﻳﴪﻱ ﻓﻴﻬﲈ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﺪﺗﻪ 7 Aﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﰲ ﳎــﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴـﴘ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻗــﻮﻱ ﺩﺍﺧـﻞ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ.
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﲈ .4 cm ﺍﻓﱰﺽ ﺃﻧـﻚ ﺃﺩﺭﺕ ﺍﳊﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﱂ ﻳﻌﺪ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻱ
ﺳـﻠﻚ ﻣﺴـﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﻃﻮﻳـﻞ ﻋﻤـﻮﺩﻱ ﻋـﲆ ﻣﺴـﺘﻮ .77 ﻣﻴـﻞ ﳍﺎ ﻟﻠـﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠـﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ،ﻓﲈ
ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤـﺔ ﻳﴪﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴـﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭﻩ 8 Aﻣﻦ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﺍﳊﻠﻘﺔ؟
ﺃﻋﲆ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ .ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﻧﻘﻄـﺔ ﺗﺒﻌﺪ ﻋﻨـﻪ 1 cmﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻴﻤـﲔ .ﻫﻞ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ
ﺷـﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﺒﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺳـﻠﻚ ﻧﺤـﺎﳼ ﻣﻬﻤـﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣـﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺰ ﺑﲔ .74
ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ 1 cmﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ؟ ﻭﺿﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ. ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـﲔ ،ﻛـﲈ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ .8–29ﻓـﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ
ﻣﻘﺘﴫﺍ ﻋﲆ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﻴﺰ،
ﹰ ﻭﺟـﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﰲ ﺳـﲈﻋﺔ .78
ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭﻩ 1.9 Tﻓﺄﻭﺟـﺪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﰲ
ﻋــﺪﺩ ﻟـﻔــﺎﺕ ﻣﻠﻔﻬـﺎ 250ﻟﻔـﺔ ﻳﺴـﺎﻭﻱ ،0.15 T
ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ،ﻭﺍﲡﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
ﻭﻗﻄـﺮ ﺍﳌﻠـﻒ ،2.5 cmﻓﲈ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﰲ
5.5 Ω
ﺍﳌﻠـﻒ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘـﻪ ،8.0 Ωﻭﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺑﲔ 7.5 cm
ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻪ 15 V؟ N
.79ﻳـﴪﻱ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭﻩ 15 Aﰲ ﺳـﻠﻚ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ 25 cm S
ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ .0.85 T
ﻓـﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴـﻠﻚ ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ
24 V
،F=ILB sin θﻓﺎﺣﺴـﺐ ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴـﻠﻚ
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻨﻊ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
0°.c 45°.b 90°.a
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 8-29
181
ﻣﻠﺨﺼﺎ
ﹰ ﺍﺑﺤـﺚ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﻧﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ،ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐ .82 ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣـﺮ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻧﺎﺑﺾ .80
ﻣـﻦ ﺻﻔﺤـﺔ ﻭﺍﺣـﺪﺓ ﻟﻼﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 8-30ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﳖﺎﻳﺔ ﺭﺃﳼ ،ﻛﲈ ﻫﻮ ﹼ
ﺍﳌﻐﺎﻧـﻂ .ﻭﺗﺄﻛـﺪ ﻣـﻦ ﻭﺻـﻒ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻘﺒـﺎﺕ ﺗﻘـﻒ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺑﺾ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻛﺄﺱ ﳑﻠﻮﺀﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺋﺒﻖ؟ ﻭﳌﺎﺫﺍ؟
ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﻧﻂ.
ﻭﺻﻠـﺖ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ 55 Ωﻋﲆ .83
ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ،ﺛﻢ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ
ﺑﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘـﲔ ﺗﺘﺼـﻼﻥ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺘـﻮﺍﱄ ،ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﲈ
،55 Ωﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ؟
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ 8-30
182
ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣـﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴـﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺆﺛـﺮ ﰲ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺠـﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﳌﻠﻒ .5
ﻟﻮﻟﺒﻲ؟
Cﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ Aﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﺎﺕ
Dﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ Bﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻳـﴪﻱ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ 7.2 Aﰲ ﺳـﻠﻚ ﻣﺴـﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﰲ .1
ﳎـﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴـﴘ ﻣﻨﺘﻈـﻢ 8.9×10-3 Tﻭﻋﻤـﻮﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ.
ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻗﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓ .6
ﻣـﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴـﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ
ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ؟
ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ 2.1 N؟
Aﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺍﻓﱰﺍﴈ ﺷﲈﱄ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ
1.3×10-1 m C 2.6×10-3 m A
Bﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﲈﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﲇ 3.3×10 m1
D 3.1×10 -2
m B
Cﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺍﻓﱰﺍﴈ ﺟﻨﻮﰊ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ
ﺍﻓـﱰﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺟﺰ ﹰﺀﺍ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ 19 cmﻣﻦ ﺳـﻠﻚ ﻳﴪﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ .2
Dﻏﲑ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣـﺪ ﻣﻊ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴـﴘ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭﻩ ،4.1 Tﻭﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ
ﺷـﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﺒﻌﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ 0.2mﻋﻦ .7 ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ،7.6 mNﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ؟
ﺳـﻠﻚ ﻣﺴـﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺷـﺪﺗﻪ 6A 1.0×10-2 A C 3.4×10- A A 7
60×10-7 N A ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﻣﻘﻄ ﹰﻌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺳـﻠﻜﲔ ﻃﻮﻳﻠـﲔ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﲔ .3
60×10+7 N B ﻳﻤﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﲈ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻔﺴـﻪ ﻭﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﻧﻔﺴـﻪ .ﺃﻳـﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ
6×10-7 N C ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ؟
6×10+7 N D
C A
3 1
ﹸﻭ ﹺﺻﻞ ﺳـﻠﻚ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺟﻬﺪﻫـﺎ 5.8 Vﰲ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﲆ .8
I .4
ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣـﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫـﺎ .18 Ωﻓـﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ 14 cmﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﺴـﻠﻚ .3
ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ،0.85 Tﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ .1
ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴـﻠﻚ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ،22 mNﻓﲈ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﲔ .2
ﺍﻟﺴـﻠﻚ ﻭﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺍﳌﺆﺛـﺮ ،ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ I
ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻫﻲ F=ILB sin θ؟ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﰲ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻳﴪﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ .4
ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ:
Aﻣﻮﺍﺯ ﹰﻳﺎ ﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ
ﺧـﺎﺻـﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻧﹰـﺎ ،ﺇﻧﲈ ﺍﻷﻫﻢ
ﹼﹰ ﺍﺧﺘﺒـﺎﺭﺍ
ﹰ ﻻ ﳞـﻢ ﻛـﻢ ﻣـﺮﺓ ﺃ ﹼﺩﻳﺖ
ﹰ
ﻣﺎﺋﻼ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ 30°ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ B
ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘـﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻬـﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴـﲈﺕ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺗﺰﻭﺩ ﲠـﺎ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻛﻞ
ﻣﺎﺋﻼ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ 60°ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﹰ C
ﺟـﺰﺀ؛ ﻓﻬـﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺴـﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﺳـﻮ ﳊﻈـﺎﺕ ،ﺇﻻ ﺃﳖـﺎ ﹸﲢـﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﻥ
ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺎﺏ ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻗﺪ ﲡﻌﻠﻚ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﻴﺌﺔ. ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ D
183
•
•
•
184
.Iﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ symbols
ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ
ﺯﺍﺋﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ
ﻣﴬﻭﺑـﺔ ﰲ
ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ
ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ
ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻣﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ
ﻳﻄﺎﺑﻖ
ﺍﳉﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﱰﺑﻴﻌﻲ ﻟـ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ
ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﻟـ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ
ﻟﻮﻏﺎﺭﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺟﺪﹼﹰ ﺍ ﻣﻦ
ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ
ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻛـ
185
ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ .ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺎﺭ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ،ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ،ﻭﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ
ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮﻱ ﺗﻌﺪ ﺃﺭﻗﺎ ﹰﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ.
ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ:
.1ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮﻳﺔ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ.
.2ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﴩﻳﺔ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ.
.3ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺎﺭ ﺑﲔ ﺭﻗﻤﲔ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﲔ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ.
.4ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﲠﺪﻑ ﺣﺠﺰ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻫﻲ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ.
ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺒﻴﺔ
.1ﺣﺪﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ:
12.007 kg .d 1405 m .a
5.8×106 kg .e 2.50 km .b
3.03×10-5 ml .f 0.0034 m .c
186
ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺐ Rounding
ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ )ﻣﻨﺰﻟﺔ( ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﴩﻳﺔ( ﺃﻭ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ .ﻭﺣﺘﻰ
ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺣﺪﹼ ﺩ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻬﺎ ،ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ:
.1ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻋﻦ ﻳﻤﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ 5ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻃﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻠﻴﻪ،
ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺏ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ.
ﻭﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﹼ
.2ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻋﻦ ﻳﻤﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ 5ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻃﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻠﻴﻪ،
ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺏ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ.
ﻭﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﹼ
ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺒﻴﺔ
.2ﹼ
ﻗﺮﺏ ﻛﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﺱ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ:
(1) 0.0034 m .c (2)1405 m .a
(3)12.007 kg .d (2) 2.50 km .b
187
ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ Operations with Significant Digits
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻧ ﹼﻔﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺑﺄﻛﱪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﲠﺎ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺒﺔ ،ﺛﻢ ﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺇﱃ
ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ .ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲡﺮﳞﺎ.
25.856 m
ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﻫﻲ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻀﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﺩﻗﺔ.
25.9m ﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﱪ
188
ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻣﻴﻊ Combination
ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﴬﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﴬﺏ/ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ.
ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ:
1
d=19 m + (25.0 m/s)(2.50 s) + (-10.0 m/s2)(2.50)2
2
= 5.0 × 101 m
ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺍﺭ 19 mﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺭﻗﻤﲔ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﲔ ﻓﻘﻂ ،ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺭﻗﻤﲔ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﲔ.
29 sﻭ 11 sﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﲈ ﺭﻗﻤﲔ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﲔ ﻓﻘﻂ ،ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﻗﻤﲔ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﲔ ﻓﻘﻂ.
189
ﺍﻟﻜﺴﻮﺭ Fractions
ﻭﻳﻌﱪ ﺍﻟﻜﴪ ﹰ
ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ. ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﴪ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ .ﹼ
ﻭﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﴪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻂ ﻭﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ.ﹼ
____ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻂ
_____________ =
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ
ﹼ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ
ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻞ ﺃﺣﻴﺎ ﹰﻧﺎ ﺗﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﴈ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ،ﹸ
ﻭﲣﺘﴫ ﻏﺎﻟ ﹰﺒﺎ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﴈ.
pn
ﺑﺴﻂ pw
ﻣﺜﺎﻝ :ﹼ
___
) ( ) ( = ) _(
pn p
__ n
__ ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ Pﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻂ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ،ﻭﺟﺰﱢ ﺉ ﺍﻟﻜﴪ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﴐﺏ ﻛﴪﻳﻦ.
) () (=
pw p w
1
n
__
w ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ( pp ) =1
__
n
__ =
w
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﴬﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﴐﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﻮﺭ ﺍﴐﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺴﻂ ،ﻭﺍﴐﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻡ.
__ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﴪ . __t s
ﻣﺜﺎﻝ :ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﴐﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﴪ a
) () (
__s
a
st
__ = __t
b ab
b
ﻧ ﹼﻔﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﴐﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ
ﻭﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻗﺴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﻮﺭ ﺍﴐﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﴪ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﰲ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﴪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﲏ .ﻭﻹﳚﺎﺩ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﴪ ،ﺍﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﴪ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ
ﳛﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻂ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ.
__ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻜﴪ . __t s
ﻣﺜﺎﻝ :ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﴪ a
a b
) () (
__s ÷ __t = __s
a
b
__
t
b
ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﴐﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﴪ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﰲ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﴪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﲏ.
sb
__ =
at ﺍﴐﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ.
ﻻ ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﴪﻳﻦ ﳍﲈ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﺸﱰﻙ ،ﺃﻱ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ. ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺘﺎ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﺡ ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﲨﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻛﴪﻳﻦ ﺍﻛﺘﺒﻬﲈ ﺃﻭ ﹰ
ﻭﻹﳚﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺸﱰﻙ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﴐﺏ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﴪﻳﻦ ،ﺛﻢ ﺍﲨﻊ ﺑﺴﻄﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﲈ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻃﺮﺣﻬﲈ ،ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ
ﺍﳌﺸﱰﻙ.
__ . ﻣﺜﺎﻝ :ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﲨﻊ a
__ ﻭ 2
1
) () ( ) () (
b
__ 1 +
__ __ = 2
1 b
__ + __2b a
__ ﺍﴐﺏ ﹼ
ﻛﻞ ﻛﴪ ﰲ ﻛﴪ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ .1
a b a b a
b 2a ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻂ ﹼﹰ
ﺍﴐﺏ ﹼﹰ
__ =
ab
__ +
ab
ﻭﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ.
b+2a
____ =
ab
ﻛﴪﺍ ﻣﻔﺮ ﹰﺩﺍ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺸﱰﻙ.
ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﹰ
190
ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺒﻴﺔ
2a
___ ÷ 1
__ .d a
___ 3 -
__ .b
2 5 b 2b
ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ Ratios
ﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻋﺪﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ .ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺑﻌﺪﺓ ﻃﺮﺍﺋﻖ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ،ﻓﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ
ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ 2ﻭ 3ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﺭﺑﻊ ﻃﺮﺍﺋﻖ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ 2 :ﺇﱃ 3ﺃﻭ 2ﻋﲆ 3ﺃﻭ 3:2ﺃﻭ 2
__ .
3
ﺍﳌﻌﺪﹼ ﻻﺕ Rates
ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻝ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﲔ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﲔ ﳍﲈ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ .ﺇﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺒﺴﻴﻄﻪ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ
ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ .1
ﻣﺜﺎﻝ :ﺍﻛﺘﺐ 98kmﰲ 2.0ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ.
2.0ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ 98km
______ 98kmﰲ
______
2.0h
) ( 2.0 ) ( kmh
____ = 98km
98 ____
2.0h
ﺟﺰﱢ ﺉ ﺍﻟﻜﴪ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﴐﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﴪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻱ ﺑﻜﴪ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ
) = (49) ( km
____ ﺑﺴﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﴪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻱ
ﹼ
h
km/hﺃﻭ = 49 km per h
__ a
c
ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ Proportionsﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﲆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺘﲔ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺘﺎﻥ ، = :ﺑﴩﻁ ﺃﻥ dﻭ bﻻ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻳﺎﻥ ﹰ
ﺻﻔﺮﺍ. __
d b
ﲑﺍ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﹰ ﺍ .ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﻞ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻹﳚﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ
ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﳊﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻭﻣﺘﻐ ﹰ
ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ .ﻭﳊﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﴬﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﱄ.
__ = c
__ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ .a ﻣﺜﺎﻝ :ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ a
d b
__ = c
__ a
ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﴬﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﱄ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ
d b
ad = bc ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﴬﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﱄ
bc
___ = a ﺣﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ a
d
ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺒﻴﺔ
.5ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
s
___ 36
16 = 12 .c
___ __ = 2
__ 4 .a
3 x
2.5 .d
____ = 7.5
____ n 13 .b
___ = ___
w 5.0 75 15
191
.IVﺍﻷﺳﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮ ﻭﺍﳉﺬﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ Exponents٫ Powers٫ Roots٫ and Absolute value
ﺍﻷﺳﺲ Exponents
ﺍﻷﺱ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺪﺩ ﳜﱪﻙ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ aﹰ
ﻋﺎﻣﻼ ،ﻭﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻷﺱ ﻋﲆ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻋﻠﻮﻱ .ﻓﻔﻲ
ﺍﳊﺪ ،anﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ aﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻭﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ nﺍﻷﺱ.
ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺍﺭ anﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﻗﻢ aﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ aﻣﺮﻓﻮﻉ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺓ .n
ﺍﻷﺱ
an
ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ
ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﺱ ،ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﹰ
ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮﺍ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ.
ﻓﻤﺜﻼ v0ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺘﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ،0ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻳﻌﺪ ﺟﺰ ﹰﺀﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ.
ﺍﻷﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﻷﻱ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﻔﺮﻱ ، aﻭﻷﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ، n
) an = ( a1 ) ( a2 ) ( a3 ) … ( an
ﺑﺴﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
ﻣﺜﺎﻝ :ﹼ
104 = (10) (10) (10) (10) = 10,000
23 = (2) (2) (2) = 8
ﺍﻷﺱ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮﻱ ﻷﻱ ﺭﻗﻢ aﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﻔﺮﻱ،
a0 = 1
ﺑﺴﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
ﻣﺜﺎﻝ :ﹼ
20 = 1
130 = 1
ﺍﻷﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺐ ﻷﻱ ﺭﻗﻢ aﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﻔﺮﻱ ،ﻭﻷﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ، n
1
___ =a–n
an
ﻣﺜﺎﻝ :ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﺴﻮﺭ.
1 =1
__ = 2–2 _ 1 =1
__ = 2–1 _
2
2
4 2
1
2
192
2
ﺑﺴﻂ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺬﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ:
ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ :ﹼ
√Â
= a2√ÂÂÂ
(a) (a) = a
 = √(3) (3) = 3
√9 ÂÂÂ
√Â
= 64 (8.0) (8.0) = 8.0
√ ﺻﻔﺮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻳﻤﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﴩﻳﺔ؛ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻺﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﻋﲆ ﺭﻗﻤﲔ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﲔ.
ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﹰ
38.44 = 6.200
√ ﺿﻊ ﺻﻔﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻦ ﻳﻤﲔ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻺﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﻋﲆ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ.
39 =6.244997 = 6.2
√ ﻗﺮﺏ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻺﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﻋﲆ ﺭﻗﻤﲔ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﲔ.
ﹼ
√ ﺃﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ،3ﻋﻦ ﺍﳉﺬﺭ
3
ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳉﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻌﻴﺒﻲ ﻟﻠﺮﻗﻢ ﻓﻴﻤﺜﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ .ﻭﻳﻌﱪ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﳉﺬﺭﻱ Â
_1 ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﺱ 1
__ ﻛﲈ ﰲ . √b =b3
3
ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻌﻴﺒﻲ .ﻛﲈ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﲤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻌﻴﺒﻲ ﹰ
3
ﺑﺴﻂ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﳉﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻌﻴﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
ﻣﺜﺎﻝ :ﹼ
(5.00)(5.00)(5.00) = 5.00
3
√ÂÂ
= 125 √ÂÂÂÂÂÂÂ
3
3
√ÂÂÂ
39.304 = 3.4000
ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺒﻴﺔ
.6ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻛﻞ ﺟﺬﺭ ،ﺛﻢ ﹼ
ﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﺌﺔ.
676 .c
√ 22 .a
√Â
3
√ ÂÂÂ
46.656 .d 3
√ ÂÂ
729 .b
.7ﹼ
ﺑﺴﻂ ﺍﳉﺬﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﳉﺬﺭﻱ:
√ÂÂ
9t6 .b √ÂÂÂ
16a2b4 .a
.8ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﳉﺬﻭﺭ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﻴﺔ:
1
___
√a
Â
.b √Â
n3 .a
193
ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺳﺲ Operations With Exponents
ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺳﺲ ﻓﺈﻥ ﹼﹰ
ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ aﻭ bﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﺎ ﺃﺭﻗﺎ ﹰﻣﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕ.
ﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻮ :ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ،ﺍﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﺲ ،ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
(am) (an) = am+n
ﻗﺴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮ :ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻗﺴﻤﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ،ﺍﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﻷﺳﺲ ،ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
am/an = am–n
ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺔ ﻟﻘﻮﺓ :ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺔ ﻟﻘﻮﺓ ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﺍﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﻷﺳﺲ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ،ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ
ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ(am)n = a mn :
ﻭﻗﺴﻢ ﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﺬﺭ ،ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺠﺬﺭ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻉ ﻟﻘﻮﺓ :ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺟﺬﺭ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻉ ﻟﻘﻮﺓ ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﹼ
ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔam = am/n :
n
√ Â
ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻟﺤﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ :ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻟﺤﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ aﻭ ، bﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﻛﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺓ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ،ﺛﻢ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﻬﻤﺎ ﹰ
ﻣﻌﺎ،
ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ (ab)n = anbn
ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺒﻴﺔ
ﹰ
ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﻼ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻷﺳﺲ. .9ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ
x2 √x .d (d2n)2 .c √tÂ3 .b x2 t / x3 .a
m ÂÂ _
ﺑﺴﻂ q m
√ .10ﹼ
___ 2qv
a×10n
ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ10
194
ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ 10ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ 1ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ
ﻼ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺗﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ،6.73 × 10-28 kgﻭﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ،ﻭﺣﺴﺎﺑﻬﺎ .ﻓﻤﺜ ﹰ
1.000×103 kg/m3ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ 1000ﺗﻤﺎ ﹰﻣﺎ ،ﻭﺫﻟﻚ
ﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ .ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ 1000 kg/m3ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ
ﺭﻗﻤﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﻮ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﹰ ﺍ ،ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ .ﻟﻘﺪ ﺳﺎﻋﺪﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻟﻸﺭﻗﺎﻡﹰ
ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ.
ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ،ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺳﺲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ Large Numbers - Using Positive Exponents
ﺇﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺓ 10ﺗﺸﺒﻪ ﺗﻤﺎ ﹰﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ
ﻻ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ،a ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ( ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ( .ﻭﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺣﺪﺩ ﺃﻭ ﹰ
،1≤ a <10ﺛﻢ ﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ aﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ،ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ
ﺑﻮﺻﻔﻪ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻟﻠﺮﻗﻢ .10ﻭﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ eﻟﻸﺳﺲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ 2.4 e+11=2.4×1011ﻭﺑﻌﺾ
ﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ Eﻟﺘﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺱ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻏﺎﻟ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﺨﺼﺺ ،ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﺣﺠﺎﻡ
ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺎ ﻟﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ.
ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﹼﹰ
ﻣﺜﺎﻝ :ﺍﻛﺘﺐ 7‚530‚000ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ.
ﺇﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ aﻫﻲ ) 7.53ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﻔﺮﻱ ( ،ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ .7.53×10
n
7‚530‚000 = 7.53×106 ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺳﺘﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﻋﴩﻳﺔ ،ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻫﻲ 6
195
ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮﺓ ،ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺳﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ Small Numbers-Using Negative Exponents
ﻻ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ، 1 ≤ a < 10 ، aﺛﻢ ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﺒﺘﺪﺋﹰﺎ ﻣﻦﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺣﺪﺩ ﺃﻭ ﹰ
ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﻗﻢ aﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ.
ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻗﻮ ﹰﺓ ﻟﻸﺳﺎﺱ . 10ﺇﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻣﻤﺎﺛﻞ ﺗﻤﺎ ﹰﻣﺎ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ
ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ.
ﻣﺜﺎﻝ :ﺍﻛﺘﺐ 0.000000285ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ.
ﺇﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ aﻫﻲ ) 2.85ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻦ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮﻱ( ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ .2.85×10n
0.000000285 = 2.85×10-7 ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﻋﴩﻳﺔ ،ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻫﻲ– 7
ﻭﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ،ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ،aﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺻﻔﺎﺭ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ .a
ﻭﺣﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ aﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ.
ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﹼ
1.6 × 10-4 = 00001.6 × 10-4 = 0.00016 ﻣﺜﺎﻝ:
ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺒﻴﺔ
.11ﻋ ﹼﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ:
0.000020.b 456‚000‚000 .a
.12ﻋ ﹼﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ.
9.7 × 1010 .b 3.03 × 10-7 .a
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﺡ ﺇﻥ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺡ ﻟﻸﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﱟ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ؛ ﻷﻥ ﻗﻮ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ
10ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ .ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻪ
ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻸﺳﺎﺱ ،10ﺇﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮ ﻟﻸﺳﺎﺱ 10ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻋﺪﺍﺩ.
ﺑﺴﻂﻣﺜﺎﻝ :ﹼ
(3.2×105) + (4.8×105) = (3.2+4.8) ×105 ﲨﻊ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ
ﹼ
= 8.0×105 ﺍﲨﻊ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ
ﺑﺴﻂ
ﻣﺜﺎﻝ :ﹼ
)(3.2×105) + (4.8×104) = (3.2×105)+ (0.48×105 ﺃﻋﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ 4.8×104ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ 0.48×105
= (3.2+0.48) ×105 ﲨﻊ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﹼ
= 3.68×105 ﺍﲨﻊ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ
= 3.7×105 ﹰ
ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﻼ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ /ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺡ ﻟﻸﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ. ﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ
ﹼ
ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺒﻴﺔ
.13ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺑﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ،ﹼ
ﻭﻋﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ.
(2.4×103) + (8.0×104) .b (5.2×10-4) (4.0×108) .a
.VIﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ Equations
ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ Order of Operations
ﻳﻔﺴﺮ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺍﺗﻔﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ،ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ،ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﹼ
ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ .ﺍﺗﹼﺒﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ
ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ.
.1ﹼ
ﺑﺴﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺑﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻌﻴﺔ ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺳﻴﻦ ) ( ،ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺳﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻘﻮﻓﻴﻦ ] [ ،ﻭﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ } {،
ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ.
.2ﻗﺪﹼ ﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺬﻭﺭ.
.3ﻧ ﹼﻔﺬ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﻭ /ﺃﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ.
.4ﻧ ﹼﻔﺬ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻭ /ﺃﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ.
ﺑﺴﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:ﻣﺜﺎﻝ :ﹼ
4+3 (4–1)– 23 = 4+3 (3) – 23 ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ :ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ 1
=4+3 (3) – 8 ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ :ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ 2
=4+9–8 ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ :ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ 3
=5 ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ :ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ 4
197
ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ .ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ
ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺠﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻟﻠﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻸﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ .ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ
ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺗﻌﺎﺑﻴﺮ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻂ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﺑﻴﺮ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺻﻔﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺘﻴﻦ
ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺘﻴﻦ ،ﺛﻢ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺠﺮﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻗﺴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ،ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ /
ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻸﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ.
ﺣﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ Solving Equations
ﻃﺒﻖ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔﺻﺤﻴﺤﺎ .ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﹼ ﹰ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎ
ﹼﹰ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮﺍ
ﺇﻥ ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﹰ
ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻓﺆ ،ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻃﺒﻘﺖ ﺃ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ
ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ.
ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻌﻴﺔ ﻷﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ c ، b ، aﻳﻜﻮﻥ:
a (b+c) =ab+ac a (b–c) =ab–ac
ﻣﺜﺎﻝ :ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
)3 (x + 2) = 3 x + (3) (2
=3x+6
ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﺡ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻜﺎﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﺕ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﺿﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﹰ
ﺃﻳﻀﺎ.
ﹰ
ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﻼ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ :ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ x – 3 = 7
x–3 = 7
x–3+3=7+3
x=10
ﹰ
ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﻼ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺡ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ :ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ t + 2 = -5
t+2=–5
t+2–2=–5–2
t=–7
ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻜﺎﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺿﺮﺑﺖ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ/ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ،ﻓﺴﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﹰ
ﺃﻳﻀﺎ.
ac=bc
a
__ b
__
c = c , for c ≠ 0
ﹰ
ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﻼ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ 1
__ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ :ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ a = 3
4
1a=3
__
4
) (__14 a ) ( 4 ) = 3 ( 4
a = 12
198
ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺒﻴﺔ
.14ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ .x
c .d 2 + 3 x = 17 .a
b+x
____ = a
2x+3
_____ = 6
x .e x – 4 = 2 – 3x .b
ax + bx + c = d .f x+4
____ = t – 1
3
.c
199
ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ vﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ.
GmEm
______ = mv2
____
r r2
rGmEm
______ = mv2
____
r r2
ﺍﺿﺮﺏ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻛﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ r
Gm m r =1
______ = mv2
r
E __
r ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ
GmEm
______ = mv2
____
m rm ﻗﺴﻢ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ . m
ﹼ
Gm ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ m = 1
____ = v2
r
E ___
m
v2 = ±
√ √ÂÂ
_
Gm
r
E
ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ
_√ = v
ÂÂ
ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺮﻋﺔ.
Gm E
r
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ؛ ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺤﻞ
ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ،vﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻲ ،ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ
ﻼ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﺳﺘﻌﻄﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ .ﻓﻤﺜ ﹰ ﹰ
ﺍﻟﺠﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻲ ﻟﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ tﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﺭﺳﻬﺎ.
ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﱰﺑﻴﻌﻴﺔ Quadratic Equations
ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ
ﹰ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﹰ ﺍ
ﹰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻴﺔ ، ax2 + bx + c = 0ﺣﻴﺚ ،a ≠ 0ﻭﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻴﺔ
ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ ﻟﻸﺱ . 1ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺣﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﹰ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺓ )ﺍﻷﺱ( 2ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ
ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺎ .ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ b = 0ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ xﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻴﺔ .ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺳﻤﺔ ﹼﹰ
ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﻊ ،ﺛﻢ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻲ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻲ.
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﱰﺑﻴﻌﻴﺔ Quadratic Formula
ﺇﻥ ﺣﻠﻮﻝ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻴﺔ ،ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺣﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ،ax 2 + bx + c = 0
ﺣﻴﺚ ،a ≠ 0ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
__ = x
-b ± b -4ac
√ÂÂÂÂ
2
2a
ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻲ ،ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺣﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﻞ
ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺼﺪﺩ ﺣ ﹼﻠﻬﺎ .ﻓﻌﺎﺩ ﹰﺓ ﹸﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻫﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺣﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ .ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺬﻭﻑ ﻏﺎﻟ ﹰﺒﺎ
ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ،ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻫﻨﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ.
200
ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺒﻴﺔ
.15ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ .x
4x2 – 19 = 17 .a
12 – 3x2 = – 9 .b
x2 – 2x – 24 = 0 .c
24x2 – 14x – 6 = 0 .d
2∆x
a = _____2
∆t
)2(20.5 m
__________ = a ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ 2ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ،ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ
(5.00 s)2
_=a
1.64 m
2
ﻣﺜﻞ ﻭﻗﺮﺏ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ
ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﹼ
s
ﺃﻭ ﻣﺜﻞ a = 1.64 m/s 2
ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺃﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ،ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ
ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻣﺜ ﹰ
ﻼ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﻧﻲ ،ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻜﺎﻓﺊ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ . 1
ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ∆ xﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ v0=67 m/sﻭ . ∆ t = 5.0 minﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ∆ x = v0 ∆ t
60 s = 1
______
1 min
∆x = v0 ∆ t
67 m
_____ = ∆x
s ) ( 5.0 1min ) ( 160mins
________ ______ ﺍﺿﺮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ) ( 160mins
______
∆x = 20100 m = 2.0×104 m ﻗﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﻴﻦ .ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﺛﻢ ﹼ
60 sﻭ 1 minﻣﻀﺒﻮﻃﺎﻥ ﻭﺩﻗﻴﻘﺎﻥ ،ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺆﺛﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ
ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ.
201
ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺒﻴﺔ
.16ﺑﺴﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ 4.0×102 m
___________ = ∆t
16 m/s ﹼ
.17ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﺮﻣﻴﺪ ﺳﺎﻗﻄﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻀﻲ ، 5.0 sﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ
a = - 9.80 m / s2ﻭ .v = a ∆ t
.18ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ( 321scm ) ( 160mins ) ( 601hmin ) ( 1001 mcm ) :
______ ______ _______ ________
ﹼ
ﺳﺠﻞ ﺍﻷﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻤﺒﻴﺔ ﺗﻢ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ 100.00 mﺧﻼﻝ .9.87 sﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ .19ﻓﻲ
ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ؟
= m+m+__21 m ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺃﻋﻄﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ mﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ dfﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ m
ﻭﻳﻄﺒﻖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻷﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﻀﻬﺎ ﺑﺪ ﹰ
ﻻ ﹼ ﻳﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻞ __12ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ،
ﻻ ﹼ
ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ .ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻞ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ __2ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ.
1
202
ﺍﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﲏ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ Grahping Data to Determine Relationships
ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ:
.1ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﳏﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪﻳﻦ.
ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﻼ ﺃﺳﲈﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ. ﹰ ﻭﻋﲔ ﳏﻮﺭ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﲈ
.2ﺣﺪﹼ ﺩ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ،ﹼ
ﻋﲔ ﻣﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻐﲑ ،ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻜﻞ ﳏﻮﺭ ،ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪﹼ ﺩ ﻭﺭ ﱢﻗﻢ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ. .3ﹼ
ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺎ.
ﻋﲔ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﹼﹰ
.4ﹼ
.5ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴـﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﺭﺳـﻢ ﺍﳋﻂ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻼﺀﻣﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ .ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻊ
ﺑﺴـﻴﻄﺎ ،ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﺄﻛﱪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﳑﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ .ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻴﻞ ﹰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺎ
ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻋﲆ ﺧﻂ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﺭﺳـﻢ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﹼﹰ
ﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻓﻼ ﺗﺮﺳﻢ ﹼﹰ
ﺧﻄﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﹰﻰ.
.6ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻋﻨﻮﺍ ﹰﻧﺎ ﻳﺼﻒ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﲏ.
ﺩﻭﻻﺭ 398 1500 ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺪﻕ )ﺍﻹﻗﺎﻣﺔ(
225 850 ﺍﻟﻮﺟﺒﺎﺕ
178 670 ﺍﻟﱰﻓﻴﻪ
58 220 ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻼﺕ
ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻴﻔﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺀ Interpolating and Extrapolating
ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻴﻔﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺑﲔ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﲔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺘﲔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳋﻂ ﺍﳌﻤﺜﻞ ﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻣﺎ ،ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ
ﺗﻘﻊ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺀ .ﺇﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳋﻂ ﺍﳌﻤﺜﻞ ﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺘﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻴﻔﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺀ.
400
350
300 ﺍﳌﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﳼ .ﺳﻮﻑ ﲡﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ
250
200
150
ﺩﻭﻻﺭﺍ.
ﹰ 131ﺃﻭ 132
100
50 ﻣﺜﺎﻝ :ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600
ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ
ﺑﴪﻋﺔ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻋﺎﺋﺪﹰ ﺍ
ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ
ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ
ﺑﺒﻂﺀ
ﺍﻷﺻﻞ
ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ
ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ
204
ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ
y = mx + b
ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻞ )ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ
ﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ ﺑﺨﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ،ﻭﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﹼﹰ
ﻋﲔ ﺯﻭﺟﲔ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﲔ ) ،(x , yﻭﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺧﻂ ﻳﻤﺮ
ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ( .ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ،ﺛﻢ ﹼ
ﺑﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ.
ﺍﻷﺯﻭﺍﺝ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ
x y
0 3
2 2
6 0
205
ﺍﳌﻴﻞ Slope
ﻣﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﻂ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻴﺔ ،ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ
)ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ( ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ )ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻭﺭ( .ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﳜﱪﻙ ﺑﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳋﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﲏ ،ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﹰ
ﺭﻗﲈ ﻣﻮﺟ ﹰﺒﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺎﻟ ﹰﺒﺎ.
ﻭﻹﳚﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﻂ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﲔ) (x2 ، y2ﻭ ) ، (x1 ، y1ﺛﻢ ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ )ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ( ﺑﲔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻴﲔ ،∆x = x2-x1
ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ )ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ( ﺑﲔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻳﲔ ) ،∆y = (y2-y1ﺛﻢ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ∆yﻭ . ∆x
y
x
206
ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺎ.
ﹼﹰ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ :ﻣ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ xy = 90
x y
-10 -9
-6 -15
-3 -30
-2 -45
2 45
3 30
6 15
10 9
ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ λ = v؛ ﺣﻴﺚ λﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ،ﻭ fﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩ ،ﻭ vﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ،
f
ﻋﻜﺴﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩ؛ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻠﲈ ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ،ﺃﻣﺎ vﻓﺘﺒﻘﻰ
ﹼﹰ ﻧﺠﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ
ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ.
207
ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﲏ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱰﺑﻴﻌﻴﺔ Quadratic Graph
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﱰﺑﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ:
y= ax2 + bx + c
ﺣﻴﺚ a ≠ 0
ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﲏ ﻟﻠﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﱰﺑﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺊ ،ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﲆ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻞ) ،(aﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺟ ﹰﺒﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺎﻟ ﹰﺒﺎ.
x y
-1 -6
0 -1
1 2
2 3
3 2
4 -1
5 -6
ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ )ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ -ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ( ﻋﲆ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﲏ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱰﺑﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ
ﺃﻥ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ.
11 3
18 4
ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ )(s
208
ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ
A=a2 P = 4a
a ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻊ
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ
A = lw P = 2l + 2w I ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ
w ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ
ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺚ
1
A = ( ) bh
2
b ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ
h ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ
ﺍﳌﻜﻌﺐ
V=a3 SA = 6a 2
a ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻊ
ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ
A = πr2 C = 2πr
r ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ
ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ
V = πr 2h SA = 2πrh+2πr 2 r ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ
h ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ
ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ
V = (4 )πr 3 SA = 4πr 2
3 r ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ
209
ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﺍﺑﺤﺚ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ
ﺫﺍﺕ ﺑﻌﺪﻳﻦ .ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﴪﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ.
a b
ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ )(m
ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ )(m
210
ﻭﺗﺮ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻴﺜﺎﻏﻮﺭﺱ ﻋﲆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ bﻭ aﻳﻤﺜﻼﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﳼ ﺿﻠﻌﻲ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺚ
c
aﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ cﲤﺜﻞ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﻓﺈﻥ c2 = a2 + b2
ﻭﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﱰﺑﻴﻌﻲ .ﻭﻷﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ
b ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﻴﺲ ﳍﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ.
ﺿﻠﻊ
c = √ÂÂÂ
a2 + b2
= √ÂÂÂÂÂÂÂ
(4 cm)2+(3 cm)2
= √ÂÂÂÂÂÂ
16 cm2+9 cm2
= √ÂÂÂ
25 cm2
= 5 cm
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﹾ ، 45ﹾ ،45ﹾ 90ﻓﺈﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ
ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ √Â2ﻣﴬﻭ ﹰﺑﺎ ﰲ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺚ.
(2 )x
x
x
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﹾ ،90ﹾ ،60ﹾ 30ﻓﺈﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ
ﺿﻌﻒ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮ ،ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻷﻃﻮﻝ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ √Â3ﻣﴬﻭ ﹰﺑﺎ ﰲ
2x ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮ.
x
(3 )x
211
ﺷﻴﻮﻋﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳉﻴﺐ ،sin θﻭﺍﳉﺘﺎ
ﹰ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﺿﻼﻉ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ .ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ
cos θﻭﺍﻟﻈﻞ .tan θﻭﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ .SOH-CAH-TOAﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ SOH
ﺇﱃ ﺟﻴﺐ ،ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ،ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ،ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ CAHﺇﱃ ﺟﻴﺐ ﲤﺎﻡ ،ﳎﺎﻭﺭ ،ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ .ﺃﻣﺎ TOAﻓﱰﻣﺰ ﺇﱃ ﻇﻞ ﲤﺎﻡ ،ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ،ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻭﺭ.
c
ﻣﺜﺎﻝ :ﰲ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ،ABCﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﹾ ،c = 20.0 cm ، θ = 30.0ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ aﻭ . b
a
_______ b
= 20.0ﹾsin 30.0 cm
_______ = ﹾcos 30.0
20.0 cm
) =10.0 cmﹾa =(20.0 cm)(sin 30.0
) =17.3 cmﹾb =(20.0 cm)(cos 30.0
ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﲈﻡ ﻭﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﻴﺐ Law of Cosines and Law of Sines
ﻳﻤﻨﺤﻚ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﺎ ﺟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﲈﻡ ﻭﺍﳉﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﲆ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺜﻠﺚ.
ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﲈﻡ ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﲈﻡ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻴﺜﺎﻏﻮﺭﺱ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ .ﻭﲤﺜﻞ θﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﻠﻊ .cﻓﺈﺫﺍ
ﺻﻔﺮﺍ.
ﹰ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ˚ θ= 90ﻓﺈﻥ ﺟﺘﺎ 0 = θﻭﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ
212
ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ θﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﹾ 90ﻓﺈﻥ ﺟﺘﺎ θﹸﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺳﺎﻟﺐ.
θ
a
c = √ÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂ
a2 + b2 - 2ab cos θ
= √ÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂ
) ﹾ(10.0 cm)2 +(12.0 cm)2 - 2(10.0 cm)(12.0 cm)(cos 110.0
= √ÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂÂ
) ﹾ1.00 × 102 cm2 + 144 cm2 - (2.40×102 cm2)(cos 110.0
A = 49°
213
ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ ﺍﳉﻴﺐ ،ﻭﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ ﺟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﲈﻡ ،ﻭﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﻈﻞ Inverses of Sine‚ Cosine‚ and Tangent
ﺇﻥ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻴﺐ ،ﻭﺟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﲈﻡ ،ﻭﻇﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﲈﻡ ﻳﻤﻨﺤﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﲆ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﻗﱰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﻴﺐ ﻭﺟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﲈﻡ ﻭﻇﻞ
ﺍﻟﺘﲈﻡ ،ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ .ﻭﺍﻻﻗﱰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﻜﻮﺳﻬﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻵﰐ:
ﺍﳌﻌﻜﻮﺱ ﺍﻻﻗﱰﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺜﻲ
x =sin yﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ x =sin y -1
y =sin x
x =cos-1 yﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ x =cos y y =cos x
x =tan-1 yﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ x =tan y y =tan x
-1
-1
214
1 in = 2.54 cm 1kg = 6.02 × 1026 u 1 atm = 101 kPa
1 mi = 1.61 km 1 oz ↔ 28.4 g 1 cal = 4.184 J
1 kg ↔ 2.21 lb 1ev = 1.60 × 10-19 J
1 gal = 3.79 L 1 lb = 4.45 N 1kWh = 3.60 MJ
1 m = 264 gal
3
1 atm = 14.7 lb/in 2
1 hp = 746 W
1atm = 1.01 × 10 N/m
5 2
1 mol= 6.022 × 1023
10-15 f femto
10-12 p pico
10-9 n nano
10-6 µ micro
10-3 m milli
10-2 c centi
10-1 d deci
101 da dica
102 h hecto
103 k kilo
106 M mega
109 G giga
1012 T tera
1015 P peta
215
SI
SI
m/s 2
m/s 2
ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ
m 2
m 2
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ
kg/m 3
kg/m3 ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ
N.m kg.m2/s2 J joule ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ
kg.m/s2 N newton ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ
J/s kg.m /s 2 3
W watt ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ
N/m 2
kg/m.s 2
Pa pascal ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ
m/s m/s ﺍﻟﴪﻋﺔ
m 3
m3 ﺍﳊﺠﻢ
m/s gcm3
2.702 ﺃﻟﻮﻣﻨﻴﻮﻡ
(0˚C) ﻫﻮﺍﺀ 331
8.642 ﻛﺎﺩﻣﻴﻮﻡ
(20˚C) ﻫﻮﺍﺀ 343 8.92 ﻧﺤﺎﺱ
5.35 ﺟﺮﻣﺎﻧﻴﻮﻡ
(0˚C) ﻫﻴﻠﻴﻮﻡ 972
19.31 ﺫﻫﺐ
8.99×10-5 ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ
(0˚C) ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ 1286
7.30 ﺇﻧﺪﻳﻮﻡ
(25˚C) ﻣﺎﺀ 1493 7.86 ﺣﺪﻳﺪ
11.34 ﺭﺻﺎﺹ
(0˚C) ﻣﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ 1533 13.546 ﺯﺋﺒﻖ
1.429×10-3 ﺃﻛﺴﺠﲔ
ﻣﻄﺎﻁ 1600
2.33 ﺳﻠﻴﻜﻮﻥ
10.5 ﻓﻀﺔ
(25˚C) ﻧﺤﺎﺱ 3560
1.000 (4˚C) ﻣﺎﺀ
(25˚C) ﺣﺪﻳﺪ 5130 7.14 ﺧﺎﺭﺻﲔ
ﺃﳌﺎﺱ 12000
216
ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭ ﹼﻟﺪﻫﺎ.
Displacement
ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ. Ampere
ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﹸﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﻳﻮﺻﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ. Ammeter
ﳛﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﰲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ
ﻭﺑﲔ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭﻩ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ ،ﳑﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ Total internal
ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﲨﻴﻌﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭﻩ ﺃﻛﱪ. reflection
ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺷﻔﺎﻑ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺷﻔﺎﻑ ﺁﺧﺮ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻨﻪ Refraction
ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻴﺔ.
ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﺗﻪ 1Aﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺑﲔ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻪ .1V Ohm
ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺠﻤﻊ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻄﺔ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ Focus
ﺗﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻋﻦ/ﺗﻨﻜﴪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ/ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ.
ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻮﻓﺔ ،ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﻫﺎ ﻫﻲ
ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﹼ Antinode
ﺍﻷﻛﱪ.
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﻭﺑﺆﺭﲥﺎ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ.
Focal length
ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻟﻴﺔ. Rarefaction
ﻋﺪﺩ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲣﱰﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ.
Magnetic flux
ﺘﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﳌﻬﺘﺰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ،ﻭ ﹸﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ
ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﹸﻳ ﹼ Frequency
).(Hz
ﺃﻗﻞ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﻗﻮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﻭﺗﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ. Fundamental
frequency
217
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﻭﲢﻠﻴﻠﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭ ﺯﺟﺎﺟﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ Dispersion
ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ.
ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻟﻴﺔ. Compression
ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻨﻪ .ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻗﺴﻤﺔ ﹸﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺑﻪ ﹶﻛﻢ ﻣﺮﺓ ﹸ Magnification
ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﲆ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ،ﻭﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﹰ
ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻗﺴﻤﺔ ﺳﺎﻟﺐ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ
ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ/ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﻋﲆ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ.
ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺤﻨﺘﲔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺘﲔ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺘﲔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﳐﺘﻠﻔﺘﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻭﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻛﻞ
ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ ﱠ
ﻣﻨﻬﲈ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ. Electric dipole
ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻄﺐ؛ ﺃﻱ ﻟﻪ ﻗﻄﺒﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻛﺴﺎﻥ :ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﻋﻦ
Magnetic
ﺍﻟﺸﲈﻝ ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﲈﱄ ،ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳉﻨﻮﺏ ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﳉﻨﻮﰊ. dipole
ﺳﻄﺢ ﲣﻴﲇ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺑﲔ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ،ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﹸﻳﺮﺳﻢ ﻋﲆ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﻂ ﻳﻤﺜﹼﻞ
ﻗﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ. Wavefront
ﺫﺍﺗﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﹸﻣﻀﺎﺀ.
ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺃﺷﻌﺔ ﺿﻮﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﴤﺀ ﹼﹰ Object
ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻭﳘﻴﺔ ﹸﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﲇ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳌﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ.
Electric field lines
ﻭﺗﺰﻭﺩﻧﺎ
ﹼ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﻟﻠﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ،
ﹼ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻭﳘﻴﺔ ﹸﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺘﺴﺎﻋﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﲆ
ﺑﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ. Magnetic field lines
ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﲆ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
Parallel circuit
218
ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺋﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ
ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺋﻬﺎ. Series circuit
ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﲢﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﻬﺘﺰ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﳉﺴﻢ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ
ﻣﻨﻪ ،ﳑﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ. Resonance
ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺤﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ
ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ. Angle of reflection
Angle of refraction
ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﻜﴪ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﳊﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﲔ.
Critical angle
ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺤﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ
ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ. Angle of incidence
ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﳌﻬﺘﺰ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻜﻤﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ،ﻭ ﹸﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ).(s Period
ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﻗﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ Δdﰲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ. Speed
ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺳﻜﻮﳖﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﺰﺍﳖﺎ ،ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﳍﺎ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﻑ A. Amplitude
ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﹶﺗﻔﻘﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻜﺘﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻜﱰﻭﻧﺎﺕ.
ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﺘﺴﺒﻬﺎ ﹼ Charge
219
ﺍﲢﺎﺩ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ. Image
ﲡﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻴﺔ.
ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﹼ
ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﺼﻐﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﱪﺓ ،ﹼ Real image
ﻭﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻛﺴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺁﺓ ﻣﻦ
ﹼ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻴﺔ،
ﹼ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ
ﺍﳉﺴﻢ )ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ(. Virtual image
ﻳﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ.
ﺃﻗﴫ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﲔ ﹼ Wavelength
ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺷﻔﺎﻓﺔ -ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﹰ
ﻣﺜﻼ -ﹸﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻘﻪ Lens
ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ.
ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺤﺪﺑﺔ ،ﻭﺳﻤﻴﺖ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻷﳖﺎ ﲡﻌﻞ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ
ﺗﺘﺠﻤﻊ ﰲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﳏﺎﻃﺔ ﺑﲈﺩﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﹼ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ Converging lens
ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ.
ﺻﻮﺭﺍ ﻣﺼﻐﹼ ﺮﺓ/ﻣﻜﱪﺓ
ﹰ ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ
ﹼ ﳎﻤﻌﺔ ،ﺳﻤﻴﻜﺔ ﰲ ﻭﺳﻄﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻗﻞ ﹸﺳ ﹰ
ﻤﻜﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻓﻬﺎ. ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﹼ
ﻭﻣﻘﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ،ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﱪﺓ ﻭﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﺔ ﻭﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ. Convex lens
ﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭﻫﺎﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮﺓ ،ﻭﺳﻤﻴﺖ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻷﳖﺎ ﹸﺗ ﱢ
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﳏﺎﻃﺔ ﺑﲈﺩﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ. Diverging lens
ﺻﻮﺭﺍ ﻣﺼﻐﱠ ﺮﺓ ﻭﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﺔ ﻭﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ
ﹰ ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ
ﹼ ﹰ
ﺳﻤﻜﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻓﻬﺎ. ﻣﻔﺮﻗﺔ ،ﻭﺳﻄﻬﺎ ﺃﻗﻞ
ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﹼ
ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ. Concave lens
ﹼ
ﺧﻂ ﻭﳘﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ. Normal ray
220
ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﳌﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﲔ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ،ﻣﻘﺴﻮ ﹰﻣﺎ ﻋﲆ Potential
ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ. difference
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﺑﲔ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺴﻴﻤﲔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﺘﲔ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ
ﻳﺴﺒﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﲠﺎ ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ. Phase difference
ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﲔ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﲔ ،ﻭﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺟﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻛﻮﻟﻮﻡ. Volt
ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﹸﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﲔ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ،ﻭﻳﻮﺻﻞ ﰲ Voltmeter
ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ.
ﺃﺩﻧﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﺮﺿﺔ. Trough
ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﹸﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻳﴪﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ،ﻭﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﰲ
ﳎﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ. The third
right- hand rule
ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ
ﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﴎﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺻﻄﻼﺣﻲ. Second
right- hand rule
ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ.
ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺑﲔ ﻃﺮﰲ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻭﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﹼ Ohm’s law
ﻳﻨﺺ ﻋﲆ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﴐﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ ﰲ ﺟﻴﺐ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ
ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﴐﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺟﻴﺐ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ. Snell’s law of
refraction
ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
ﹼ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﱠ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ
Power
ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻴﺎ.
ﹼﹰ ﺷﲈﻟﻴﺎ ﻭﺇﻣﺎ
ﹼﹰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻃﺮﰲ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﻣﺎ
Magnetic pole
ﺃﻋﲆ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﺮﺿﺔ. Crest
ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺒﺬﳍﺎ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﰲ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ
ﻗﻄﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺐ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﺒﻪ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺐ. Electromotive
force
221
ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻳﴪﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ،ﻭﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ.
Electromagnatic
force
ﻋﺪﺩ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲡﺘﺎﺯ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ.
Magnetic flux
density
ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﱰﺍﻛﻢ ﻋﲆ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎ.
Electrostatics
ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺌﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻮ ﹼﻟﺪ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﹼ
ﻳﻤﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
Electromagnetism
ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﻋﲆ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ 1mﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﺮ ﳑﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﳍﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﻟﺘﺄﺛﺮﺕ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ Coulomb
.9×109N
ﺍﳊﻴﺰ ﺍﳌﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ
ﹼ
Electric fieldﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻴﻪ.
ﺍﳊﻴﺰ ﺍﳌﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻗﻮﺗﻪ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ.
ﹼ
Magnetic field
ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ ﻣﻊ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﻳﻘﺴﻤﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻧﺼﻔﲔ ،ﺃﻭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﳋﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺑﺆﺭﰐ
Principal axisﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ.
ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮﺓ ،ﻭﺳﻤﻴﺖ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻷﳖﺎ ﹸﲡ ﱢﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ -ﺑﻌﺪ
Converging mirrorﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ -ﰲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ.
ﺻﻮﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﺔ ﻭﻣﺼﻐﹼ ﺮﺓ ﻭﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ.
ﹰ ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ
ﹼ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻋﺎﻛﺲ ﺣﻮﺍ ﹼﻓﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪ،
Convex mirror
ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﳌﺤﺪﺑﺔ ،ﻭﺳﻤﻴﺖ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻷﳖﺎ ﹸﺗ ﱢ
ﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ ﺑﻌﺪ
Diverging mirrorﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ.
ﺻﻮﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﺔ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ.
ﹰ ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ
ﹼ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻋﺎﻛﺲ ﺣﻮﺍ ﹼﻓﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪ،
Concave mirror
222
ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﴎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﺇﱃ ﴎﻋﺘﻪ ﰲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻣﺎ.
Refractive index
ﺳﻴﻤﺮ
ﹼ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﳌﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ ،ﻭﲢﺪﺩ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
ﻓﻴﻬﺎ. Resistance
ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﳛﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﻱ( ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ،ﻭﻳﻨﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺁﺧﺮ. Wave
Sound
ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺕ )ﺗﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ( ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ.
wave
ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲥﺘﺰ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺟﺴﻴﲈﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺸﻜﻞﹴ ﻣﻮﺍ ﹴﺯ ﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ.
Longitudinal wave
ﲥﺘﺰ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺟﺴﻴﲈﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﹼﻳ ﹰﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ.
ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﹼ
Transverse wave
ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﻧﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺟﺘﲔ ﳍﲈ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ،ﻭﺗﺘﺤﺮﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ
ﺍﲡﺎﻫﲔ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻛﺴﲔ ،ﺣﻴﺚ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﲈ ˚.180 Standing wave
ﻣﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﲢﻘﻖ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﻡ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ. Ohmic
ﻣﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﻻ ﲢﻘﻖ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﻡ.
Non – ohmic
223
Wave
ﴐﺑﺔ ﻣﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ.
pulse
ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻔﺎﺕ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﱰﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﳼ. Harmonics
Neutral
ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﻌﺪﻡ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﴘ.
point
ﺷﻌﺎﻋﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﰲ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ،ﻭﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﲡﺎﻫﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﹰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﹸﻳﻤﺜﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺑﻮﺻﻔﻪ
ﻭﺿﻊ ﺣﺎﺟﺰ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﻩ. Ray model of light
ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ،ﻭﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺟﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ).(J/s Watt
224
Original Title
Glencoe Science
PHYSICS
PRINCIPLES AND PROBLEMS
By
Margaret K. Zorn
2016 - 1437
www.edu.gov.qa
www.qatscience.net